Transform Tomorrow, Today2021 Annual Report 2022 Notice and Proxy StatementTrane Technologies 2021 Annual Report 2022 Notice and Proxy Statement Dear Fellow Shareholders, Every day at Trane Technologies, we boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world. Climate change, urbanization, indoor environmental quality and other megatrends are intensifying, and so is customer demand for sustainable solutions. We are innovating further and faster, taking action today to transform the world for a better tomorrow. SUSTAINABILITY IS OUR STRATEGY. Sustainability has long been at the core of our strategy. Nearly ten years ago, we led the industry transition to low-global warming potential refrigerants. We established our first set of climate commitments, and exceeded them two years early in 2018. Since then, our ambitions and actions have grown, with significant progress toward our bold 2030 Sustainability Commitments. We are one of only about 50 companies in the world to have two sets of carbon reduction commitments validated by the Science-Based Targets initiative. We continue to set the pace for what’s possible in our industry and for the world, decarbonizing homes, buildings and the cold chain with clean, energy-efficient solutions. We demonstrated our leading-edge approach for the Mater Dei Hospital in Malta with an electric heating and cooling solution that reduced energy use by over 58%, improved air quality and reduced emissions by 2,700 metric tons in its first year alone. Realizing the success of our sustainability strategy in 2021: SHAREHOLDERS ENVIRONMENT CUSTOMERS PEOPLE AND COMMUNITIES We achieved top quartile financial performance, exceptional cash flow, and a strong balance sheet. We reduced company and customer carbon emissions through innovative technology and a strong operating system. We received record orders for solutions that reduce energy consumption and emissions with efficient systems and controls. We continued to build a diverse and engaged workplace where people feel a sense of belonging, and advanced sustainable futures in our communities. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT DRIVING PERFORMANCE THROUGH SUSTAINABILITY Before 2010 Focus on environmental and safety compliance 2010 Center for Energy Efficiency & Sustainability (CEES) is founded and begins operating Launched internal diversity and inclusion council 2012 Internal and External Sustainability Advisory Councils formed and begin meeting 2014 First set of major goals “2020 Climate Commitments” announced 2015 Launched EcoWise product portfolio First in our industry to have climate commitments validated by the Science-Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) 2017 First in our industry to join Paradigm4Parity and CEO Action for Diversity and Inclusion 2018 Achieved 2020 climate commitments 2 years ahead of schedule Published first formal ESG report Installed first on-site solar 2019 Announced “2030 Sustainability Commitments” Invested in first wind power agreement Received World Environment Center Gold Medal 2020 SBTi validates achievement of first generation of climate commitments SBTi validates second generation of climate commitments 2021 Data submitted for 2050 Net Zero target to SBTi Received inaugural Terra Carta Seal for sustainability leadership by HRH The Prince of Wales LIVING OUR PURPOSE BEGINS WITH OUR PEOPLE. Our purpose-driven strategy is powered by our uplifting and inclusive culture. We know that diverse and inclusive teams are more collaborative, creative and better at solving problems. Operation Possible, our employee-led innovation program, is a perfect example of how our people bring their unique ideas forward to identify solutions that will impact the world for generations to come. In 2021, we continued to further strengthen our culture, creating an agile and flexible environment that keeps our people engaged, productive and safe. We increased diversity in our workforce and enhanced our learning and development offerings to equip leaders, including women and people who are racially and ethnically diverse, with the skills and resources they need to thrive. Crowdsourcing ideas to solve global challenges through Operation Possible • Over 5,000 employees engaged from 17 countries • The first challenge: Co-Existence of Food Loss and Hunger • Almost 300 solution ideas generated, aligned with United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 2: Zero Hunger • Multiple innovation concepts under development for in- market use TRANSFORMING TOMORROW THROUGH INNOVATION TODAY. We also continued our relentless investment in innovation. In 2021, we launched 62 new products and services, continuing to broaden our applications and deepen our advanced technology and analytics offerings. From our WellsphereTM solutions that control and improve indoor environmental quality, to Advancer Hybrid refrigerated transport units that automatically detect and adjust to low-emission and low-noise urban zones by switching to electric mode, Trane Technologies is enhancing customer performance while sustaining natural environments. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT “As a climate innovator, we have a bold vision and ambitious goals for a better future.” SUSTAINED EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCE IS PROOF OF PURPOSE. Our strategy not only delivers innovative solutions, it also fuels strong financial performance over the long-term. Since 2018, we have delivered revenue growth at a compounded annual growth rate of 5% and increased adjusted continuing earnings per share* at a compounded annual growth rate of 14%. Over this same time, we expanded adjusted EBITDA margins* by 210 basis points, with exceptional free cash flow* that averaged 110% of adjusted net earnings*. This supports our balanced capital allocation strategy, focused on deploying excess cash to opportunities with the highest returns for shareholders. In 2021, our team delivered record bookings, revenue, operating margins and earnings per share. Our strong free cash flow enabled higher levels of investment in business innovation, while returning $1.7 billion to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. We are entering 2022 with record backlog of $5.4 billion, up 88% from 2020. Through our comprehensive Business Operating System, we continue to aggressively manage global inflationary, supply chain and COVID-related labor challenges. 280% 5-year Total Shareholder Return • 2X the S&P 500 index • 3X the S&P Industrials index Leadership Principles At Trane Technologies, our purpose is to boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world. Our Leadership Principles define how we all work together to solve some of the world’s biggest issues. Work today for a sustainable tomorrow Keep customers at the heart of all we do Include and uplift one another Make better happen Dare to do things differently Own our actions and decisions Do what’s right, always POSITIONED TO CONSISTENTLY OUTPERFORM. As a climate innovator, we have a bold vision and ambitious goals for a better future. And through continued innovation, excellence in execution and the power of our people, we’re well positioned to create differentiated, long-term value for our shareholders. I’m confident that we will continue leading the market with cutting-edge climate solutions while accelerating the world’s progress in solving global sustainability challenges. I am proud to lead Trane Technologies as we continue to transform tomorrow, today. David S. Regnery Chair and CEO *These are non-GAAP financial measures. Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures can be found preceding the 2022 Notice and Proxy Statement. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Ambition meets action PROGRESS TOWARDS OUR 2030 SUSTAINABILITY COMMITMENTS Gigaton Challenge We’re reducing one gigaton – one billion metric tons – of carbon emissions from our customers’ footprint Goal Achievements GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS Reduce customer carbon footprint by 1 gigaton 50 million metric tons of CO2e reduced from our customers’ carbon footprint since 2019 CIRCULARITY Design systems for circularity (target in development) 415.5 metric tons of CO2e avoided from returnable packaging projects Leading by Example We’re reimagining our supply chain and operations to have a restorative impact on the environment Goal Achievements GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS Achieve carbon neutral operations REDUCE ABSOLUTE ENERGY USE Achieve 10% absolute reduction in energy consumption 106,042 metric tons of CO2e reduced from our operations* 25% reduction in operational emissions for Scope 1 and market-based Scope 2* 51% of electricity demand met with renewables in 2021 3% reduction in absolute energy use* Opportunity for All We’re uplifting our people, culture and communities through an inclusive approach and a focus on education and career development Goal Achievements GENDER PARITY Achieve gender parity in leadership roles Increased women in senior leadership roles from 21.4% to 24.6%, and women in management from 21.7% to 23%. In 2021, 5 of 12 members of Board of Directors were women RACIAL AND ETHNIC DIVERSITY Achieve workforce diversity reflective of our communities Increased racially or ethnically diverse U.S. salaried employees from 17.4% to 18.4% COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT Invest $100 million in building sustainable futures for under-represented students *compared to 2019 baseline $11.3 million in total philanthropic giving in 2021 CONTINUING OUR LEGACY OF SUSTAINABILITY LEADERSHIP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT 2021 Financial Performance 27% Organic Bookings Growth * 11% Organic Revenue Growth* + 130 bps Adjusted EBITDA Margin Expansion* 97% Free Cash Flow Conversion* 26.6% Cash Flow Return on Invested Capital (CROIC)* 37% Adjusted Continuing EPS Growth* $5.4B backlog +88% YOY growth Balanced Capital Deployment $561M Dividends $1,100M Share Repurchases $340M Acquisitions and Investments $223M Capital Expenditures $425M Debt Retirement 2021 Revenue By Segment 2021 Revenue By Stream 9% Asia 14% EMEA 77% Americas 33% Aftermarket 67% Equipment Organic Revenue Growth Adjusted EBITDA Margin 14.6% 15.2% 15.4% 16.7% 11% 9% 7% -5% Adjusted Continuing Earnings Per Share $6.09 $4.86 $4.46 $4.15 2018 2019 2020 2021 2018 2019 2020 2021 2018 2019 2020 2021 *These are non-GAAP financial measures. Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures can be found preceding the 2022 Notice and Proxy Statement. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Non-Financial Statements European Union Directive Introduction The information below, and the policies and related content elsewhere in this report, describes the performance and impact of Trane Technologies plc, a public limited company incorporated in Ireland in 2009, through the environmental, social, human rights and business practices we work to uphold. The European Union (Disclosure of Non-Financial and Diversity Information by certain large undertakings and groups) Regulations 2017 (S.I. 360/2017) (as amended) (the “2017 Regulations”) require us to disclose certain non-financial information in the Directors’ Report (the “Irish Directors’ Report”) accompanying our Irish statutory financial statements. For the purposes of the 2017 Regulations, the sections entitled Description of Business Model, Environmental Matters, Employee Matters, Social Matters, Human Rights, and Anti-Corruption and Anti- Bribery set out below are incorporated by reference into the Irish Directors’ Report. Our 2021 Annual and ESG Reports also provide information that may be relevant to investors in assessing sustainability commitments and achievements but, except as expressly provided above, the 2021 Annual and ESG Reports are not incorporated by reference into the Irish Directors’ Report. Copies of the 2021 Annual Report and ESG Report can be accessed at www.TraneTechnologies.com. Description of Business Model Trane Technologies is a global climate innovator that brings efficient and sustainable climate solutions to buildings, homes and transportation driven by strategic brands Trane and Thermo King and an innovative, environmentally responsible portfolio of services and products. In 2021, we generated revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sale and service of a diverse portfolio of climate control products and services for Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and transport refrigeration solutions. We are focused on growth by increasing our recurring revenue stream from parts, service, controls, used equipment and rentals; improving the efficiencies and capabilities of our operations and products and services for our customers; and applying operational excellence strategies which are central to continued growth of our earnings and cash flow. Environmental Matters Approach Our commitment to sustainability extends to the environmental impacts of our people, operations, and products and services. From the efficiency of our buildings to our progress in managing energy, water and waste, we are focused on reducing our impact on the environment and embedding sustainability throughout our businesses. We engage with key stakeholders to identify the most material sustainability-related matters and metrics for operations strategy as well as public disclosure. We also look at these material topics through the lens of a value chain assessment that we perform. These commitments are embedded in an Environment, Health and Safety (“EHS”) Policy that defines our stakeholders, our roles and responsibilities, and our goals and targets with respect to EHS matters and our Business Partner Code of Conduct (“BPCoC”). Due diligence processes We have a vital role to play in mitigating global climate change by reducing our environmental impact. This responsibility begins by setting specific and measurable climate commitments and working to achieve these goals. We engage in risk-based due diligence of our business partners and suppliers to ensure compliance with international trade laws and regulations. Gathering adherence information also helps us continuously assess and improve our human rights policies. Suppliers must have an effective environmental 2021 ANNUAL REPORT policy and conduct their operations in a way that protects the environment. They must also obtain and keep current all required environmental permits and meet all applicable environmental rules, regulations and laws in the countries where they operate. Policy outcomes / Key Performance Indicators Our global Sustainability Commitment is the foundation of our efforts to increase energy efficiency and reduce the greenhouse gas emissions related to our operations and products. Our Center for Energy Efficiency and Sustainability (CEES) helps our customers and our company leverage best practices in sustainability. It is a strategic business catalyst that helps us understand the benefits that sustainability can have in growing our company and reducing our operational footprint, while helping increase the pace of sustainable innovation. Our energy consumption from fuels and electricity totaled 2.9 billion kilojoules in 2021. Greenhouse gases emitted indirectly through the use of electricity, and directly, through the burning of fuels or emissions of refrigerants, totaled 394,896 metric tons of CO2e. > Absolute energy consumption in 2021 – 2,791,321,430,000 (equivalent to 818,056 MWh; 2.9 billion kilojoules) > Absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2021 – 394,896 metric tons CO2e in 2021 Employee Matters Approach As a global company that employs more than 36,000 people, we are committed to building a diverse, inclusive and uplifting workplace, where everyone can bring their full, best self to work. We are committed to providing a safe, secure environment that supports the health, well-being, safety and productivity of our people. Investing in our team members and creating a culture where they feel engaged and included is key to unleashing the power of their innovation and creativity. This commitment to our employees is formalized through several policies designed to protect the fundamental rights of people associated with our business and maintain overall integrity. These policies include: our EHS Policy that addresses employee health and safety among other matters, a Global Human Rights Policy, U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Policy, and our Policy Prohibiting Harassment and/or Discrimination. All policies are made available to our employees worldwide and affirm these commitments. Due diligence processes We provide anti-harassment training to all salaried employees and ensure all policies are clear and available to employees globally. Creating and sustaining a safety-focused, zero-incident culture is a priority. We communicate our safety expectations through quarterly CEO town hall meetings and monthly EHS meetings at the facility and service-organization levels. In addition, to support our commitments to advance diversity and inclusion, we were the first in our industry to sign up for important business coalitions such as Paradigm for Parity – dedicated to achieving gender parity in corporate leadership, and CEO Action for Diversity and inclusion – committed to advancing diversity and inclusion at work. We are also a founding member of the OneTen Coalition which is committed to training, hiring, and advancing one million Black Americans over the next ten years. Policy outcomes / Key Performance Indicators Consistently high annual employee engagement scores demonstrate that we are cultivating an uplifting culture where our people are learning, thriving and expanding their capabilities. We offer a range of learning experiences for managers and employees to enhance our culture of inclusion. Because conversations about culture, diversity, and inclusion can be challenging, we encourage these conversations to facilitate constructive discussions that can foster an uplifting and inclusive workplace. For example, our annual CEO Day of Understanding ensures we share progress toward our diversity and inclusion goals, and our Bridging Connections series helps us create authentic connections. Our Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) serve as a catalyst for our people to appreciate the strength and value of our diverse workforce. In 2021, more than 11,000 people globally participated in ERG events – a 70% increase compared to 2020. In addition: > 23.1% of management positions were held by women > 24.6% of senior leadership positions were held by women > 89% of our people participated in the annual employee engagement survey > near top quartile employee engagement score 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Social Matters Approach Through a variety of social sustainability initiatives, we seek to engage directly with the communities where our associates live and work, which helps to create shared value and engage our worldwide team in the mission and purpose of the company. Our commitment to social sustainability is also expressed through our supplier diversity program. Our most prominent community initiatives include the Sustainable Futures program, which promotes increased learning for underrepresented students by enhancing learning environments, accelerating student success and opening career pathways. We are taking action on specific social and environmental imperatives that create shared value, result in sustained customer and employee loyalty, and improve the communities where we have business operations. These actions include increasing the representation of women and racially and ethnically diverse people in the fields of science, technology, engineering and math, addressing nutrition and food waste reductions. Our supplier diversity program embraces suppliers whose ownership is diverse, including racially and ethnically diverse people, women, veterans, LGBTQ individuals or people with disabilities. Due diligence processes We track employee and community engagement data including the hours and number of volunteers who participate in community or sustainability initiatives. We use a 7-step strategic sourcing process that includes a Supplier Diversity Matrix, which enables us to avoid using price as the primary driver for supplier selection. Policy outcomes / Key Performance Indicators Implementing the Sustainable Futures program has contributed to increases in global contributions as measured by the number of associates who have participated in community or sustainability initiatives, the total number of hours volunteered and the dollar value of philanthropic giving. And, our supplier diversity program continues to drive economic growth for diverse-owned businesses. > Added 71 new diverse suppliers, representing $5.9M in spending, in 2021. > $11,302,397 in total philanthropic giving > 29,541 hours volunteered by employees globally Human Rights Approach We believe in fundamental standards that support our commitment to our employees, our business partners, our customers and our communities. We have adopted a number of policies that support our commitment to human rights. Our Global Human Rights Policy aligns with basic working conditions and human rights concepts advanced by international organizations such as the International Labor Organization and the United Nations. Our Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement outlines our commitment to taking steps to ensure that human trafficking and forced labor is not taking place in our supply chain or business. Our BPCoC prohibits human trafficking, including forced or child labor. Due diligence processes We engage in reasonable due diligence and screening of customers and distributors to ensure compliance with laws that regulate international trade. We also established a Global Procurement Sustainability Council to work with suppliers on improving conditions and addressing non-compliances. In 2021, we used our supplier risk assessment process to review 417 suppliers for environmental impacts. Trane Technologies did not identify any suppliers as having significant actual and potential negative environmental impacts. Policy outcomes Our Global Human Rights Policy is communicated to employees through our Code of Conduct training, which includes a course on anti-human trafficking. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Approach We are proud of our strong business ethics and sustainable business practices, and our Leadership Principles. Our purpose, Code of Conduct and Leadership Principles are core to how we operate and serve customers. Our BPCoC applies to all entities doing business with us and communicates our expectations that our business partners will practice the highest legal, moral and ethical standards when conducting our affairs. Due diligence processes Business partners and service providers are risk-rated and vetted with higher risk third parties undergoing enhanced compliance due diligence. We leverage the services of a third-party vendor to research issues from thousands of global public records databases. Policy outcomes Salaried employees receive role-based, online compliance training every year. In 2021, 100% of U.S. salaried employees received anti-corruption training. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Reconciliation of GAAP to NON-GAAP ADJUSTED EBITDA ($ IN MILLIONS) UNAUDITED Total Company Net revenues Operating Income Restructuring/Other Adjusted Operating Income Depreciation and Amortization Other Income/(Expense), net Adjusted EBITDA For the year ended December 31, 2021 For the year ended December 31, 2020 As Reported Margin As Reported Margin $ 14,136.4 $ 2,023.3 45.5 $ 2,068.8 299.4 (4.5) 14.3% 0.3% 14.6% 2.1% —% $ 12,454.7 $ 1,532.8 107.8 $ 1,640.6 294.3 (16.6) $ 2,363.7 16.7% $ 1,918.3 12.3% 0.9% 13.2% 2.4% (0.2%) 15.4% ADJUSTED EBITDA / NET EARNINGS RECONCILIATION ($ IN MILLIONS) UNAUDITED Total Company Adjusted EBITDA Less: items to reconcile adjusted EBITDA to net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc Depreciation and amortization Interest expense Provision for income taxes Restructuring Transformation costs M&A transaction costs Charges related to certain entities deconsolidated under Chapter 11 Gain on release of a pension indemnification liability Legacy legal liability adjustment Gain from deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11 Gain on M&A transaction Discontinued operations, net of tax Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests Net earnings from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest Net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc Year ended December 31, 2021 Year ended December 31, 2020 $2,363.7 $ 1,918.3 (299.4) (233.7) (333.5) (27.0) (16.7) (1.8) (7.2) 12.8 — — — (20.6) (13.2) — (294.3) (248.7) (296.8) (75.7) (32.1) — — — 17.4 0.9 2.4 (121.4) (14.2) (0.9) $ 1,423.4 $ 854.9 2021 ANNUAL REPORT FREE CASH FLOW ($ IN MILLIONS) UNAUDITED Cash flow provided by continuing operating activities Capital expenditures Cash payments for restructuring Transformation costs paid Free cash flow Adjusted earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc Free cash flow as a percent of adjusted net earnings Year ended December 31, 2021 Year ended December 31, 2020 $ 1,594.4 (223.0) 38.1 21.4 $1,430.9 $ 1,474.8 97% $ 1,766.2 (146.2) 68.9 25.4 $ 1,714.3 $1,083.4 158% RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) For the year ended December 31, 2021 For the year ended December 31, 2020 As Reported Adjustments As Adjusted As Reported Adjustments As Adjusted $ 14,136.4 $ — $ 14,136.4 $ 12,454.7 $ — $ 12,454.7 2,023.3 14.3% 45.5 (a,b,c) 1,790.7 39.9 (a,b,c,d,e) 2,068.8 14.6% 1,830.6 1,532.8 12.3% 1,288.2 107.8 (a,b) 87.1 (a,b,f,g,h) (333.5) 18.6% $ 1,444.0 $ 5.96 $ $ (9.1) (i) (342.6) 18.7% (296.8) 23.0% 30.8 (k) $ 1,474.8 $ 977.2 0.13 $ 6.09 $ 4.02 19.1 (i,j) $ $ 106.2 (k) $ 1,083.4 0.44 $ 4.46 1,640.6 13.2% 1,375.3 (277.7) 20.2% Net revenues Operating income Operating margin Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes Provision for income taxes Tax rate Earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc Diluted earnings per common share continuing operations Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding Diluted Detail of Adjustments: (a) Restructuring costs (COGS & SG&A) (b) Transformation costs (SG&A) (c) M&A transaction costs (SG&A) (d) Charges related to certain entities deconsolidated under Chapter 11 242.3 — 242.3 243.1 — 243.1 27.0 16.7 1.8 7.2 75.7 32.1 — — 2021 ANNUAL REPORT RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) For the year ended December 31, 2021 For the year ended December 31, 2020 As Reported Adjustments As Adjusted As Reported Adjustments As Adjusted $ 14,136.4 $ — $ 14,136.4 $ 12,454.7 $ — $ 12,454.7 2,023.3 14.3% 45.5 (a,b,c) 1,790.7 39.9 (a,b,c,d,e) 2,068.8 14.6% 1,830.6 1,532.8 12.3% 1,288.2 107.8 (a,b) 87.1 (a,b,f,g,h) 1,640.6 13.2% 1,375.3 (277.7) 20.2% Provision for income taxes (9.1) (i) (342.6) 18.7% (296.8) 23.0% 19.1 (i,j) $ 1,444.0 30.8 (k) $ 1,474.8 $ 977.2 106.2 (k) $ 1,083.4 Diluted earnings per $ 5.96 0.13 $ 6.09 $ 4.02 0.44 $ 4.46 Weighted-average number of 242.3 — 242.3 243.1 — 243.1 (333.5) 18.6% $ $ $ $ 75.7 32.1 — — 27.0 16.7 1.8 7.2 Net revenues Operating income Operating margin Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes Tax rate Earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc common share continuing operations common shares outstanding Diluted Detail of Adjustments: (a) Restructuring costs (COGS & SG&A) (b) Transformation costs (c) M&A transaction costs (SG&A) (SG&A) (d) Charges related to certain entities deconsolidated under Chapter 11 RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) For the year ended December 31, 2021 For the year ended December 31, 2020 As Reported Adjustments As Adjusted As Reported Adjustments As Adjusted (e) Gain on release of a pension indemnification liability (f) Legacy legal liability adjustment (g) Gain from deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11 (h) Gain on M&A transaction (i) Tax impact of adjustments (a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) (j) Separation-related tax costs (k) Impact of adjustments on earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc Pre-tax impact of adjustments on cost of goods sold Pre-tax impact of adjustments on selling & administrative expenses Pre-tax impact of adjustments on operating income (12.8) — — — (9.1) — $30.8 7.5 38.0 $45.5 — (17.4) (0.9) (2.4) (22.0) 41.1 $106.2 24.1 83.7 $107.8 The Company reports its financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). This supplemental schedule provides non-GAAP financial information and a quantitative reconciliation of the difference between the non-GAAP financial measures and the financial measures calculated and reported in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures should be considered supplemental to, not a substitute for or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. They have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the costs associated with the operations of our businesses as determined in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP financial measures reported by other companies. As a result, one should not consider these measures in isolation or as a substitute for our results reported under GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by analyzing results on a GAAP basis as well as a non-GAAP basis, prominently disclosing GAAP results and providing reconciliations from GAAP results to non-GAAP results. *Non-GAAP measures definitions Organic bookings are defined as reported orders in the current period adjusted for the impact of currency and acquisitions. Organic revenue is defined as GAAP net revenues adjusted for the impact of currency and acquisitions. Adjusted operating income in 2021 is defined as GAAP operating income plus restructuring, transformation and M&A transaction costs. Adjusted operating income in 2020 is defined as GAAP operating income plus restructuring and transformation costs. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Adjusted operating income margin is defined as the ratio of adjusted operating income divided by net revenues. Adjusted earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc (Adjusted net earnings) in 2021 is defined as GAAP earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc plus restructuring, transformation, M&A transaction costs and charges related to certain entities deconsolidated under Chapter 11, less the gain on release of a pension indemnification liability, net of tax impacts. Adjusted net earnings in 2020 is defined as GAAP earnings from continuing operations attributable to Trane Technologies plc plus restructuring and transformation costs, less the legacy legal liability adjustment, the gain on deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11 and the gain on M&A transaction, net of tax impacts, plus separation-related tax adjustments. Adjusted continuing EPS in 2021 is defined as GAAP continuing EPS plus restructuring, transformation, M&A transaction costs and charges related to certain entities deconsolidated under Chapter 11, less the gain on release of a pension indemnification liability, net of tax impacts. Adjusted continuing EPS in 2020 is defined as GAAP continuing EPS plus restructuring costs and transformation costs less the legacy legal liability adjustment, the gain on deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11 and the gain on M&A transaction, net of tax impacts, plus separation-related tax adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA in 2021 is defined as adjusted operating income plus depreciation and amortization expense plus or minus other income / (expense), net plus charges related to certain entities deconsolidated under Chapter 11, less the gain on release of pension indemnification liability. Adjusted EBITDA in 2020 is defined as adjusted operating income plus depreciation and amortization expense plus or minus other income / (expense), net less the legacy legal liability adjustment, the gain on deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11 and the gain on M&A transaction. Adjusted EBITDA margin is defined as the ratio of adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues. Free cash flow in 2021 and 2020 is defined as net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities, less capital expenditures, plus cash payments for restructuring costs and transformation costs. Cash Flow Return on Invested Capital (CROIC) is defined as Free cash flow divided by Invested Capital (Gross property, plant and equipment plus accounts and notes receivable, net and inventories less accounts payable). Please refer to the reconciliation tables included in our historical press releases and other information available on our website for additional information relating to historical non-GAAP measures. 2021 ANNUAL REPORT 2022 Notice and Proxy Statement A Letter from Our Board of Directors Dear Fellow Shareholders: Extraordinary times call for bold leadership. As the Trane Technologies Board of Directors, we are committed to building a healthy, equitable, and sustainable future. Trane Technologies remains steadfast in the pursuit of our purpose to boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world. This past year, global resilience was tested by a lingering public health crisis, real impacts of climate change, and worldwide supply chain disruptions. These challenges amplified the social and economic inequity that persists around the world. The events of the past year only strengthen our sense of responsibility to address these challenges and blaze a trail for a better future, while serving our team members, customers, investors and communities. We welcomed our new CEO and Board chair, Dave Regnery, who is bringing our purpose to life through his visionary leadership. Dave brings a long tenure with the company, a remarkable record of delivering business growth, and deep passion for serving customers while making a positive impact on the world. Through comprehensive succession planning for our CEO and other key leadership positions, we’re ensuring that we sustain our strong company performance and culture. Environmental Social Governance (“ESG”) remains core to our company’s strategy and in sharp focus for the Board. In 2021, we made notable progress toward our ambitious 2030 Sustainability Commitments. This includes bringing innovation to customers that helps them create healthy and efficient spaces and deliver food, medicine and vaccines while reducing greenhouse gas emissions. These solutions advance customers’ sustainability goals while contributing to our Gigaton Challenge to reduce a billion metric tons of emissions from customers’ footprints. Across our own global footprint, we are on pace to achieve carbon neutral operations and zero-waste to landfill. Throughout the year, we adjusted our operations to ensure the health and safety of team members and solve for global supply chain disruptions, all while meeting record customer demand. Trane Technologies also made great strides in diversity, equity and inclusion. We made strong progress toward gender parity in senior leadership and workforce diversity reflective of our communities. To ensure leadership accountability, we revised our executive and senior leader annual incentive plan to link directly to our ESG metrics. About 2,300 company leaders now have their compensation tied to the company’s ambitious social and environmental sustainability goals. In 2021, the Board also reviewed and further defined its governance practices and infrastructure to sharpen the lens on sustainability and workforce matters. We are committed to ensuring that the company’s purpose of delivering a sustainable future helps to build resilience and create broadly positive ESG impact, while achieving long-term durable profits for investors. To that end, we reviewed our committee charters to align risk and ESG oversight and amended them to reflect these responsibilities. This includes amending the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee name to reflect the Committee’s oversight of the company’s sustainability efforts, including the development and implementation of policies relating to ESG. We also amended the Human Resources and Compensation Committee name to reflect the committee’s broader purpose of key human resource management initiatives related to leadership talent recruitment and retention, diversity and inclusion, pay equity and wages, as well as setting, reviewing and approving ESG factors for the company’s Annual Incentive Matrix. As we lead through these extraordinary times, we embrace Trane Technologies’ tremendous responsibility and opportunity as a climate innovator and a pacesetter to boldly transform our industry and make possible a sustainable world. Sincerely, KIRK E. ARNOLD ANN C. BERZIN APRIL MILLER BOISE JOHN BRUTON JARED L. COHON GARY D. FORSEE LINDA P. HUDSON MYLES P. LEE DAVID S. REGNERY JOHN P. SURMA TONY L. WHITE 1 2022 Proxy Statement Notice of 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders Voting Items Date and Time Proposals To Be Voted 1. To elect 11 directors for a period of one year 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. To give advisory approval of the compensation of the Company’s Named Executive Officers To approve the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as independent auditors of the Company and authorize the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors to set the auditors’ remuneration To renew the existing authority of the directors of the Company to issue shares To renew the existing authority of the directors of the Company to issue shares for cash without first offering shares to existing shareholders (Special Resolution) To determine the price range at which the Company can re-allot shares that it holds as treasury shares (Special Resolution) Board Vote Recommendation For Further Details FOR each director nominee Page 15 FOR FOR FOR FOR Page 23 Page 23 Page 25 Page 26 FOR Page 27 Shareholders will also conduct such other business properly brought before the meeting. By Order of the Board of Directors, EVAN M. TURTZ SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL Attending the Meeting If you are a shareholder who is entitled to attend and vote, then you are entitled to appoint a proxy or proxies to attend and vote on your behalf. A proxy is not required to be a shareholder in the Company. If you wish to appoint as proxy any person other than the individuals specified on the proxy card, please contact the Company Secretary at our registered office. Important Notice regarding the availability of proxy materials for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 2, 2022. The Annual Report and Proxy Statement are available at www.proxyvote.com. The Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or this Notice of 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the Proxy Statement and the Annual Report are first being mailed to shareholders on or about April 22, 2022. 2023 Annual Meeting Deadline for shareholder proposals for inclusion in the proxy statement: December 23, 2022 Deadline for business proposals and nominations for director: March 4, 2023 June 2, 2022 (Thursday) 2:30 p.m. local time Location Adare Manor Hotel Adare, County Limerick Ireland See “Information Concerning Voting and Solicitation” of the proxy statement for further information on participating in the Annual General Meeting. Who Can Vote Only shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 8, 2022, are entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the Annual General Meeting. How to Vote Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, please provide your proxy by either using the Internet or telephone as further explained in the accompanying proxy statement or filling in, signing, dating, and promptly mailing a proxy card. By Telephone In the U.S. or Canada, you can vote your shares by submitting your proxy toll-free by calling 1-800-690-6903. By Internet You can vote your shares online at www.proxyvote.com. By Mail You can vote by mail by marking, dating, and signing your proxy card or voting instruction form and returning it in the postage-paid envelope. 2 Table of Contents A Letter from Our Board of Directors Notice of 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders Trane Technologies 2021 Performance Highlights Proxy Voting Roadmap Proposals Requiring Your Vote Item 1. Election of Directors Item 2. Advisory Approval of the Compensation of Our Named Executive Officers Item 3. Approval of Appointment of Independent Auditors Item 4. Renewal of the Directors’ Existing Authority to Issue Shares Item 5. Renewal of the Directors’ Existing Authority to Issue Shares for Cash Without First Offering Shares to Existing Shareholders Item 6. Determine the Price at which the Company Can Re-Allot Shares Held as Treasury Shares Corporate Governance Corporate Governance Guidelines Role of the Board of Directors Board Responsibilities Board Leadership Structure Board Risk Oversight Director Compensation and Share Ownership Board Committees Board Diversity Board Advisors Executive Sessions Board and Board Committee Performance Evaluation Director Orientation and Education Director Retirement Director Independence Communications with Directors Management Succession Planning Code of Conduct Anti-Hedging Policy and Other Restrictions Investor Outreach Sustainability Committees of the Board and Attendance Human Resources and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 1 2 4 8 15 15 23 23 25 26 27 28 28 28 28 28 30 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 34 34 34 34 35 39 Compensation of Directors Director Compensation Share Ownership Requirement 2021 Director Compensation Compensation Discussion and Analysis I. Executive Summary II. Compensation Philosophy and Design Principles III. Factors Considered in the Determination of Target Total Direct Compensation IV. Role of the Committee, Independent Advisor and Committee Actions V. Compensation Program Descriptions and Compensation Decisions VI. Other Compensation and Tax Matters Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report Executive Compensation Summary Compensation Table 2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021 2021 Option Exercises and Stock Vested 2021 Pension Benefits 2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Post-Employment Benefits 2021 Post-Employment Benefits Table CEO Pay Ratio Equity Compensation Plan Information Information Concerning Voting and Solicitation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports Shareholder Proposals and Nominations Householding 40 40 41 41 43 43 47 48 49 50 56 59 60 60 62 64 65 65 68 69 71 73 73 74 77 79 79 80 81 3 2022 Proxy Statement Trane Technologies 2021 Performance Highlights FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 3-Year Adjusted Cash Flow Return on Invested Capital (CROIC) (2019–2021)(a) 29.5% Ranks at the 77th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index 3-Year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) (2019-2021)(a) 145.71% Ranks at the 85th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index Annual Revenue $14.13 BILLION Increase of 13% from 2020 Adjusted EBITDA(a) $2.36 BILLION Increase of 23% from 2020 Free Cash Flow $1.43 BILLION Decrease of 16.5% from 2020 The three core financial metrics laid out above are further modified (up to +/-20%) by our achievement relative to our equally-weighted environmental & social objectives—ESG Modifier (a) We report our financial results in our annual report on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Our financial results described above for Adjusted EBITDA have been adjusted to exclude the impact of certain non-routine and other items as described in our earnings releases and are non-GAAP financial measures. These metrics and the related performance targets and results are relevant only to our executive compensation program and should not be used or applied in other contexts. For a description of how the metrics above are calculated from our GAAP financial statements, please see “Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) - Determination of Payout” with respect to AIM payments and “Long Term Incentive Program (‘LTI’) – 2019 - 2021 Performance Share Units Payout” with respect to Performance Share Program (“PSP”) awards. 4 2021 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS ESG PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS receive validation for two sets of climate commitments Environmental • Received validation from the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) for 2030 commitments; one of only 47 companies to • Listed on the Dow Jones Sustainability North America Index for 10 consecutive years, also named to the World Index • Received Reuters Responsible Business Awards’ Business Transformation Award for a business model aligned with a clean, resilient, and just future • Named one of the inaugural recipients of the Terra Carta Seal for sustainability leadership by HRH The Prince of Wales Social • Continued broad approach to Human Capital Management across engagement, development, diversity and inclusion • Maintained strong employee engagement, with overall employee engagement score just below the top quartile of all companies globally • Received wide recognition as an employer of choice: • Forbes World’s Best Large Employers 2021 • Forbes America’s Best Employers for Diversity 2021 for 3rd Consecutive year • Forbes America’s Best Employers for Women 2021 • Fortune World’s Most Admired Companies 2021, tenth consecutive year • Fortune Best Workplaces in Manufacturing and Production 2021 • Renewed our memberships to CEO Action for Diversity and Inclusion and Paradigm for Parity, business coalitions dedicated to advancing diversity and inclusion and gender parity • Continued partnership with the OneTen Coalition and advanced efforts to hire, retain and advance one million Black Americans over the next ten years • Developed and launched first-of-its-kind innovation program, Operation Possible, to source ideas from employees around the world in solving widespread social and environmental challenges • Launched Sustainable Futures, our new corporate citizenship strategy, including commitments to invest $100 million and 500,000 hours in our communities by 2030 sustainability efforts Governance • Refreshed Board committee structure to maintain and ensure industry leading oversight of our workforce and • Executed a seamless Chair and CEO transition while continuing to deliver durable, sustainable, top-tier financial • Reinforced leadership accountability for 2030 Commitments with ESG modifier for annual incentive program for executives and senior leaders, with targets on greenhouse gas emissions reduction and diverse representation • Continued to develop next generation of talent and conduct ongoing leadership succession planning with performance management and the Board of Directors For more information regarding our Company’s commitment to leadership in environmental, social and governance matters and our achievements in these areas, please also see our 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders included in these proxy materials and our 2021 ESG Report available on our website located at www.tranetechnologies.com under the heading “Sustainability.” 5 2021 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS2022 Proxy Statement Sustainability at Trane Technologies At Trane Technologies, sustainability is core to who we are. Our commitment extends to the environmental and social impacts of our operations, products and services, and workplace. We have bold ambitions for our company and the world and track progress toward our 2030 Sustainability Commitments through a series of comprehensive Environmental, Social and Governance indicators. Below is an overview of our progress toward our commitments. THE GIGATON CHALLENGE LEADING BY EXAMPLE OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL We’re reducing one gigaton – one billion metric tons – of carbon emissions (CO2e) from our customers’ footprint by 2030. We’re reimagining our supply chain and operations to have a restorative impact on the environment, while meeting customer needs. How We’re Doing It How We’re Doing It We’re innovating clean technologies, advancing energy-efficiency and healthy spaces, reducing global food loss, designing systems for circularity and transitioning to next-generation refrigerants. We’re working to achieve carbon neutral operations, zero waste disposed of in landfills, net positive water use in water-stressed areas, and reduce absolute energy use by 10 percent. Our Progress since 2019 Our Progress since 2019 50 million metric tons of CO2e reduced from our customers’ carbon footprint Equivalent to the CO2e removed by more than 826 million Tree saplings planted and grown over 10 years. 18% total reduction in water use in water- stressed regions 25% reduction in emissions from our own operations We’re creating new possibilities and a better world for our people and our communities through a focus on engagement, diversity and inclusion and by creating sustainable futures for our communities. How We’re Doing It We’ll achieve workforce diversity reflective of our communities, gender parity in leadership roles, and create pathways to STEM education and rewarding careers. Our Progress in 2021 24.6% of senior leadership positions held by women $11.3 million in total philanthropic giving Trane Technologies continues to put the health, safety, and well-being of our people first, while making sure that we serve our customers’ needs, and executing on the Company’s business strategy and performance goals. TAKING CARE OF OUR PEOPLE We integrate wellness into our culture through a portfolio of benefits that support physical, social, emotional, and financial well-being so that team members can thrive at work, at home, and in their communities. And, while enhancing well-being offerings, we continued to update health and safety measures and protocols according to recommendations from health authorities. • Implemented a global wellness platform, providing online access to our people and their families for programs such as mindfulness, nutrition and fitness • Accelerated our “Future of Work” initiative that includes scenarios for working virtually, remote and within a geography, hybrid or fully on-site, depending on individuals’ roles and work styles • Completed our first global mental health pulse survey to understand the evolving needs, concerns, and priorities of our employees • Expanded and enhanced back-up and working parent resources in the U.S., increasing the amount of coverage days and adding educational resources • Launched an employee-led innovation program, Operation Possible, enabling our people to use unique ideas, backgrounds and perspectives to identify and implement sustainable solutions that will impact the world • Encouraged all global employees to complete COVID-19 vaccinations, offering up to four hours of paid time off per inoculation • Expanded company healthcare programs to cover COVID-19 testing, telehealth visits and offered vaccination incentive in the U.S. • Provided grants to 411 employees experiencing personal financial hardship through the Helping Hand employee relief fund 6 2021 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS INNOVATING TO SERVE CUSTOMERS Our teams leveraged our business operating system, lean thinking and innovation expertise to ensure we continued to serve customers through high demand, global supply chain challenges, and pandemic-related absenteeism. • Proactively managed inventory and supply amid global supply chain disruptions • Provided resources and offerings to K-12 schools to help them create healthy spaces for education and guidance on stimulus funding for investments in indoor environmental quality • Continued to invest in research, education, and policy work around indoor environmental quality (IEQ) through our Center for Healthy and Efficient Spaces (CHES) • Introduced WellsphereTM, our holistic approach to indoor environmental quality (IEQ) solutions for healthier and more efficient commercial indoor spaces • Established the Life Science business within our Commercial HVAC Americas business with the acquisition of Farrar Scientific, a leader in ultra-cold solutions in life science and biopharma • Became first company to make standard lower global warming potential (GWP) refrigerants in truck and trailer units, and committed to fully electric, zero-emissions solutions across Thermo King end-to-end cold chain portfolio 7 2021 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS2022 Proxy Statement Proxy Voting Roadmap This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement. For more complete information about these topics, please review Trane Technologies plc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and the entire Proxy Statement. ITEM Election of Directors 1 • Ten out of 11 Director nominees are independent. • The Board of Directors is nominating four female directors, one Black director, one Hispanic director and two non-U.S. directors out of a total of 11 directors. • The tenure and experience of our directors is varied, which brings varying perspectives to our Board functionality. The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR the directors nominated for election. See page 15 for further information Director Nominees Name/Occupation Kirk E. Arnold Executive in Residence of General Catalyst Former Chief Executive Officer, Data Intensity Ann C. Berzin Former Chairman and CEO of Financial Guaranty Insurance Company April Miller Boise Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Eaton Corporation plc John Bruton Former Prime Minister of the Republic of Ireland and Former European Union Commission Head of Delegation to the United States Jared L. Cohon President Emeritus of Carnegie Mellon University, University Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and of Engineering and Public Policy Gary D. Forsee Former President of University of Missouri System and Former Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Sprint Nextel Corporation Linda P. Hudson Founder and Former Chairman and CEO of The Cardea Group and Former President and CEO of BAE Systems, Inc. Myles P. Lee Former Director and CEO of CRH plc David S. Regnery Chair and Chief Executive Officer John P. Surma Former Chairman and CEO of United States Steel Corporation Independent Other Current Public Boards A H S F T E Trane Technologies Committees Director since 2018 Age 62 YES • Ingersoll Rand Inc. • Thomson Reuters • Epiphany Technology • Exelon Corporation Acquisition Corp. 74 2008 YES • Unisys 72 2007 YES • Ingersoll Rand Inc. 70 2001 YES 53 2020 YES 74 2010 YES 71 2015 YES 68 59 67 2015 2021 2013 YES NO YES • Bank of America • TPI Composites, Inc. • Marathon Petroleum Corporation • MPLX LP (a publicly traded subsidiary of Marathon Petroleum Corporation) • Public Service Enterprise Group • CVS Health Corporation • Ingersoll Rand Inc. M M M M C M M M M C M M M M M C M C M M M M M M M C M C M M M Tony L. White Former Chairman, President and CEO of Applied Biosystems Inc. 75 1997 YES A Audit Committee H Human Resources and Compensation S Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating C Chair F Finance Committee T Technology and Innovation Committee Committee Committee E Executive Committee M Member 8 Board Diversity One of the three pillars of our 2030 Sustainability Commitments is Opportunity for All. We create new possibilities and a better world for our people and our communities. Oversight of our diversity and inclusion strategy begins with our Board of Directors. Our Human Resources and Compensation Committee regularly reviews diversity and inclusion and other human capital management matters. This commitment to diversity and inclusion extends to our Board of Directors. We know that diverse teams are more innovative and collaborative, capable of solving problems and best positioned to realize a better world for future generations. We believe that diversity of our Board contributes to our long-term strategy and business model. The Company’s policy on Board diversity relates to the selection of nominees for the Board of Directors. In selecting a nominee for the Board, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the skills, expertise and background that would complement the existing Board and ensure that its members are of sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds, recognizing that the Company’s businesses and operations are diverse and global in nature. The Board intends to continue to select diverse candidates including from a gender diversity and racial and ethnic diversity perspective in each board member search that it conducts. The Board of Directors is nominating four female directors (Ms. Arnold, Ms. Berzin, Ms. Miller Boise and Ms. Hudson), one Hispanic director (Mr. White), one Black director (Ms. Miller Boise) and two international directors who are Irish citizens (Mr. Bruton and Mr. Lee) out of a total of 11 directors. Two of our current directors (Mr. White and Mr. Bruton) have veteran status. In addition, the tenure and experience of our directors is diverse, which brings varying perspectives to our Board functionality. GENDER RACE AND ETHNICITY NATIONALITY 36% 18% 18% Female Directors Racially and Ethnically Diverse Directors International Representation BOARD SIZE AND INDEPENDENCE 10 out of 11 Director Nominees are Independent 9 PROXY VOTING ROADMAP2022 Proxy Statement i e s o B r e l l i M n o t u r B n o h o C e e s r o F n o s d u H e e L y r e n g e R a m r u S e t i h W l d o n r A n i z r e B BOARD SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE $ Financial Expert $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Global Experience Technology/Engineering Marketing/Digital Services Human Resources/Compensation IT/Cybersecurity/Data Management ! Risk Management/Mitigation ESG/Sustainability Chair/CEO/Business Head Industrial/Manufacturing Academia/Education Government/Public Policy $ Financial Services S L L K S I I E C N E R E P X E For more information regarding our diversity and inclusion strategy, goals and metrics for our Company generally, please see our ESG Report located on our website at www.tranetechnologies.com and our Human Capital Management Disclosures in our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. 10 PROXY VOTING ROADMAP Director Nomination Process The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee identifies individuals qualified to become directors and recommends the candidates for all directorships. 1 BOARD COMPOSITION ASSESSMENT The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the composition of the full Board to identify the qualifications and areas of expertise needed to further enhance the composition of the Board. 2 BOARD RECOMMENDATION The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee makes recommendations to the Board concerning the appropriate size and needs of the Board including recommendations based on reviews of diversity and the Board’s skill and experience matrix. 3 IDENTIFICATION OF CANDIDATES The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, with the assistance of management, identifies candidates with the desired qualifications. The Board has used a third-party search firm for all searches conducted in the past five years and has included a diverse slate of candidates from a gender, racial and ethnic diversity perspective. The Board intends to continue to select diverse candidates including from a gender diversity and racial and ethnic diversity perspective for each available board seat in each board member search that it conducts. In considering candidates, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider all factors it deems appropriate, including breadth of experience, understanding of business and financial issues, ability to exercise sound judgment, diversity, leadership, and achievements and experience in matters affecting business and industry. The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the entirety of each candidate’s credentials and believes that at a minimum each nominee should satisfy the following criteria: highest character and integrity, experience and understanding of strategy and policy-setting, sufficient time to devote to Board matters, and no conflict of interest that would interfere with performance as a director. Shareholders may recommend candidates for consideration for Board membership by sending recommendations to the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, in care of the Secretary of the Company. Candidates recommended by shareholders are evaluated in the same manner as director candidates identified by any other means. Corporate Governance Highlights The Company upholds the highest standards of corporate governance including: • Substantial majority of independent director nominees (10 of 11) • Annual election of directors • Majority vote for directors • Lead Independent Director • Board oversight of risk management • Succession planning at all management levels, including for Board Members and Chair and CEO • Annual Board and committee self-assessments • Executive sessions of non-management directors • Continuing director education • Executive and director stock ownership guidelines • Board oversight of enterprise-wide sustainability program and strategy 11 PROXY VOTING ROADMAP2022 Proxy Statement ITEM 2 Advisory Approval of the Compensation of Our Named Executive Officers The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this item. • Our Human Resources and Compensation Committee has adopted executive compensation programs with a strong link between pay and achievement of short and long-term Company goals. • Shareholders voted 89% in favor of the Company’s Advisory Approval of the Compensation of our Named Executive Officers (NEOs) at our 2021 Annual General Meeting. See page 23 for further information Executive Compensation Highlights The Human Resources and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) is guided by executive compensation principles that shape the executive compensation programs that the Committee adopts to execute on the Company’s strategies and goals. Executive Compensation Principles Our executive compensation programs are based on the following principles: (i) business strategy alignment (iii) mix of short and long-term incentives (v) shareholder alignment (ii) pay for performance (iv) internal parity (vi) market competitiveness Executive Compensation Program Overview The Committee has adopted executive compensation programs with a strong link between pay and performance and the achievement of short-term and long-term Company goals. The primary components of the executive compensation programs are base salary, Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) and long-term incentives (“LTI”). The Committee places significant emphasis on variable compensation (AIM and LTI) so that a substantial percentage of the six NEO’s target total direct compensation (“TDC”) is contingent on the successful achievement of the Company’s short-term and long-term performance goals. Pay for Performance A strong pay for performance culture is paramount to our success and encourages behavior that promotes long-term value creation for our shareholders. Accordingly, each executive’s TDC is strongly tied to Company, business, and individual performance against set goals. Within our AIM Program, Company and business performance are measured against pre-established financial, operational, and strategic objectives, and modified by an Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) goal, which are all set by the Committee. Individual performance is measured against pre-established individual goals, inclusive of a personal sustainability commitment, as well as demonstrated leadership competencies and behaviors consistent with our leadership principles. Additionally, a portion of the executive’s LTI award is earned based on Company cash flow return on invested capital (“CROIC”) and shareholder value performance relative to peer companies. In 2021, greater than 85% of our Chair and CEO’s TDC was performance-based and 76% of our other NEO’s average TDC was performance-based compensation which is subject to risk depending on our Company’s performance. 12 PROXY VOTING ROADMAP 2021 Executive Compensation The table below shows the 2021 compensation for our CEO and other NEOs, as required to be reported in the Summary Compensation Table pursuant to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules. Please see the notes accompanying the Summary Compensation Table for further information. Summary Compensation Table Year Salary ($) Bonus ($) Stock Awards ($) Option Awards ($) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) All Other Compensation ($) Total ($) 2021 1,307,500 — 5,173,935 1,500,036 2,224,399 2,695,010 257,638 12,888,518 2021 713,750 — 1,783,728 600,003 1,205,682 191,069 121,536 4,615,767 2021 740,000 — 1,498,417 504,028 1,060,169 269,575 100,417 4,172,606 2021 608,750 — 1,300,297 412,530 827,942 210,898 78,125 3,438,542 2021 563,750 — 891,952 300,016 637,488 564,580 67,668 3,025,455 2021 1,410,000 — 8,667,674 2,750,029 3,986,237 920,815 518,506 18,253,260 Name and Principal Position D. S. Regnery Chair and Chief Executive Officer C. J. Kuehn Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer M. J. Avedon(b) Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources, Marketing and Communications Officer P. A. Camuti Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Sustainability Officer E. M. Turtz Senior Vice President and General Counsel M. W. Lamach(a) Executive Chair (a) Mr. Lamach retired December 31, 2021. (b) Ms. Avedon was Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources, Marketing and Communications Officer during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Ms. Avedon became Executive Vice President effective January 6, 2022 with the announcement of her retirement in April 2022. See Compensation Discussion and Analysis for more information about our Committee’s executive compensation principles, the programs the Committee has adopted and the decisions the Committee made during 2021. 13 PROXY VOTING ROADMAP2022 Proxy Statement ITEM 3 Approval of Appointment of Independent Auditors • The Audit Committee engages in an annual evaluation of the qualifications, performance and independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”). • Both by virtue of its familiarity with the Company’s affairs and its professional competencies and resources, PwC is considered best qualified to perform this important function. • The Audit Committee and the Board believe that the continued retention of PwC to serve as our independent auditor is in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Renewal of the Directors’ Existing Authority to Issue Shares • The Board of Directors’ authority to issue shares under Irish law is fundamental to our business. • Granting the Board this authority is a routine matter for public companies incorporated in Ireland. Renewal of the Directors’ Existing Authority to Issue Shares for Cash without First Offering Shares to Existing Shareholders • The Board of Directors‘ authority to issue shares for cash without first offering shares to existing shareholders is fundamental to our business. • Granting the Board this authority is a routine matter for public companies incorporated in Ireland. • As required under Irish law, this proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast. Determine the Price at which the Company Can Reallot Shares Held as Treasury Shares • From time to time the Company may acquire ordinary shares and hold them as treasury shares. • The Company may reallot such treasury shares, and under Irish law, our shareholders must authorize the price range at which we may reallot shares held in treasury. • As required under Irish law, this proposal requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast. ITEM 4 ITEM 5 ITEM 6 14 The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this item. See page 23 for further information The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this item. See page 25 for further information The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this item. See page 26 for further information The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR this item. See page 27 for further information PROXY VOTING ROADMAP Proposals Requiring Your Vote In this Proxy Statement, “Trane Technologies,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Trane Technologies plc, an Irish public limited company. This Proxy Statement and the enclosed proxy card, or the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, are first being mailed to shareholders of record on April 8, 2022 (the “Record Date”) on or about April 22, 2022. The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR the directors nominated for election listed below. ITEM Election of Directors 1 The Company uses a majority of votes cast standard for the election of directors. A majority of the votes cast means that the number of votes cast “for” a director nominee must exceed the number of votes cast “against” that director nominee. Each director of the Company is being nominated for election for a one-year term beginning at the end of the 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 2, 2022 (the “Annual General Meeting”) and expiring at the end of the 2023 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Under our Articles of Association, if a director is not re-elected in a director election, the director shall retire at the close or adjournment of the Annual General Meeting. Nominees for Director Kirk E. Arnold Independent Director Age 62 Director since 2018 Committees Human Resources and Compensation Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Technology and Innovation Principal Occupation • Executive in Residence of General Catalyst, a venture capital firm backing entrepreneurs, from September 2018–Present. • Chief Executive Officer of Data Intensity from 2013 to 2017. Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • EnerNoc, Inc. Current Public Directorships • Epiphany Technology Acquisition Corp. • Ingersoll Rand Inc. • Thomson Reuters Other Activities • Director of The Predictive Index • Director of Baypath University • Director of UP Education Network • Mass TLC Skills and Experience Technology/ Engineering ! Risk Management/ Mitigation Marketing/ Digital ESG / Sustainability Services IT/Cybersecurity/ Data Management Chair/CEO/ Business Head Academia/ Education Nominee Highlights Ms. Arnold’s vast experience in technology and service leadership brings critical insight into the Company’s operations, digital analytics, and technologies. Ms. Arnold has served in executive positions throughout the technology industry including as COO at Avid, a technology provider to the media industry, and CEO and President of Keane, Inc., then a publicly traded billion-dollar global services provider. Ms. Arnold has also held senior leadership roles at Computer Sciences Corporation, Fidelity Investments and IBM. Ms. Arnold’s active participation in the technology and business community provides the Company ongoing insight into digital marketing and technology related issues. 15 2022 Proxy Statement Principal Occupation • Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (insurer of municipal bonds and structured finance obligations), a subsidiary of General Electric Capital Corporation, from 1992 to 2001. Ann C. Berzin Independent Director Age 70 Director since 2001 Committees Audit Finance (Chair) Executive Current Public Directorships • Exelon Corporation Other Activities • University of Chicago College Advisory Council • Director of Baltimore Gas & Electric Company Skills and Experience $ Financial Expert Chair/CEO/ Business Head $ $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Financial Services Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • None Global Experience ! Risk Management/ Mitigation Nominee Highlights Ms. Berzin’s extensive experience in finance at a global diversified industrial firm and her expertise in complex investment and financial products and services bring critical insight to the Company’s financial affairs, including its borrowings, capitalization, and liquidity. In addition, Ms. Berzin’s relationships across the global financial community strengthen the Company’s access to capital markets. Her board memberships provide deep understanding of trends in the energy sector, which presents ongoing opportunities and challenges for the Company. Principal Occupation • Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Eaton Corporation plc from January 2020-Present. • Senior Vice President, General Counsel / Chief Legal Officer of Meritor from August 2016-December 2019. Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • Federal Home Loan Bank, Cincinnati April Miller Boise Independent Director Age 53 Director since 2020 Committees Audit Finance Current Public Directorships • None Other Activities • Trustee, Cleveland Clinic • Director, City Club of Cleveland • Trustee, George W. Codrington Charitable Foundation • Trustee, Assembly for the Arts • Trustee, College Now Greater Cleveland Skills and Experience Global Experience ESG / Sustainability Human Resources/ Compensation IT/Cybersecurity/ Data Management ! Risk Management/ Mitigation Industrial/ Manufacturing Government/ Public Policy Nominee Highlights Ms. Miller Boise adds valuable perspective as we execute our climate-focused strategy and expand our global leadership in sustainability. She brings extensive experience in business strategy, strategic transactions and international growth, in addition to her deep background in corporate governance and inclusive talent management. In particular, Ms. Miller Boise’s experience working with companies in relevant industries across the global manufacturing arena including automotive, electrical products and services, commercial transportation, and oil and gas brings relevant insight regarding the manufacturing industry and dynamic end markets around the world. 16 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE Principal Occupation • European Union Commission Head of Delegation to the United States from 2004 to 2009. • Prime Minister of the Republic of Ireland from 1994 to 1997. Current Public Directorships • None Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • None John Bruton Independent Director Age 74 Director since 2010 Committees Audit Finance Technology and Innovation Other Activities • Irish Institute for International and European Affairs, Director • Irish Diaspora Loan Fund Public Limited Company, Director • PIMCO Global Advisors (Ireland) Limited, Director • PIMCO Funds: Global Investors Series plc, Director • PIMCO Select Funds plc, Director Skills and Experience • PIMCO Fixed Income Source ETFs plc, Director • PIMCO Funds Ireland plc, Director • PIMCO Specialty Funds Ireland plc, Director • Terebellum Limited, Director • Co-Operation Ireland, Director • Centre for European Policy Studies, Director $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Global Experience ! Risk Management/ Mitigation Government/ Public Policy ESG / Sustainability $ Financial Services Nominee Highlights Mr. Bruton’s long and successful career of public service on behalf of Ireland and Europe provides extraordinary insight into critical regional and global economic, social and political issues, all of which directly influence the successful execution of the Company’s strategic plan. In particular, Mr. Bruton’s leadership role in transforming Ireland into one of the world’s leading economies during his tenure, as well as in preparing the governing document for managing the Euro, lend substantial authority to the Company’s economic and financial oversight. 17 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE2022 Proxy Statement Jared L. Cohon Independent Director Age 74 Director since 2008 Committees Human Resources and Compensation Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Technology and Innovation (Chair) Principal Occupation • President Emeritus at Carnegie Mellon University, President of Carnegie Mellon University from 1997-2013 and also appointed University Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering / Engineering and Public Policy. Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • None Current Public Directorships • Unisys Other Activities • Carnegie Corporation, Trustee • Health Effects Institute, Director • Heinz Endowments, Trustee • Hillman Family Foundations, Trustee Skills and Experience Global Experience Chair/CEO/ Business Head Technology/ Engineering ! Risk Management/ Mitigation ESG / Sustainability Academia/ Education Government/ Public Policy Nominee Highlights Dr. Cohon’s extensive career in academics, including 16 years as president of an institution known throughout the world for its leadership in the fields of computer science and engineering, offers the Company tremendous insight into the latest developments in areas critical to commercial innovation and manufacturing process improvement. A member of the National Academy of Engineering, Dr. Cohon is a recognized authority on environmental and water resources systems analysis and management. As such, Dr. Cohon also brings unique perspectives on sustainable business practices, both within our own operations and on behalf of our customers and communities. In 2008 and 2009, at the request of Congress, Dr. Cohon chaired the National Research Council Committee that produced the report, “Hidden Costs of Energy: Unpriced Consequences of Energy Production and Use.” In 2014, Dr. Cohon was appointed co-chair of the Congressionally-mandated Commission to review and evaluate the National Energy Laboratories. He currently serves as Chair of the National Academies’ Board on Energy and Environmental Systems. Finally, Dr. Cohon’s more than nine years of service as a member of Trane Inc.’s (formerly American Standard) board of directors provides critical insight into that part of the Company’s business. 18 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE Gary D. Forsee Lead Independent Director Age 72 Director since 2007 Committees Human Resources and Compensation Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating (Chair) Executive Technology and Innovation Linda P. Hudson Independent Director Age 71 Director since 2015 Committees Human Resources and Compensation Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Technology and Innovation Principal Occupation • President, University of Missouri System from 2008 to 2011. • Chairman of the Board (from 2006 to 2007) and Chief Executive Officer (from 2005 to 2007) of Sprint Nextel Corporation (a telecommunications company). Current Public Directorships • Ingersoll Rand Inc. Other Activities • Kansas City Police Foundation Skills and Experience Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • DST Systems Inc. • Evergy, Inc. $ Financial Expert Global Experience Human Resources/ Compensation ! Risk Management/ Mitigation Technology/ Engineering ESG / Sustainability Services Chair/CEO/ Business Head Academia/ Education Nominee Highlights In addition to his broad operational and financial expertise, Mr. Forsee’s experience as chairman and chief executive officer with one of the largest U.S. firms in the global telecommunications industry offers a deep understanding of the challenges and opportunities within markets experiencing significant technology-driven change. His role as president of a major university system provides insight into the Company’s talent development initiatives, which remain a critical enabler of the Company’s long-term success. Mr. Forsee’s experience serving on the board of an energy services utility also benefits the Company as it seeks to achieve more energy-efficient operations and customer solutions. Principal Occupation • Founder and Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of The Cardea Group, a business management consulting firm she founded in 2014 and sold in 2020. • Former President and Chief Executive Officer of BAE Systems, Inc. from 2009-2014. Current Directorships • Bank of America • TPI Composites, Inc. Other Activities • Director, University of Florida Foundation Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • The Southern Company Inc. and the University of Florida Engineering Leadership Institute • Advisory Board, the Angeleno Group Skills and Experience $ Financial Expert Global Experience IT/Cybersecurity/ Data Management Industrial/ Manufacturing Risk Management/ Mitigation Financial Services ! $ Technology/ Engineering ESG / Sustainability Human Resources/ Compensation Chair/CEO/ Business Head Nominee Highlights Ms. Hudson’s prior role as President and CEO of BAE Systems and her extensive experience in the defense and engineering sectors provides the Company with strong operational insight and understanding of matters crucial to the Company’s business. Prior to becoming CEO of BAE Systems, Ms. Hudson was president of BAE Systems’ Land & Armaments operating group, the world’s largest military vehicle and equipment business. A member of the National Academy of Engineering, Ms. Hudson is a recognized authority on industrial, manufacturing and operational systems. In addition, Ms. Hudson has broad experience in strategic planning and risk management in complex business environments. 19 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE2022 Proxy Statement Principal Occupation • Director (from 2003 to 2013) and Chief Executive Officer (from 2009 to 2013) of CRH plc Current Public Directorships • None Other Activities • Director, St. Vincent’s Healthcare Group Skills and Experience Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • Babcock International Group plc • UDG Healthcare plc $ Financial Expert $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Global Experience ! Risk Management/ Mitigation Chair/CEO/ Business Head Industrial/ Manufacturing Nominee Highlights Mr. Lee’s experience as the former head of the largest public or private company in Ireland provides strategic and practical judgment to critical elements of the Company’s growth and productivity strategies, expertise in Irish governance matters and significant insight into the building and construction sector. In addition, Mr. Lee’s previous service as Finance Director and General Manager of Finance of CRH plc and in a professional accountancy practice provides valuable financial expertise to the Company. Principal Occupation • Chair of the Board of Directors since January 1, 2022 • Chief Executive Officer of the Company since July 1, 2021 Current Public Directorships • None Other Activities • Alliance of CEO Climate Leaders for the World Economic Forum Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • None Skills and Experience $ Financial Expert $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Global Experience Services ! Risk Management/ Mitigation ESG / Sustainability Chair/CEO/ Business Head Industrial/ Manufacturing Nominee Highlights Mr. Regnery has been with the Company for his entire career. He was appointed CEO in July 2021, and named chair of the Company’s board of directors in January 2022. Previously, Mr. Regnery served as the Company’s president and chief operating officer, with direct responsibility for its three regional reporting segments and full portfolio of businesses, as well as mission-critical company operations including supply chain, engineering and information technology. Throughout his tenure, Mr. Regnery has led the majority of the Company’s businesses around the world, including Commercial HVAC and Transport Refrigeration. As president of the Commercial HVAC business, Mr. Regnery led the launch of the Company’s successful EcoWise™ portfolio of products, designed to lower environmental impact through high efficiency operation and low global-warming potential refrigerants. Under Mr. Regnery’s leadership, Trane Technologies has sharpened its strategy as an industry leader in climate solutions with a singular purpose – to boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world. Myles P. Lee Independent Director Age 68 Director since 2015 Committees Audit Finance David S. Regnery Chair and Chief Executive Officer Age 59 Director since 2021 Committees Executive (Chair) 20 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE John P. Surma Independent Director Age 67 Director since 2013 Committees Audit (Chair) Finance Executive Principal Occupation • Chairman (from 2006-2013) and Chief Executive Officer (from 2004-2013) of United States Steel Corporation (a steel manufacturing company). Current Public Directorships • Marathon Petroleum Corporation • MPLX LP (a publicly traded subsidiary of Marathon Petroleum Corporation)* • Public Service Enterprise Group Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • Concho Resources Inc. * MPLX GP LLC is a Master Limited Partnership and is a consolidated subsidiary of Marathon Petroleum Corporation, which holds >50% of its voting units. We view Mr. Surma’s service on the MPLX board as an extension of his service on the Marathon Petroleum Corporation board for purposes of assessing the level of outside public board commitments. Other Activities • Director, UPMC • Former Director and Chair, Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland • Former Director and Former Chair, National Safety Council • Director Emeritus and Former Chair, Allegheny County Parks Foundation Skills and Experience $ Financial Expert $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Global Experience Services ! Risk Management/ Mitigation ESG / Sustainability Chair/CEO/ Business Head Industrial/ Manufacturing Government/Public Policy Nominee Highlights Mr. Surma’s experience as the former chairman and chief executive officer of a large industrial company provides significant and direct expertise across all aspects of the Company’s operational and financial affairs. In particular, Mr. Surma’s financial experience, having previously served as the chief financial officer of United States Steel Corporation and as a partner of the audit firm PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, provides the Board with valuable insight into financial reporting and accounting oversight of a public company. Mr. Surma’s board memberships and other activities provide the Board an understanding of developments in the energy sector as the Company seeks to develop more energy-efficient operations and insight into national and international business and trade policy that could impact the Company. 21 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE2022 Proxy Statement Tony L. White Independent Director Age 75 Director since 1997 Committees Human Resources and Compensation (Chair) Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Executive Technology and Innovation Principal Occupation • Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied Biosystems Inc. (a developer, manufacturer and marketer of life science systems and genomic information products) from 1995 until his retirement in 2008. Current Public Directorships • CVS Health Corporation • Ingersoll Rand Inc. Skills and Experience Public Directorships Held in the Past Five Years • C.R. Bard, Inc. $ Financial Expert $ $ $ $ Finance/Capital Allocation Global Experience Technology/ Engineering Marketing/ Digital Chair/CEO/ Business Head Human Resources/ Compensation Industrial/ Manufacturing ! Risk Management/ Mitigation ESG / Sustainability Nominee Highlights Mr. White’s extensive management experience, including 13 years as chairman and chief executive officer of an advanced-technology life sciences firm, provides substantial expertise and guidance across all aspects of the Company’s operational and financial affairs. In particular, Mr. White’s leadership of an organization whose success was directly connected to innovation and applied technologies aligns with the Company’s focus on innovation as a key source of growth. The Company benefits from Mr. White’s experience and board memberships focusing on developments related to biotechnology and healthcare delivery systems which offer instructive process methodologies to accelerate our innovation efforts. 22 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE ITEM 2 Advisory Approval of the Compensation of Our Named Executive Officers The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR advisory approval of the compensation of our NEOs as disclosed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation tables, and the related disclosure contained in this proxy statement. The Company is presenting the following proposal, commonly known as a “Say-on-Pay” proposal, which gives you as a shareholder the opportunity to endorse or not endorse our compensation program for NEOs by voting for or against the following resolution: “RESOLVED, that the shareholders approve the compensation of the Company’s NEOs, as disclosed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation tables, and the related disclosure contained in the Company’s proxy statement.” While our Board of Directors intends to carefully consider the shareholder vote resulting from the proposal, the final vote will not be binding on us and is advisory in nature. In considering your vote, please be advised that our compensation program for NEOs is guided by our design principles, as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of this Proxy Statement: (i) business strategy alignment (iii) mix of short and long-term incentives (v) shareholder alignment (ii) pay for performance (iv) internal parity (vi) market competitiveness By following these design principles, we believe that our compensation program for NEOs is strongly aligned with the long-term interests of our shareholders. Approval of Appointment of Independent Auditors ITEM 3 The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR the proposal to approve the appointment of PwC as independent auditors of the Company and to authorize the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors to set the auditors’ remuneration. The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the independent audit firm retained to audit the Company’s financial statements and internal controls over financial reporting. In executing its responsibilities, the Audit Committee engages in an annual evaluation of the qualifications, performance and independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”). In assessing independence, the Committee reviews the fees paid, including those related to non-audit services. The Audit Committee has sole authority to approve all engagement fees to be paid to PwC. The Audit Committee regularly meets with the lead audit partner without members of management present, and in executive session with only the Audit Committee members present, which provides the opportunity for continuous assessment of the firm’s effectiveness and independence and for consideration of rotating audit firms. In addition, as part of its normal cadence, the Audit Committee considers whether there should be a regular rotation of the independent auditors. The Audit Committee ensures that the mandated rotation of PwC’s lead engagement partner occurs routinely, and the Audit Committee and its Chairman are directly involved in the selection of PwC’s lead engagement partner. The Audit Committee has recommended that shareholders approve the appointment of PwC as our independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022 and authorize the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors to set the independent auditors’ remuneration. PwC has been acting continuously as our independent auditors for over one hundred years and, both by virtue of its familiarity with the Company’s affairs and its professional competencies and resources, is considered best qualified to perform this important function. The Audit Committee and the Board believe that the continued retention of PwC to serve as our independent auditors is in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Representatives of PwC will be present at the Annual General Meeting and will be available to respond to appropriate questions. They will have an opportunity to make a statement if they so desire. 23 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE2022 Proxy Statement Audit Committee Report While management has the primary responsibility for the financial statements and the financial reporting process, including the system of internal controls, the Audit Committee reviews the Company’s audited financial statements and financial reporting process on behalf of the Board of Directors. The independent auditors are responsible for performing an independent audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and to issue a report thereon. The Audit Committee monitors those processes. In this context, the Audit Committee has met and held discussions with management and the independent auditors regarding the fair and complete presentation of the Company’s results. The Audit Committee has discussed significant accounting policies applied by the Company in its financial statements, as well as alternative treatments. Management has represented to the Audit Committee that the Company’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, and the Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the consolidated financial statements with management and the independent auditors. The Audit Committee also discussed with the independent auditors the matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standard No. 1301, “Communications with Audit Committees” issued by the PCAOB. In addition, the Audit Committee has received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from PwC required by the PCAOB regarding PwC’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence and discussed with PwC the auditors’ independence from the Company and its management in connection with the matters stated therein. The Audit Committee also considered whether the independent auditors’ provision of non-audit services to the Company is compatible with the auditors’ independence. The Audit Committee has concluded that the independent auditors are independent from the Company and its management. The Audit Committee discussed with the Company’s internal and independent auditors the overall scope and plans for their respective audits. The Audit Committee meets separately with the internal and independent auditors, with and without management present, to discuss the results of their examinations, the evaluations of the Company’s internal controls and the overall quality of the Company’s financial reporting. In reliance on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors, and the Board has approved, that the audited financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 (“2021 Form 10-K”), for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Audit Committee has selected PwC, subject to shareholder approval, as the Company’s independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. AUDIT COMMITTEE John P. Surma (Chair) Ann C. Berzin April Miller Boise John Bruton Myles P. Lee 24 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE Fees of the Independent Auditors The following table shows the fees paid or accrued by the Company for audit and other services provided by PwC for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020: Audit Fees(a) Audit-Related Fees(b) Tax Fees(c) All Other Fees(d) Total 2021 ($) 2020 ($) 9,545,000 10,568,000 77,000 67,000 1,835,000 6,062,000 14,000 9,000 11,471,000 16,706,000 (a) Audit Fees for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were for professional services rendered for the audits of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and its internal controls over financial reporting, including quarterly reviews, statutory audits, issuance of consents and review of documents filed with the SEC. (b) Audit-Related Fees for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, consist of assurance services that are related to performing the audit and review of certain financial statements including employee benefit plan audits. (c) Tax Fees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 include consulting and compliance services in the U.S. and non-U.S. locations. Tax Fees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 include consulting and compliance services in the U.S. and non-U.S. locations and tax consulting services relating to the Reverse Morris Trust transaction. (d) All Other Fees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 included license fees for accounting and tax research tools and other software licenses. The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures which require that the Audit Committee pre-approve all non-audit services that may be provided to the Company by its independent auditors. The policy: (i) provides for pre-approval of an annual budget for each type of service; (ii) requires Audit Committee approval of specific projects if not included in the approved budget; and (iii) requires Audit Committee approval if the forecast of expenditures exceeds the approved budget on any type of service. The Audit Committee pre-approved all of the services described under “Audit-Related Fees,” “Tax Fees” and “All Other Fees.” The Audit Committee has determined that the provision of all such non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of PwC. ITEM 4 Renewal of the Directors’ Existing Authority to Issue Shares The Board of Directors recommends that you vote FOR renewing the Directors’ authority to issue shares. Under Irish law, directors of an Irish public limited company must have authority from its shareholders to issue any shares, including shares which are part of the Company’s authorized but unissued share capital. Our shareholders provided the Directors with this authorization at our 2021 annual general meeting on June 3, 2021 for a period of 18 months. Because this share authorization period will expire in December 2022, we are presenting this proposal to renew the Directors’ authority to issue our authorized shares on the terms set forth below. We are seeking approval to authorize our Board of Directors to issue up to 33% of our issued ordinary share capital as of April 8, 2022 (the latest practicable date before this proxy statement), for a period expiring 18 months from the passing of this resolution, unless renewed, varied or revoked. Granting the Board of Directors this authority is a routine matter for public companies incorporated in Ireland and is consistent with Irish market practice. This authority is fundamental to our business and enables us to issue shares, including in connection with our equity compensation plans (where required) and, if applicable, funding acquisitions and raising capital. We are not asking you to approve an increase in our authorized share capital or to approve a specific issuance of shares. Instead, approval of this proposal will only grant the Board of Directors the authority to issue shares that are already authorized under our articles of association upon the terms below. In addition, we note that, because we are a NYSE-listed company, our shareholders continue to benefit from the protections afforded to them under the rules and regulations of the NYSE and the SEC, including those rules that limit our ability to issue shares in specified circumstances. Furthermore, we note that this authorization is required as a matter of Irish law and is not otherwise required for other non- Irish companies listed on the NYSE with whom we compete. Renewal of the Directors’ existing authority to issue shares is fully consistent with NYSE rules and listing standards and with U.S. capital markets practice and governance standards. 25 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE2022 Proxy Statement As required under Irish law, the resolution in respect of this proposal is an ordinary resolution that requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast. The text of this resolution is as follows: “That the Directors be and are hereby generally and unconditionally authorized with effect from the passing of this resolution to exercise all powers of the Company to allot relevant securities (within the meaning of Section 1021 of the Companies Act 2014) up to an aggregate nominal amount of $85,251,537 (85,251,537 shares) (being equivalent to approximately 33% of the aggregate nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as of April 8, 2022 (the latest practicable date before this proxy statement)), and the authority conferred by this resolution shall expire 18 months from the passing of this resolution, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked; provided that the Company may make an offer or agreement before the expiry of this authority, which would or might require any such securities to be allotted after this authority has expired, and in that case, the Directors may allot relevant securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement as if the authority conferred hereby had not expired.” ITEM 5 Renewal of the Directors’ Existing Authority to Issue Shares for Cash Without First Offering Shares to Existing Shareholders The Board of Directors recommends that you vote FOR renewing the Directors’ authority to issue shares for cash without first offering shares to existing shareholders. Under Irish law, unless otherwise authorized, when an Irish public limited company issues shares for cash, it is required first to offer those shares on the same or more favorable terms to existing shareholders of the Company on a pro-rata basis (commonly referred to as the statutory pre-emption right). Our shareholders provided the Directors with this authorization at our 2021 annual general meeting on June 3, 2021 for a period of 18 months. Because this share authorization period will expire in December 2022, we are presenting this proposal to renew the Directors’ authority to opt-out of the pre-emption right on the terms set forth below. We are seeking approval to authorize our Board of Directors to opt out of the statutory pre-emption rights provision in the event of (1) the issuance of shares for cash in connection with any rights issue and (2) any other issuance of shares for cash, if the issuance is limited to up to 5% of our issued ordinary share capital as of April 8, 2022 (the latest practicable date before this proxy statement), for a period expiring 18 months from the passing of this resolution, unless renewed, varied or revoked. Granting the Board of Directors this authority is a routine matter for public companies incorporated in Ireland and is consistent with Irish market practice. Similar to the authorization sought for Item 4, this authority is fundamental to our business and enables us to issue shares under our equity compensation plans (where required) and, if applicable, will facilitate our ability to fund acquisitions and otherwise raise capital. We are not asking you to approve an increase in our authorized share capital. Instead, approval of this proposal will only grant the Board of Directors the authority to issue shares in the manner already permitted under our articles of association upon the terms below. Without this authorization, in each case where we issue shares for cash, we would first have to offer those shares on the same or more favorable terms to all of our existing shareholders. This requirement could undermine the operation of our compensation plans and cause delays in the completion of acquisitions and capital raising for our business. Furthermore, we note that this authorization is required as a matter of Irish law and is not otherwise required for other non-Irish companies listed on the NYSE with whom we compete. Renewal of the Directors’ existing authorization to opt out of the statutory pre-emption rights as described above is fully consistent with NYSE rules and listing standards and with U.S. capital markets practice and governance standards. As required under Irish law, the resolution in respect of this proposal is a special resolution that requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast. The text of the resolution in respect of this proposal is as follows: “As a special resolution, that, subject to the passing of the resolution in respect of Item 4 as set out above and with effect from the passing of this resolution, the Directors be and are hereby empowered pursuant to Section 1023 of the Companies Act 2014 to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 1023 of that Act) for cash, pursuant to the authority conferred by Item 5 as if subsection (1) of Section 1022 did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to: a. the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue in favor of the holders of ordinary shares (including rights to subscribe for, or convert into, ordinary shares) where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of such holders are proportional (as nearly as may be) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares held by them (but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with fractional entitlements that would otherwise arise, or with legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognized regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any territory, or otherwise); and 26 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE b. the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal value of $12,916,899 (12,916,899 shares) (being equivalent to approximately 5% of the aggregate nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as of April 8, 2022 (the latest practicable date before this proxy statement)) and the authority conferred by this resolution shall expire 18 months from the passing of this resolution, unless previously renewed, varied or revoked; provided that the Company may make an offer or agreement before the expiry of this authority, which would or might require any such securities to be allotted after this authority has expired, and in that case, the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement as if the authority conferred hereby had not expired.” ITEM 6 Determine the Price at which the Company Can Reallot Shares Held as Treasury Shares The Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote FOR the proposal to determine the price at which the Company can re-allot shares held as treasury shares. Our open-market share repurchases (redemptions) and other share buyback activities may result in ordinary shares being acquired and held by the Company as treasury shares. We may reissue treasury shares that we acquire through our various share buyback activities including in connection with our executive compensation program and our director programs. Under Irish law, our shareholders must authorize the price range at which we may re-allot any shares held in treasury. In this proposal, that price range is expressed as a minimum and maximum percentage of the closing market price of our ordinary shares on the NYSE the day preceding the day on which the relevant share is re-allotted. Under Irish law, this authorization expires 18 months after its passing unless renewed. The authority being sought from shareholders provides that the minimum and maximum prices at which an ordinary share held in treasury may be re-allotted are 95% and 120%, respectively, of the closing market price of the ordinary shares on the NYSE the day preceding the day on which the relevant share is re-issued, except as described below with respect to obligations under employee share schemes, which may be at a minimum price of nominal value. Any reallotment of treasury shares will be at price levels that the Board considers in the best interests of our shareholders. As required under Irish law, the resolution in respect of this proposal is a special resolution that requires the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the votes cast. The text of the resolution in respect of this proposal is as follows: “As a special resolution, that the re-allotment price range at which any treasury shares held by the Company may be reallotted shall be as follows: a. the maximum price at which such treasury share may be re-allotted shall be an amount equal to 120% of the “market price”; and b. the minimum price at which a treasury share may be re-allotted shall be the nominal value of the share where such a share is required to satisfy an obligation under an employee share scheme or any option schemes operated by the Company or, in all other cases, an amount equal to 95% of the “market price”; and c. for the purposes of this resolution, the “market price” shall mean the closing market price of the ordinary shares on the NYSE the day preceding the day on which the relevant share is re-allotted. FURTHER, that this authority to re-allot treasury shares shall expire at 18 months from the date of the passing of this resolution unless previously varied or renewed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 109 and 1078 of the Companies Act 2014.” 27 PROPOSALS REQUIRING YOUR VOTE2022 Proxy Statement Corporate Governance Corporate Governance Guidelines Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, together with the charters of the various Board committees, provide a framework for the corporate governance of the Company. The following is a summary of our Corporate Governance Guidelines and practices. A copy of our Corporate Governance Guidelines, as well as the charters of each of our Board committees, are available on our website at www.tranetechnologies.com under the heading “About Us – Corporate Governance.” Role of the Board of Directors The Company’s business is managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board delegates to the Chief Executive Officer, and through that individual to other senior management, the authority and responsibility for managing the Company’s business. The role of the Board of Directors is to oversee the management and governance of the Company and monitor senior management’s performance. Board Responsibilities Among the Board of Directors’ core responsibilities are: • Select individuals for Board membership and evaluate the performance of the Board, Board committees and individual directors; • Select, monitor, evaluate and compensate senior management; • Assure that management succession planning is adequate; • Review and approve significant corporate actions; • Review and monitor implementation of management’s strategic plans; • Review and approve the Company’s annual operating plans and budgets; • Monitor corporate performance and evaluate results compared to the strategic plans and other long-range goals; • Review the Company’s financial controls and reporting systems; • Review and approve the Company’s financial statements and financial reporting; • Review the Company’s ethical standards and legal compliance programs and procedures; • Oversee the Company’s management of enterprise risk; • Evaluate the performance of the Board of Directors, Board committees and individual directors; and • Monitor relations with shareholders, employees, and the communities in which the Company operates. Board Leadership Structure The positions of Chair of the Board and CEO at the Company are held by the same person, except in unusual circumstances, such as during a CEO transition. This policy has worked well for the Company. It is the Board of Directors’ view that the Company’s corporate governance principles, the quality, stature and substantive business knowledge of the members of the Board, as well as the Board’s culture of open communication with the CEO and senior management are conducive to Board effectiveness with a combined Chair and CEO position. In addition, the Board of Directors has a strong Lead Independent Director and it believes this role adequately addresses the need for independent leadership and an organizational structure for the independent directors. The Board of Directors appoints a Lead Independent Director from among the Board’s independent directors. The Lead Independent Director coordinates the activities of all of the Board’s independent directors working with the Chair and CEO. The Lead Independent Director is the principal liaison with the CEO and ensures that the Board of Directors has an open, trustful relationship with the Company’s senior management team. In addition to the duties of all directors, as set forth in the Company’s Governance Guidelines, the specific responsibilities of the Lead Independent Director are as follows: • Chair meetings of the independent directors; • Ensure full participation and engagement of all Board members in deliberations; 28 • Lead the Board of Directors in all deliberations involving the CEO’s employment, including hiring, contract negotiations, performance evaluations, and separation; • Engage and counsel the Chair and CEO on issues of interest/concern to directors including majority and minority viewpoints and encourage all directors to engage the Chair and CEO with their interests and concerns; • Work with the Chair and CEO to develop an appropriate schedule of Board meetings and approve such schedule, to ensure that the directors have sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items, while not interfering with the flow of Company operations; • Setting the agendas for Board meetings in collaboration with the Chair and CEO; • Plan the agendas and chair executive sessions of the Board’s independent directors; • Act as the primary liaison between the directors and the Chair and CEO; • Provide advice and counsel to the Chair and CEO; • Keep abreast of key Company activities and advise the Chair and CEO as to the quality, quantity and timeliness of the flow of information from Company management that is necessary for the directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties; although Company management is responsible for the preparation of materials for the Board, the Lead Independent Director will approve information provided to the Board and may specifically request the inclusion of certain material; • Engage consultants who report directly to the Board and assist in recommending consultants that work directly for Board Committees; • Working in conjunction with the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in compliance with Committee processes to interview director candidates and make recommendations to the Board; • Provide oversight and act as a liaison between management and the Board with respect to succession of the CEO and lead the Board in an annual review of Board and CEO succession plans; • Assist the Board and Company officers in assuring compliance with and implementation of the Company’s Governance Guidelines; • Work in conjunction with the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee to identify for appointment the members of the various Board Committees, as well as selection of the Committee chairs; • Be available for consultation and direct communication with major shareholders coordinating with the Chair and CEO; • Make a commitment to serve in the role of Lead Director for a minimum of three years; and • Help set the tone and uphold the highest standards of ethics and integrity and encourage that throughout the Company. Mr. Forsee has been the Company’s Lead Independent Director since the 2021 Annual General Meeting. 29 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2022 Proxy Statement Board Risk Oversight The Board of Directors has oversight responsibility of the processes established to report and monitor systems for material risks applicable to the Company. The Board of Directors has delegated to its various committees the oversight of risk management practices for categories of risk relevant to their functions. BOARD OF DIRECTORS • The Board of Directors focuses on the Company’s general risk management strategy and the most significant risks facing the Company and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management. • The full Board has oversight of strategic Human Capital Management risks and opportunities including succession planning, diversity and inclusion, employee engagement, employee health and safety, and development. • The Board regularly receives reports from each Committee as to risk oversight within their areas of responsibility. Audit Committee Human Resources and Compensation Committee BOARD COMMITTEES • Oversees risks associated with the Company’s systems of disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, as well as the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. • Oversees the Company’s cybersecurity programs and risks, including Board level oversight for management’s actions with respect to: (1) the practices, procedures, and controls to identify, assess, and manage its key cybersecurity programs and risks; (2) the protection, confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the Company’s digital information, intellectual property, and compliance-protected data through the associated networks as it relates to connected networks, suppliers, employees, and channel partners; and (3) the protection and privacy of data related to our customers. • Discusses with management and the independent auditors the Company’s policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including the review and approval of a risk-based audit plan. • Considers risks related to the attraction and retention of talent and risks related to the design of compensation programs and arrangements. Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee • Oversees risks associated with Board succession, conflicts of interest, corporate governance and sustainability. • Oversees risks associated with the Company’s performance against its sustainability and ESG objectives including the impacts of climate change. Finance Committee • Oversees risks associated with foreign exchange, insurance, liquidity, credit and debt. MANAGEMENT • Identification, assessment, and management of risks through the Company’s Enterprise Risk Management program and Committee. • The Enterprise Risk Management program and Committee is responsible for identifying and managing strategic risks within the Company’s risk appetite and providing reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of these objectives. • Risks are prioritized based upon potential impact, likelihood and vulnerability, an owner is assigned to each risk area to develop a risk mitigation strategy and key risk indicators are utilized to track progress against these objectives. The risk universe is reviewed regularly to ensure the Company is addressing any potential changes in the risk landscape. • The Company has appointed the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) as its Chief Risk Officer, and in that role, the Chief Risk Officer periodically reports on risk management policies and practices to the relevant Board Committee or to the full Board so that any decisions can be made as to any required changes in the Company’s risk management and mitigation strategies or in the Board’s oversight of these. The Chief Risk Officer also reports on specific risks and risk mitigation action plans, including risk indicators to track progress. 30 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE SPOTLIGHT: RISK OVERSIGHT Business Strategy One of the primary responsibilities of the Board of Directors is to review and monitor implementation of management’s strategic plans. Our Directors have deep experience and expertise in strategic planning and execution and use their experience to engage in active dialogue with management. The Board of Directors evaluates strategic plans through regular discussions as part of Board meetings and during strategic planning sessions dedicated to these topics. Human Resources and Compensation As part of its oversight of the Company’s executive compensation program, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee considers the impact of the Company’s executive compensation program and the incentives created by the compensation awards that it administers on the Company’s risk profile. In addition, the Company reviews all of its compensation policies and procedures, including the incentives that they create and factors that may reduce the likelihood of excessive risk taking, to determine whether they present a significant risk to the Company. Based on this review, the Company has concluded that its compensation policies and procedures are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee reviews and discusses with the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Audit Committee, as appropriate, the Company’s Human Capital Management disclosures for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee also sets, reviews and approves annual ESG factors for purposes of the Company’s Annual Incentive Matrix. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee also reviews at least annually and discusses with management key human resource management initiatives related to leadership talent recruitment, retention, diversity and inclusion, pay equity and hourly wages. Environmental, Social and Governance Matters The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of our Board of Directors oversees risks associated with corporate governance and sustainability, including the development and implementation of policies relating to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) issues. The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also monitors the Company’s performance against its sustainability and ESG objectives including the impacts of climate change. The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee also evaluates social and environmental trends and issues in connection with the Company’s business activities and makes recommendations to the Board regarding those trends and issues. The Technology and Innovation Committee assists the Board in its oversight of the Company’s responses to certain environmental matters including climate change, greenhouse gas emissions, energy-efficient and low-emissions products and product life cycle and materials, and supports as needed, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in its review of environmental and sustainability practices. Cybersecurity Our Cybersecurity strategy is overseen by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors and directed by our Chief Information Officer. Our cybersecurity strategy, programs and policies are designed to protect the company’s most important information and technology assets from an ever-evolving landscape of threats. Our Audit Committee: • Maintains appropriate oversight of the Company’s IT Cybersecurity Governance, Strategy, and Compliance • Oversees Management’s implementation of cybersecurity programs and risk policies and procedures and oversees management’s actions to ensure their effectiveness in maintaining the integrity of the Company’s electronic systems and facilities. • Oversees the Company’s efforts to comply with regulatory requirements relating to the matters, including but not limited to the implementation of any remediation or other measures in response to regulatory findings. Senior management briefs the Audit Committee regarding cybersecurity at least three times per year, and reports to the Board on a regular basis. We have cybersecurity insurance and we regularly review our policy and levels of coverage based on current risks. All salaried employees complete an annual cybersecurity training program, where specific threats and scenarios are highlighted, based on our analysis of current risks to the organization. The Technology and Innovation Committee supports, as requested, the Audit Committee in its review of the Company’s information technology and cybersecurity policies and practices. 31 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2022 Proxy Statement Director Compensation and Share Ownership It is the policy of the Board of Directors that directors’ fees be the sole compensation received from the Company by any non-employee director. The Company has a share ownership requirement of five times the annual cash retainer paid to the directors. A director cannot sell any shares of Company stock until he or she attains such level of ownership and any sale thereafter cannot reduce the total number of holdings below the required ownership level. A director is required to retain this minimum level of Company share ownership until their resignation or retirement from the Board. Board Committees The Board of Directors has the following committees: Audit Committee, Human Resources and Compensation Committee, Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Finance Committee, Technology and Innovation Committee and Executive Committee. The Board of Directors consists of a substantial majority of independent, non-employee directors. Only non- employee directors serve on the Audit, Human Resources and Compensation, Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating, Finance and Technology and Innovation Committees. The Board of Directors has determined that each member of each of these committees is “independent” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Guidelines for Determining Independence of Directors. Chairpersons and members of these five committees are rotated periodically, as appropriate. The Chair and CEO serves on the Company’s Executive Committee and is Chair of that Committee. The remainder of the Executive Committee is comprised of the Lead Independent Director and the non-employee director Chairpersons of the Audit, Human Resources and Compensation, Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating and Finance Committees. Committee memberships and chairs are rotated periodically. Board Diversity The Company’s policy on Board diversity relates to the selection of nominees for the Board of Directors. In selecting a nominee for the Board, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee considers the skills, expertise and background that would complement the existing Board and ensure that its members are of sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds, recognizing that the Company’s businesses and operations are diverse and global in nature. The Board of Directors is nominating four female directors (Ms. Arnold, Ms. Berzin, Ms. Miller Boise and, Ms. Hudson), one Hispanic director (Mr. White), one Black director (Ms. Miller Boise) and two international directors who are Irish citizens (Mr. Bruton and Mr. Lee) out of a total of 11 directors. Two of our current directors (Mr. White and Mr. Bruton) have veteran status. In addition, the tenure and experience of our directors is varied, which brings varying perspectives to our Board functionality. Board Advisors The Board of Directors and its committees may, under their respective charters, retain their own advisors to carry out their responsibilities. Executive Sessions The Company’s independent directors meet privately in regularly scheduled executive sessions, without management present, to consider such matters as the independent directors deem appropriate. These executive sessions are required to be held no less than twice each year. Board and Board Committee Performance Evaluation The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee assists the Board in evaluating its performance and the performance of the Board committees. Each committee also conducts an annual self-evaluation. The effectiveness of individual directors is considered each year when the directors stand for re-nomination. Director Orientation and Education The Company has developed an orientation program for new directors and provides continuing education for all directors. In addition, the directors are given full access to management and corporate staff as a means of providing additional information. 32 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Director Retirement It is the policy of the Board of Directors that each non-employee director must retire at the annual general meeting immediately following their 75th birthday. An exception to the director retirement policy was made in 2022 for Mr. Bruton and Mr. White who were asked to remain members of the Board of Directors until the 2023 annual meeting in order to provide continuity after the Company’s CEO succession. Directors who change the occupation they held when initially elected must offer to resign from the Board of Directors. At that time, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the continued appropriateness of Board membership under the new circumstances and makes a recommendation to the Board of Directors. Employee directors, including the CEO, must retire from the Board of Directors at the time of a change in their status as an officer of the Company, unless the policy is waived by the Board. Director Independence The Board of Directors has determined that all of our current directors, except Mr. Regnery, who is an employee of the Company, are independent under the standards set forth in Exhibit I to our Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are consistent with the NYSE listing standards. In determining the independence of directors, the Board evaluated transactions between the Company and entities with which directors were affiliated that occurred in the ordinary course of business and that were provided on the same terms and conditions available to other customers. Since June 2020, Ms. Karen B. Peetz, a director of the Company during 2021 who resigned from the Board in April 2022, has served as chief administrative officer of Citigroup Inc. Citigroup or affiliates of Citigroup (“Citigroup”) have acted as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Syndication Agent in connection with our 2021 refinancing of our $1 billion revolving credit facility and with respect to our $1 billion revolving credit facility entered into in April 2018. As agent and lender, Citigroup provides other services under these facilities. There were no amounts outstanding under these facilities as of December 31, 2021. Citigroup was paid an arrangement fee and an upfront fee in connection with the refinancing and portfolio management fees relating to upfront and undrawn fees on these facilities. In addition, Citigroup provides certain FX and derivatives services to the Company and certain treasury and trade solutions relating to cash/bank transactions and trade activity. Total amounts paid to Citi in 2021 for these activities were approximately $4.2 million. Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender and did not involve more than the normal risk at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. Our other transactions with Citigroup were made in the ordinary course of business on standard terms and conditions. Ms. Peetz does not personally participate in or benefit from any aspect of our relationship with Citigroup. Exhibit I to our Corporate Governance Guidelines is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance.” Communications with Directors Shareholders and other interested parties wishing to communicate with the Board of Directors, the non-employee directors or any individual director (including our Lead Independent Director and Human Resources and Compensation Committee Chair) may do so either by sending a communication to the Board and/or a particular Board member, in care of the Secretary of the Company, or by e-mail at board@tranetechnologies.com. Depending upon the nature of the communication and to whom it is directed, the Secretary will: (a) forward the communication to the appropriate director or directors; (b) forward the communication to the relevant department within the Company; or (c) attempt to handle the matter directly (for example, a communication dealing with a share ownership matter). Management Succession Planning Our Board of Directors believes that ensuring leadership continuity and strong management capabilities exist to effectively carry out the Company’s strategy and are critical responsibilities of the Board. The Board collaborates with the Chair and CEO and the Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer on the succession planning process, including establishing selection criteria that reflect our business strategies, identifying and developing internal candidates. The Board also ensures there are successors available for key positions in the normal course of business and for emergency situations. The full Board formally reviews, at least annually, the plans for development, retention and replacement of key executives, and most importantly the Chair and CEO. In addition, management succession for key leadership positions is discussed regularly by the directors in Board meetings and in executive sessions of the Board of Directors. Directors become familiar with potential successors for key leadership positions through various means including regular talent reviews, presentations to the Board, and informal meetings. 33 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2022 Proxy Statement Code of Conduct The Company has adopted a worldwide Code of Conduct, applicable to all employees, directors and officers, including our Chair and CEO, our CFO and our Chief Accounting Officer. The Code of Conduct meets the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K, as well as the requirements of a “code of business conduct and ethics” under the NYSE listing standards. The Code of Conduct covers topics including, but not limited to, conflicts of interest, confidentiality of information, and compliance with laws and regulations. A copy of the Code of Conduct is available on our website located at www.tranetechnologies. com under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance.” Amendments to, or waivers of the provisions of, the Code of Conduct, if any, made with respect to any of our directors and executive officers will be posted on our website. Anti-Hedging Policy and Other Restrictions The Company prohibits its directors and executive officers from (i) purchasing any financial instruments designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of Company securities, (ii) engaging in any form of short-term speculative trading in Company securities and (iii) holding Company securities in a margin account or pledging Company securities as collateral for a loan. Investor Outreach We believe it is important to understand our shareholders and their concerns and questions about our Company. During 2021, we met with a significant number of our major shareholders and with prospective shareholders to answer questions about our Company and to learn about issues that are important to them. Sustainability At Trane Technologies, sustainability is core to who we are. Through the leadership of our Chair and CEO and senior leaders, we have embedded sustainability into every aspect of how we operate and help our customers succeed. Our approach and initiatives are guided by an external Advisory Council on Sustainability and regularly reviewed by our Enterprise Leadership Team and Board of Directors. Day-to-day, our Center for Energy Efficiency and Sustainability (CEES) team surveys the market landscape, continually bringing new ideas and requirements forward. This team is also responsible for tracking and disclosing our progress. For more information regarding our Company’s commitment to leadership in environmental, social and governance matters and our achievements in these areas, please also see A Letter from Our Board of Directors at the beginning of this proxy statement, our 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders included in these proxy materials and our 2021 ESG Report available on our website located at www.tranetechnologies.com under the heading “Sustainability.” For more information regarding our achievements in environmental, social and governance matters, please see “Other Recent Achievements” in the Executive Summary to our Compensation Discussion and Analysis. 34 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Committees of the Board and Attendance Audit Committee Meetings in 2021: 9 Members John P. Surma (Chair) Ann C. Berzin April Miller Boise John Bruton Myles P. Lee Key Functions • Review annual audited and quarterly financial statements, as well as the Company’s disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations,” with management and the independent auditors. • Obtain and review periodic reports, at least annually, from management assessing the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. • Review the Company’s processes to assure compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and corporate policy. • Recommend the public accounting firm to be proposed for appointment by the shareholders as our independent auditors and review the performance of the independent auditors. • Review the scope of the audit and the findings and approve the fees of the independent auditors. • Approve in advance, subject to and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, permitted audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors. • Satisfy itself as to the independence of the independent auditors and ensure receipt of their annual independence statement. • Discuss with management and the independent auditors the Company’s policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including the review and approval of a risk-based audit plan. • Oversee the Company’s cybersecurity programs and risks. • Review and discuss with management and the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Human Resources and Compensation Committee, as appropriate, human capital management disclosures to be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K. The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is “independent” for the purposes of the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, as defined in the NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, and has determined that all members other than two meet the qualifications of an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined by rules of the SEC. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee qualifies as an independent director, meets the financial literacy and independence requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the NYSE applicable to audit committee members and possesses the requisite competence in accounting or auditing in satisfaction of the requirements for audit committees prescribed by the Companies Act 2014. A copy of the charter of the Audit Committee is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance – Board Committees and Charters.” 35 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2022 Proxy Statement Human Resources and Compensation Committee Meetings in 2021: 5 Members Tony L. White (Chair) Kirk E. Arnold Jared L. Cohon Gary D. Forsee Linda P. Hudson Key Functions • Establish our executive compensation strategies, policies and programs. • Review and approve the goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance against those goals and objectives and set the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on this evaluation. The Human Resources and Compensation Committee Chair presents all compensation decisions pertaining to the Chief Executive Officer to the full Board of Directors (other than Michael W. Lamach, and after July 1, 2021, David S. Regnery). • Approve compensation of all other elected officers. • Review and approve executive compensation and benefit programs. • Review and assess the appropriateness of the material risks, if any, arising from or related to the Company’s compensation programs or arrangements. • Administer the Company’s equity compensation plans. • At least annually, review and discuss with the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and the Audit Committee, as appropriate, the Company’s Human Capital Management Disclosures for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. • Set, review and approve annual ESG factors for purposes of the Company’s Annual Incentive Matrix. • Review, at least annually, and discuss with management key human resource management initiatives related to leadership talent recruitment/retention, diversity and inclusion, pay equity and hourly wages. • Review and recommend significant changes in principal employee benefit programs. • Approve and oversee Human Resources and Compensation Committee consultants. For a discussion concerning the processes and procedures for determining NEO (Named Executive Officers) and director compensation and the role of executive officers and compensation consultants in determining or recommending the amount or form of compensation, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Compensation of Directors,” respectively. The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee is “independent” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. A copy of the charter of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance – Board Committees and Charters.” 36 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Meetings in 2021: 5 Members Gary D. Forsee (Chair) Kirk E. Arnold Jared L. Cohon Linda P. Hudson Tony L. White Finance Committee Meetings in 2021: 5 Members Ann C. Berzin (Chair) April Miller Boise John Bruton Myles P. Lee John P. Surma Key Functions • Identify individuals qualified to become directors and recommend the candidates for all directorships. • Recommend individuals for election as officers. • Oversee the Company’s sustainability efforts including the development and implementation of policies relating to ESG issues. • Monitor the Company’s performance against its sustainability and ESG objectives including the impacts of climate change. • Review the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and make recommendations for changes. • Consider questions of independence of directors and possible conflicts of interest of directors as well as executive officers. • Take a leadership role in shaping the sustainability efforts and corporate governance of the Company. • Evaluate social and environmental trends and issues in connection with the Company’s business activities and make recommendations to the Board regarding those trends and issues. The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is “independent” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines. A copy of the charter of the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance – Board Committees and Charters.” Key Functions • Consider and recommend for approval by the Board of Directors (a) issuances of equity and/or debt securities; or (b) authorizations for other financing transactions, including bank credit facilities. • Consider and recommend for approval by the Board of Directors the repurchase of the Company’s shares. • Review cash management policies. • Review periodic reports of the investment performance of the Company’s employee benefit plans. • Consider and recommend for approval by the Board of Directors the Company’s external dividend policy. • Consider and approve the Company’s financial risk management activities, including the areas of foreign exchange, commodities, and interest rate exposures, insurance programs and customer financing risks. The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Finance Committee is “independent” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines. A copy of the charter of the Finance Committee is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance – Board Committees and Charters.” 37 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2022 Proxy Statement Key Functions • Aid the Board in handling matters which, in the opinion of the Chair or Lead Independent Director, should not be postponed until the next scheduled meeting of the Board (except as limited by the charter of the Executive Committee). The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Executive Committee (other than Dave Regnery) is “independent” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines. A copy of the charter of the Executive Committee is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance – Board Committees and Charters.” Key Functions • Review the Company’s technology and innovation strategy and approach, including its impact on the Company’s performance, growth and competitive position. • Review with management technologies that can have a material impact on the Company, including product and process development technologies, manufacturing technologies and practices, and the utilization of quality assurance programs. • Assist the Board in its oversight of the Company’s investments in technology and innovation, including through acquisitions and other business development activities. • Review technology trends that could significantly affect the Company and the industries in which it operates. • Assist the Board in its oversight of the Company’s technology and innovation initiatives, and support, as requested, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in its review of the Company’s environment, health and safety policies and practices, and the Audit Committee in its review of the Company’s information technology and cybersecurity policies and practices. • Oversee the direction and effectiveness of the Company’s research and development operations. • Assist the Board in its oversight of the Company’s responses to certain environmental matters including climate change, greenhouse gas emissions, energy-efficient and low-emissions products and product life cycle and materials, and support as needed, the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in its review of environmental and sustainability practices. A copy of the charter of the Technology and Innovation Committee is available on our website, www.tranetechnologies.com, under the heading “About Us—Corporate Governance – Board Committees and Charters.” Executive Committee Meetings in 2021: None Members David S. Regnery (Chair) Ann C. Berzin (Chair of the Finance Committee) Gary D. Forsee (Lead Independent Director and Chair of the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee) John P. Surma (Chair of the Audit Committee) Tony L. White (Chair of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee) Technology and Innovation Committee Meetings in 2021: 2 Members Jared L. Cohon (Chair) Kirk E. Arnold John Bruton Gary D. Forsee Linda P. Hudson Tony L. White 38 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE There were five meetings of the Board of Directors in 2021. All directors attended at least 75% or more of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and the committees on which he or she served during the year. The Company’s non-employee directors held five independent director meetings without management present during the fiscal year 2021. It is the Board’s general practice to hold independent director meetings in connection with regularly scheduled Board meetings. The Company expects all Board members to attend the annual general meeting, but from time to time other commitments prevent all directors from attending the meeting. All of the members of our Board standing for re-election at the 2021 Annual General Meeting on June 3, 2021 attended that meeting by telephone due to COVID travel restrictions. Human Resources and Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation Our Human Resources and Compensation Committee is comprised solely of independent directors. During fiscal 2021, no member of our Human Resources and Compensation Committee was an employee, officer or former officer of the Company or had any relationships requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. None of our executive officers has served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has or has had one or more executive officers who served as a member of our Human Resources and Compensation Committee or our Board during fiscal 2021. 39 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2022 Proxy Statement Compensation of Directors Director Compensation Our director compensation program is designed to compensate non-employee directors fairly for work required for a company of our size and scope and to align their interests with the long-term interests of our shareholders. The program reflects our desire to attract, retain and use the expertise of highly qualified people serving on the Company’s Board of Directors. Employee directors do not receive any additional compensation for serving as a director. Our 2021 director compensation program for non-employee directors consisted of the following components: ANNUAL RETAINER Paid in Cash $142,500 (47%) * The number of restricted stock units granted is determined by dividing the grant date value of the award, $162,500, by the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. A director who retires, resigns or otherwise separates from the Company for any reason receives a pro-rata cash retainer payment for the quarter in which such event occurs based on the number of days elapsed since the end of the immediately preceding quarter and immediately vests in any unvested restricted stock units. Paid in Restricted Stock Units* $162,500 (53%) ANNUAL CASH RETAINER FOR COMMITTEE CHAIRS AND MEMBERS, LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AND OTHER ELEMENTS Audit Committee Chair $30,000 Human Resources and Compensation Committee Chair Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Chair Finance Committee Chair Executive Committee Chair $0 Technology and Innovation Committee Chair Audit Committee Member Lead Independent Director $7,500 $7,500 Additional Meetings or Unscheduled Planning Session Fees $2,500 $XX $20,000 $15,000 $15,000 $50,000 The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee periodically reviews the compensation level of our non- employee directors in consultation with the Human Resources and Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant, Korn Ferry, and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors. The current compensation program was established in 2018. Under our 2018 Incentive Stock Plan, the aggregate amount of stock-based and cash-based awards which may be granted to any non-employee director in respect of any calendar year, solely with respect to their service as a member of the Board of Directors, is limited to $1,000,000. 40 Share Ownership Requirement To align the interests of directors with shareholders, the Board of Directors has adopted a share ownership requirement of five times the annual cash retainer paid to the directors. A director cannot sell any shares of Company stock until they attain such level of ownership, and any sale thereafter cannot reduce the total number of holdings below the required ownership level. A director is required to retain this minimum level of Company share ownership until their resignation or retirement from the Board. 2021 Director Compensation The compensation paid or credited to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2021, is summarized in the table below. Name K. E. Arnold A. C. Berzin A. Miller Boise J. Bruton J. L. Cohon G. D. Forsee L. P. Hudson M. P. Lee K. B. Peetz(b) J. P. Surma R. J. Swift(c) T. L. White Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)(a) Equity / Stock Awards ($)(d) All Other Compensation ($)(e) 142,500 165,000 150,000 150,000 150,000 186,346 142,500 150,000 142,500 172,500 85,165 162,500 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 162,640 — 162,640 Total ($) 305,140 327,640 312,640 312,640 312,640 355,586 314,305 312,640 305,140 335,140 85,165 — — — — — 6,600 9,165 — — — — 1,500 326,640 (a) The amounts in this column represent the following: annual cash retainer, the Committee Chair retainers, the Audit Committee member retainer, the Lead Independent Director retainer, and the Board, Committee and other meeting or session fees. Name K. E. Arnold A. C. Berzin A. Miller Boise J. Bruton J. L. Cohon G. D. Forsee L. P. Hudson M. P. Lee K. B. Peetz J. P. Surma T. L. White Committee Chair Retainer ($) Audit Committee Member Retainer ($) Lead Independent Director Retainer Fees ($) Board, Committee and Other Meeting or Session Fees ($) Total Fees Earned or Paid In Cash ($) — 15,000 — — 7,500 15,000 — — — 30,000 20,000 — 7,500 7,500 7,500 — — — 7,500 — — — — — — — — 28,846 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 142,500 165,000 150,000 150,000 150,000 186,346 142,500 150,000 142,500 172,500 162,500 Cash Retainer ($) 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 142,500 (b) Ms. Peetz resigned from the Board in April 2022. (c) Mr. Swift retired from the Board effective June 3, 2021. (d) Represents RSUs awarded in 2021 as part of each director’s annual retainer. The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of RSU awards granted for the year under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718 and do not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the directors. For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the ASC 718 values see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements contained in its 2021 Form 10-K. Includes product rebates that are available to all U.S. employees. (e) 41 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS2022 Proxy Statement Number of Unvested RSUs 887 887 887 887 887 887 887 887 887 887 887 For each non-employee director, the following table reflects all unvested RSU awards at December 31, 2021: Name K. E. Arnold A. C. Berzin A. Miller Boise J. Bruton J. L. Cohon G. D. Forsee L. P. Hudson M. P. Lee K. B. Peetz J. P. Surma T. L. White 42 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS Compensation Discussion and Analysis The Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) set forth below provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy and underlying programs, including the objectives of such programs, as well as a discussion of how awards are determined for our Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”). These NEOs include our Chair and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), and our three most highly compensated executive officers for the 2021 fiscal year other than the Chair and CEO and CFO. In addition, our former Chair and CEO is also an NEO for 2021. The 2021 NEOs are as follows: Named Executive Officers Title Mr. David S. Regnery(a) Chair and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Christopher J. Kuehn Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Ms. Marcia J. Avedon, Ph.D.(b) Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources, Marketing and Communications Officer Mr. Paul A. Camuti Mr. Evan M. Turtz Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Sustainability Officer Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary Mr. Michael W. Lamach(c) Former Chair and Chief Executive Officer (s) Mr. Regnery became Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 2021 and became Chair and Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 2022. (b) Ms. Avedon was Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources, Marketing and Communications Officer during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Ms. Avedon became Executive Vice President effective January 6, 2022 with the announcement of her retirement in April 2022. (c) Mr. Lamach became our Executive Chair on July 1, 2021 and retired on December 31, 2021. I. Executive Summary Throughout 2021 Trane Technologies continued to pursue our purpose to boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world. We worked closely with our customers and partners to fulfill our commitments, and saw record demand for our products and services amid a challenging global environment, including continuing impacts of a global pandemic, global supply chain disruptions, and labor shortages. Our business operating system and uplifting culture enabled us to manage these challenges and deliver strong performance for our people, customers, shareholders and the planet. On July 1, 2021, Dave Regnery, former President and Chief Operating Officer, became Chief Executive Officer of Trane Technologies, and former Chair and CEO, Mike Lamach, was named Executive Chair. In December 2021, we announced Mr. Lamach’s plans to retire from the Company, and Dave Regnery was appointed Chair, effective January 1, 2022. Our comprehensive succession planning and timely and effective Chair and CEO transition enabled us to continue delivering on our sustainability-focused strategy and strong financial and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) performance. In 2021, Trane Technologies demonstrated further action on our 2030 Sustainability Commitments by linking annual leader short-term incentive compensation to achievement of specific emissions and greenhouse gas reduction and diversity targets. With the inclusion of the ESG modifier in our annual short-term incentive program for executives and senior leaders, about 2,300 leaders throughout the company now have a portion of their compensation directly linked to our sustainability goals. In addition, all employees of Trane Technologies have at least one sustainability goal within their annual performance plans, which affects their annual compensation. In alignment with our purpose and sustainability strategy, we refreshed our employee value proposition and employer brand to strengthen attraction and retention of top talent. This work highlights our efforts to connect people to purpose, with a focus on uplifting others, making an impact, and thriving at work and home. We also remain intentional about flexibility as the nature of work evolves, and have a strategy and implementation plan for adapting to the Future of Work in our Company. We are proud that we have maintained employee engagement near the top quartile of all companies and remain an employer of choice. Below are additional financial, environmental, and social sustainability highlights taken into consideration in making compensation decisions. 43 2022 Proxy Statement 2021 Performance Highlights The following graphic documents the enterprise financial results realized in 2021 relative to our executive incentive compensation performance targets established for the period and shows other significant non-financial performance highlights achieved in 2021. The Value We Create FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 3-Year Adjusted Cash Flow Return on Invested Capital (CROIC) (2019–2021)(a) 29.5% Ranks at the 77th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index 3-Year Total Shareholder Return (TSR) (2019-2021)(a) 145.71% Ranks at the 85th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index Annual Revenue $14.13 BILLION Increase of 13% from 2020 Adjusted EBITDA(a) $2.36 BILLION Increase of 23% from 2020 Free Cash Flow $1.43 BILLION Decrease of 16.5% from 2020 The three core financial metrics laid out above are further modified (up to +/-20%) by our achievement relative to our equally-weighted environmental & social objectives—ESG Modifier (a) We report our financial results in our annual report on Form 10-K and our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Our financial results described above for Adjusted EBITDA have been adjusted to exclude the impact of certain non-routine and other items as described in our earnings releases and are non-GAAP financial measures. These metrics and the related performance targets and results are relevant only to our executive compensation program and should not be used or applied in other contexts. For a description of how the metrics above are calculated from our GAAP financial statements, please see “Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) - Determination of Payout” with respect to AIM payments and “Long Term Incentive Program (‘LTI’) – 2019 - 2021 Performance Share Units Payout” with respect to Performance Share Program (“PSP”) awards. Based on our 2021 results for Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, and Cash Flow and performance against our ESG goals, achievement under the Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) financial score was 158.38% of target for the Enterprise and a range of 63.80% to 168.70% of target for the Segments. A CROIC of 29.5% and a TSR of 145.71% resulted in a 200% Performance Share Unit (“PSU”) payout under our Performance Share Program for the 2019 – 2021 performance period. 44 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS ESG PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS companies to receive validation for two sets of climate commitments Environmental • Received validation from the Science Based Targets Initiative (SBTi) for 2030 commitments; one of only 47 • Listed on the Dow Jones Sustainability North America Index for 10 consecutive years, also named to the World • Received Reuters Responsible Business Awards’ Business Transformation Award for a business model aligned • Named one of the inaugural recipients of the Terra Carta Seal for sustainability leadership by HRH The Prince of with a clean, resilient, and just future Index Wales Social • Continued broad approach to Human Capital Management across engagement, development, diversity and • Maintained strong employee engagement, with overall employee engagement score just below the top quartile inclusion of all companies globally • Received wide recognition as an employer of choice: • Forbes World’s Best Large Employers 2021 • Forbes America’s Best Employers for Diversity 2021 for 3rd Consecutive year • Forbes America’s Best Employers for Women 2021 • Fortune World’s Most Admired Companies 2021, tenth consecutive year • Fortune Best Workplaces in Manufacturing and Production 2021 coalitions dedicated to advancing diversity and inclusion and gender parity • Renewed our memberships to CEO Action for Diversity and Inclusion and Paradigm for Parity, business • Continued partnership with the OneTen Coalition and advanced efforts to hire, retain and advance one million Black Americans over the next ten years • Developed and launched first-of-its-kind innovation program, Operation Possible, to source ideas from employees around the world in solving widespread social and environmental challenges • Launched Sustainable Futures, our new corporate citizenship strategy, including commitments to invest $100 million and 500,000 hours in our communities by 2030 sustainability efforts Governance • Refreshed Board committee structure to maintain and ensure industry leading oversight of our workforce and • Executed a seamless Chair and CEO transition while continuing to deliver durable, sustainable, top-tier financial • Reinforced leadership accountability for 2030 Commitments with ESG modifier for annual incentive program for executives and senior leaders, with targets on greenhouse gas reduction and diverse representation • Continued to develop next generation of talent and conduct ongoing leadership succession planning with performance management and the Board For more information regarding our Company’s commitment to leadership in environmental, social and governance matters and our achievements in these areas, please also see our 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders included in these proxy materials and our 2021 ESG Report available on our website located at www.tranetechnologies.com under the heading “Sustainability.” 45 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement 2021 Say on Pay Vote The Committee considers the results of the annual advisory vote on executive compensation in making determinations about the structure of Trane Technologies’ pay program or whether any changes to the program should be considered. In 2021, 89% of shareholders voted in favor of “Say on Pay”. In addition to shareholder feedback, the Committee reviews information provided by its independent compensation consultant regarding general compensation practices by our Compensation Peer Group, as well as third-party survey data to assess relevant market conditions. As a result of this analysis, the Committee determined it was appropriate to maintain the core components of our executive compensation program and no program modifications were made. 89% Executive Compensation Program Overview The Committee seeks to provide reasonable and competitive executive compensation programs which are structured to attract and retain best-in-class leaders, incentivize and reward the achievement of short and long-term Company goals, and align the interests of executives with shareholders to provide sustainable value. The table below reflects the primary components of our executive compensation program and the proportion of each component relative to TDC: Component(a) Chair and CEO Other NEOs Description of Component D E X F I I K S R T A Y A P Base Salary 14% 24% Fixed cash compensation. Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) Long-Term Incentives (“LTI”) 16% 21% 70% 55% Variable cash incentive compensation. Any award earned is based on performance measured against pre-defined annual Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, and Cash Flow objectives as set by the Committee. These Core Financial Metrics are then adjusted by the attainment of ESG goals via an ESG Modifier and then multiplied by an individual’s performance measured against pre-defined objectives. Variable long-term incentive compensation. Performance is aligned with the Company’s stock price and is awarded in the form of stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”). PSUs, which are granted under our Performance Share Program (“PSP”), are only payable if the Company’s CROIC and TSR relative to companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index exceed threshold performance. (a) See Section V, “Compensation Program Descriptions and Compensation Decisions”, for additional discussion of these components of compensation. As illustrated, the Committee places significant emphasis on variable compensation (AIM and LTI) so that a substantial percentage of each NEOs’ target TDC is contingent on the successful achievement of the Company’s short-term and long-term performance goals. Good Compensation Governance Practices What We Do What We Don’t Do % Diversified metrics for our AIM and PSP to align with business strategies, shareholder interests, and focus on ESG matters % Capped incentive awards tied to the achievement of rigorous, pre-determined and measurable performance objectives % Significant emphasis on variable compensation in designing our compensation mixes % Regular competitive benchmarking and compensation reviews % Commitment to fair and competitive pay for our employees and the avoidance of discrimination % Annual advisory vote on executive compensation % Independent compensation consultant to advise the Committee % Clawback / recoupment policy % Robust stock ownership requirements for our executives % Reasonable limits on full-value awards % Annual review of risk in executive compensation plans % Limit of $1 million dollars on non-employee directors’ annual X No tax gross-ups for any change-in-control agreement entered into after May 2009 (only one officer has a tax gross-up provision in agreements enacted prior to May 2009) X No dividends on unvested restricted stock and no dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units or performance units until the underlying awards vest X No liberal share recycling practices for options X No “Single-trigger” vesting for any cash payments upon a change in control X No “Single-trigger” vesting for any time-based equity awards upon a change in control X No hedging or pledging of Company stock by directors and executive officers X No re-pricing of equity awards compensation 46 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS II. Compensation Philosophy and Design Principles Our executive compensation programs are designed to align the compensation of our executives with the Company’s performance and strategy, and to create sustainable shareholder value. As we operate in an ever-changing environment, our committee makes compensation decisions considering economic, technological, regulatory, investor and competitive factors, as well as our executive compensation principles. The Committee regularly reviews and assesses the philosophy, objectives, and components of our executive compensation programs in relation to our short and long-term business objectives and has concluded that our compensation programs are designed with the appropriate balance of risk and reward and do not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk-taking behavior. The design principles that govern our executive compensation programs are: DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND RATIONALE HOW THIS IS APPLIED TO TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PRACTICE Business Strategy Alignment Our executive compensation programs allow flexibility to align with Company or business strategies. The programs allow for individuals within the Company’s strategic business units to focus on specific financial measures to meet the short and long-term performance goals of the business for which they are accountable. Pay for Performance A strong alignment between pay and performance is paramount to our success. Accordingly, each executive’s target Total Direct Compensation (TDC) is tied to Company, business, and individual performance against set goals. It is not only possible but also desirable for certain leaders to earn substantial awards in years when their business outperforms against our Annual Operating Plan (“AOP”). Conversely, if a business fails to meet its performance goals, that business’ leader may earn a lesser award than their peers in that year. To provide a balanced incentive, all executives have a significant portion of their compensation tied to Company performance. Company and business performance are measured against pre-established financial, operational, and strategic objectives as set by the Committee. Individual performance is measured against pre-established individual goals as well as demonstrated competencies and behaviors consistent with our leadership principles. In addition, a portion of the long-term incentive is earned based upon Company CROIC and TSR relative to peer companies. Shareholder Alignment Our executive compensation programs align the interests of our executives with those of shareholders by incorporating key financial targets such as Revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA, Cash Flow, CROIC, and TSR as well as proactively addressing ESG issues. Financial targets correlate with both share price appreciation over time and the generation of cash flow for the Company, with an ESG modifier that ties incentive compensation to the Company’s 2030 sustainability goals. In addition, our long-term incentives are tied to total shareholder returns, increase in value as share price increases, and the effective use of assets to generate cash flow. Other program requirements, including share ownership guidelines for executives and vesting schedules on equity awards further align executives’ and shareholders’ interests. Mix of Short and Long-Term Incentives A proper mix of short and long-term incentives is important to encourage consistent behavior and performance that supports the achievement of the Company’s annual financial objectives while promoting the long-term sustainability of our business and maximizing shareholder value. Internal Parity Each executive’s target TDC opportunity is proportionate with the responsibility, scope, and complexity of their role within the Company. Market Competitiveness Compensation opportunities must serve to attract and retain high performing executives in a competitive talent market. The mix of pay is determined with a focus on the Company’s pay for performance compensation philosophy and strategic objectives as well as what is deemed competitive within the market. Comparable jobs are assigned comparable target compensation opportunities. An annual review of pay equity by gender is completed for the global Company in addition to a review of race/ethnicity in the U.S. Target TDC levels are set using applicable market benchmarks with consideration of retention and recruiting demands in the industries and markets where we compete for business and executive talent. Each executive’s target TDC may be above or below the market benchmark based on their level of experience, proficiency, performance, and potential growth relative to the duties required of their position. 47 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement III. Factors Considered in the Determination of Target Total Direct Compensation The Committee reviews and evaluates our executive compensation levels and practices against those companies of comparable revenue, industry and/or business fit with which we compete for executive talent. During 2021, these reviews were conducted throughout the year using a variety of methods such as: • The direct analysis of the proxy statements of other global manufacturers and service providers (refer to peer group below); • A review of compensation survey data of other global industrial companies of similar size and revenue published by independent consulting firms; • A review of customized compensation survey data provided by independent consulting firms; and • Feedback received from external constituencies. The Committee does not rely on a single source of information when making executive compensation decisions. Many of the companies included in these compensation surveys are also included in the S&P 500 Industrials Index referred to in our 2021 Form 10-K under the caption “Performance Graph.” The Committee, with the assistance of its independent advisor, develops a peer group that it uses to evaluate executive compensation programs and levels. This peer group is comprised of the following sixteen global companies and remains unchanged from 2020. Ametek, Inc. Dover Corporation Honeywell International Inc. Otis Worldwide Corporation Carrier Global Corporation Eaton Corporation plc Illinois Tool Works Inc. Parker-Hannifin Corporation Cummins Inc. Emerson Electric Co. Johnson Controls International plc Rockwell Automation, Inc. Danaher Corporation Fortive Corporation Lennox International Inc. TE Connectivity Ltd. In assessing the relationship of CEO compensation to compensation of other executive officers (including our NEOs), the Committee considers overall organization structure and scope of responsibility and also reviews the NEOs’ compensation levels relative to the CEO and to one another. This ensures that the target TDC levels are set in consideration of internal pay equity as well as market references and each executive’s experience, proficiency, performance, and potential growth relative to the duties required of their position. 48 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS IV. Role of the Committee, Independent Advisor and Committee Actions The Committee, which is composed solely of independent directors, oversees our compensation plans and policies, our equity-based programs and reviews and approves all forms of compensation relating to our executive officers, including the NEOs. The Committee solely and independently decides the compensation components and the amounts to be awarded to our Chair and CEO. Our Chair and CEO does not make any recommendations regarding his own compensation and is not informed of these awards until the decisions have been finalized. Our Chair and CEO makes compensation recommendations related to our other NEOs and executive officers. The Committee considers these recommendations when approving the compensation components and amounts to be awarded to our other NEOs. The Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving amendments to our executive compensation and benefit plans. In addition, the Committee is responsible for reviewing our principal broad-based employee benefit plans and making recommendations to our Board of Directors for significant amendments to, or termination of, such plans. In 2021, the Committee elected to revise its charter and annual agenda to incorporate a broader range of human capital issues, including corporate culture, diversity and inclusion, and pay-equity—many of the topics which would fall under the social aspect of Environmental Social and Governance (“ESG”) issues. In addition, to reflect the broader overview of these responsibilities, the Committee elected to change the name of the Compensation Committee to the “Human Resources and Compensation Committee.” The Committee’s expanded duties are described in the Committee’s Charter, which is available on our website at www.tranetechnologies.com. The Committee has the authority to retain an independent advisor for the purpose of reviewing and providing guidance related to our executive compensation and benefit programs. The Committee is directly responsible for the compensation of and oversight of the independent advisor. For 2021, the Committee continued their engagement with Korn Ferry to serve as its independent compensation advisor. The services that Korn Ferry provides to the Committee include: • Review and analysis of executive compensation benchmarking data for the Chair and CEO and other top executives as needed; • Review and analysis of the public company peer group used to benchmark the Company’s executive pay levels; • Preparation of ad hoc analyses for the Committee to support decision-making around the executive compensation program; and • Review and analysis of and advisement on management proposals regarding key components of the executive compensation program. During 2021 Korn Ferry also supported the Committee throughout the leadership transition by assisting with establishing an appropriate compensation package for Mr. Regnery, which aligns his pay to Company performance and his long-term economic interests with those of shareholders. The Committee, in consultation with Korn Ferry, also approved Mr. Lamach’s role as Executive Chair, to ensure a smooth and effective Chair and CEO transition. In addition, Korn Ferry provided the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee with advice on director compensation matters including benchmarking data and market trends. The Committee determined that Korn Ferry is independent and does not have a conflict of interest. In making this determination, the Committee considered the factors adopted by the NYSE with respect to independence and conflicts of interest. 49 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement V. Compensation Program Descriptions and Compensation Decisions The following table provides a summary of the components, objectives, risk mitigation factors and other key features of our Executive Compensation program. Compensation Component Base Salary Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) Program Component Objective Including Risk Mitigation Factors Key Features Avoids the encouragement of excessive risk-taking by ensuring that an appropriate level of cash compensation is not at risk. Each NEO has an AIM target expressed as a percentage of base salary. Actual AIM payouts are dependent on business, segment and enterprise financial performance, performance relative to established ESG objectives, and individual performance. Provides a sufficient and stable source of cash compensation that rewards the skill and expertise that our executive officers contribute to the Company on a day-to-day basis. Serves as an annual cash award tied to the achievement of pre-established financial, operational, and strategic performance objectives. Structured to take into consideration the unique needs of the various businesses. Amount of cash award earned cannot exceed a maximum payout of 200% of individual target levels and is also subject to a clawback in the event of a financial restatement in accordance with our clawback policy. Long Term Incentives (Equity) Incentivizes executives to achieve sustainable performance results and maximize growth, efficiency and long term shareholder value creation. Mix of stock options, RSUs and performance units places a substantial portion of compensation at risk and effectively links equity compensation to shareholder value creation and financial results. • LTI: Performance Share Program (“PSP”) Structured to align management’s interests with those of shareholders. • LTI: Stock Options / Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) Amount earned cannot exceed a maximum payout of 200% of the individual target shares granted and is also subject to a clawback in the event of a financial restatement in accordance with our clawback policy. Rewards management for successful share price appreciation, aligns their interests with those of shareholders, and bolsters retention. Awards are subject to a claw back in the event of a financial restatement in accordance with our clawback policy. PSUs granted under the PSP are earned or forfeited following the conclusion of a three-year performance period based on relative TSR and relative CROIC compared to companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index (with equal weight given to each metric). Actual value of the PSUs earned depends on our share price at the time of payment. Stock options and RSUs are granted annually, with stock options having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of ordinary shares on the date of grant. Both stock options and RSUs typically vest ratably over three years, at a rate of one-third per year. Stock options expire on the day immediately preceding the 10th anniversary of the grant date (unless employment terminates sooner). 50 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Base Salary The table below reflects the 2021 base salary adjustments for our NEOs. When determining base salary adjustments, each NEO is evaluated based on their positioning relative to the market for their role and on the results achieved and through the demonstration of our leadership principles. (Dollar Amounts Annualized) Mr. David S. Regnery(a) Mr. Christopher J. Kuehn Ms. Marcia J. Avedon, Ph.D. Mr. Paul A. Camuti Mr. Evan M. Turtz Mr. Michael W. Lamach(b) 12/31/2020 ($) 12/31/2021 ($) 850,000 1,200,000 680,000 725,000 710,000 750,000 590,000 615,000 530,000 575,000 1,410,000 1,410,000 (a) Mr. Regnery received an increase effective July 1, 2021 coincident with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer (CEO). Additional increases are planned to bring Mr. Regnery to the appropriate market position over the next two-to-three years, assuming it’s supported by individual and company performance. (b) Mr. Lamach became our Executive Chair on July 1, 2021 and therefore did not receive a 2021 base salary increase. Mr. Lamach retired on December 31, 2021. Annual Incentive Matrix (“AIM”) The AIM program is an annual cash incentive program designed to reward NEOs for Revenue growth, increases in Adjusted EBITDA, the delivery of strong Cash Flow, performance against ESG objectives, and individual contributions to the Company. We believe that our AIM program design provides participants with clarity as to how they can earn a cash incentive based on strong performance relative to each metric. The Committee establishes a target award for each NEO that is expressed as a percentage of base salary. Individual AIM payouts are calculated as the product of a financial performance score, which may be adjusted up or down by an ESG modifier, and an individual performance score, all of which are based on achievement relative to pre-established performance objectives set by the Committee. Individual AIM awards are calculated by multiplying individual AIM targets by an AIM Payout Percentage calculated as illustrated below: Financial Score: Core Financial Metrics 1/3 Revenue 1/3 Adjusted EBITDA 1/3 Cash Flow Modifier (Up to +/- 20%) Adjusted AIM Score × ESG Modifier = × Financial Score × Modifier Individual Performance Score (0% to 150%) Performance against Individual Objectives = AIM Payout Percentage (0% to 200%) Financial Score × ESG Modifier x Individual Performance Score The AIM incentive opportunity is tied to pre-established financial goals for three equally weighted performance metrics (“Core Financial Metrics”): Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow. These metrics align with our objectives to profitably grow the businesses and improve margins through operational efficiency. Threshold performance for each metric must be achieved for any incentive to be payable for that metric. The financial score is the weighted sum of the calculated payout percentage for each metric. In 2021, to align the annual short-term incentive compensation of our leaders more closely to the value that we, as a company, place on environmental sustainability and employee diversity and inclusion, we introduced an ESG modifier to Trane Technologies’ annual incentive program. This strategic modifier may adjust AIM payout amounts upward or downward by up to 20% based on performance against four equally weighted environmental sustainability and diversity and inclusion objectives: internal greenhouse gas reduction, external carbon emissions reduction, increase in gender representation and increase in racial/ethnic diversity representation in the U.S., in conjunction with the Committee’s holistic review of the Company’s key accomplishments and actions taken during the year to advance our ESG performance and progress towards our 2030 sustainability commitments. The Committee will not apply the ESG Modifier to increase an annual cash incentive payout above the overall cap of 200% of the total target payout opportunity under the program. 51 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement Individual performance scores are based on each NEO’s performance measured against his or her individual performance objectives. Individual AIM awards are determined by multiplying the NEO’s target award by the financial performance score and ESG modifier and then multiplying that result by the individual performance score. AIM payouts cannot exceed 200% of the target award. If the overall AIM payout score is less than 30%, no award is payable. For 2021 AIM purposes, while in the Chief Operating Officer role for the period from January 1, 2021 to June 30, 2021, Mr. Regnery was measured on a combination of Enterprise and regional segment metrics (50% Enterprise, 20% Americas segment, 15% EMEA segment and 15% Asia segment). Upon his promotion to CEO effective July 1, 2021, Mr. Regnery was measured on Enterprise financial metrics. Mr. Lamach, Mr. Kuehn, Ms. Avedon, Mr. Camuti and Mr. Turtz were measured on Enterprise financial metrics for the entirety of 2021. 2021 AIM Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow performance goals were set based on 2021 financial plans and are summarized with performance relative to those goals in the following table: Metric Enterprise Revenue(b) Adjusted EBITDA(b) Cash Flow(b) Americas Segment Revenue(b) Adjusted EBITDA(b) Cash Flow(b) EMEA Segment Revenue(b) Adjusted EBITDA(b) Cash Flow(b) Threshold Performance ($) Target Performance ($) Maximum Performance ($) 2021 Adjusted Performance(a) ($) 12,665.20 13,331.80 13,998.40 13,902.10 1,956.10 1,022.70 2,173.40 1,278.40 2,390.70 1,534.10 2,243.80 1,366.90 9,625.00 10,131.60 10,638.20 10,770.00 1,639.40 1,326.40 1,897.80 328.00 265.40 1,821.60 1,658.00 1,997.70 364.40 331.80 2,003.80 1,989.60 2,097.60 400.80 398.20 1,932.30 1,728.50 1,973.90 338.10 284.00 Asia Segment Revenue(b) 1,142.50 1,202.60 1,262.70 1,218.10 Adjusted EBITDA(b) Cash Flow(b) 182.30 156.10 202.50 195.10 222.80 234.10 223.50 212.60 (a) 2021 Performance reflects adjustments as summarized below. (b) Financial metrics generate payout of 30% at Threshold performance, 100% at Target performance and 200% at Maximum performance. Results are interpolated between performance levels. The Committee retains the authority to adjust the Company’s reported financial results for the impact of changes in accounting principles, extraordinary items, and unusual or non-recurring gains or losses, including significant differences from the assumptions contained in the financial plan upon which the incentive targets were established, based on its own review and on recommendations by the Chair and CEO. Adjustments to reported financial results are intended to better reflect actual performance results, align award payments with decisions which support the plan and strategies, avoid unintended inflation or deflation of awards due to unusual or non-recurring items in the applicable period, and emphasize the Company’s preference for long-term and sustainable growth. Before approving the annual cash incentive payouts, the Committee reviewed with management the accomplishments and key highlights for 2021 and considered the likelihood of a range of business scenarios and results that could impact the Company’s financial performance target attainment. Following that review, the Committee approved adjustments to 2021 performance results for AIM purposes at the Enterprise and Segment levels, where appropriate, to (a) adjust for unplanned capital expenditures incurred to rebuild a portion of the Tyler, Texas, facility damaged by a severe winter storm in February 2021, (b) offset contributions from the Farrar Scientific acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2021, which was not contemplated when performance measures were set, (c) offset the gain on sale of land and building in the USA which was not contemplated when performance measures were set, (d) adjust for an accounting reclassification on the balance sheet of certain warranty liabilities, and (e) to adjust for actual versus planned demand in 2021 for certain cold-chain products within our Thermo King EMEA strategic business unit. All adjustments, regardless of their positive or negative impact on the payout scores, were reviewed with the Audit Committee prior to approval by the Committee. 52 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS When setting and approving annual targets, the Committee considers factors relevant to the performance year that reflect business conditions and expectations that will result in an appropriate pay for performance outcome for that specific year. 2021 AIM targets were set early in 2021, reflective of market uncertainty related to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Market demand increased soon after targets were set, and Trane Technologies responded to meet that demand. If the unforeseen market demand had been known when the 2021 AIM targets were set, Management would have aligned the financial targets more closely with the increased demand. Therefore, in addition to the adjustments described above, the Committee applied judgement in reducing the AIM Enterprise and Segment payout scores to partially offset the economic lift created by unforeseen higher market demand. The ESG modifier, which was added to the AIM plan in 2021, may adjust AIM payout amounts upward or downward by up to 20% based on performance against four equally weighted environmental sustainability and diversity and inclusion objectives. In addition the Committee also completes a holistic review of the Company’s key accomplishments and actions taken during the year to advance our ESG performance toward attainment of our 2030 sustainability commitments. The Committee determined that based on the Company’s quantitative achievement against its established ESG targets, in conjunction with the initiatives implemented and recognition achieved throughout the year, an ESG modifier of +5% appropriately rewarded 2021 performance and, as a result, a multiplier of 105% was applied to the AIM payout score. The calculated AIM financial score, inclusive of the +5% ESG modifier was 158.38% for the NEOs fully aligned to Enterprise performance. The calculated AIM financial score, inclusive of the +5% ESG modifier was 152.70% for Mr. Regnery when he served as COO from Jan. 1, 2021 to June 30, 2021 and for the period from July 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021, following his appointment to CEO, he was aligned to Enterprise performance. 2021 AIM payout levels for NEOs, inclusive of the adjustments laid out above, are summarized in the following table. Name Mr. David S. Regnery(b) Mr. Christopher J. Kuehn Ms. Marcia J. Avedon, Ph.D. Mr. Paul A. Camuti Mr. Evan M. Turtz Mr. Michael W. Lamach(c) AIM Target ($) AIM Achievement For 2021(a) AIM Award For 2021 ($) 1,353,699 164.32% 2,224,399 725,000 637,500 522,750 402,500 166.30% 1,205,682 166.30% 1,060,169 158.38% 827,942 158.38% 637,488 2,397,000 166.30% 3,986,237 (a) AIM achievement percentages are inclusive of each NEO’s individual performance score and ESG modifier of 105%. (b) Mr. Regnery became Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 2021, and Chair and Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 2022. Mr. Regnery’s AIM Target and Award were prorated to take into consideration the two different roles he held during 2021. (c) Mr. Lamach became our Executive Chair on July 1, 2021 and retired on December 31, 2021. 2022 AIM PROGRAM For 2022, the AIM program design is not changing as the Committee believes that the 2021 program effectively connects employees to the Company’s ESG commitments while appropriately focusing on Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Cash Flow. 53 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement Long-Term Incentive Program (“LTI”) Our long-term incentive program is comprised of stock options, RSUs and PSUs. This mix of equity-based awards places a substantial portion of compensation at risk and effectively links equity compensation to long-term shareholder value creation and financial results. Stock Options/Restricted Stock Units We grant our NEOs an equal mix of stock options and RSUs. The Committee believes that this mix provides an effective balance between performance and retention for our NEOs, and conserves share usage under our incentive stock plan. Stock options are considered “at risk” since there is no value unless the stock price appreciates during the term of the option period. RSUs, on the other hand, provide stronger retentive value because they have value even if our stock price does not grow during the restricted period. The Committee reviews our equity mix and grant policies annually to ensure they are aligned with our pay for performance philosophy, our executive compensation objectives, and the interests of our shareholders. Stock option and RSU targets are expressed in dollars. The dollar target is converted to a number of shares based on the fair market value of the Company’s shares on the date that the award is granted. Both stock options and RSUs generally vest ratably, one third per year, over a three-year period following the grant. Dividend equivalents are accrued on outstanding RSU awards at the same time and at the same rate as dividends paid to shareholders. Dividend equivalents on RSUs are only payable if the underlying RSU award has vested. At the time of vesting, one ordinary share is issued for each RSU, and any accrued dividend equivalents are paid in cash. Performance Share Program (“PSP”) Our PSP is an equity-based incentive compensation program that provides our NEOs and other key executives with an opportunity to earn PSUs based on our performance relative to the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index. PSUs granted in 2021 are earned or forfeited following a three-year performance period based equally on our relative average CROIC and relative TSR as compared to the companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index. The actual number of PSUs earned or forfeited (which can range from 0% to 200% of target) for grants made in 2021 is based on the following thresholds: Company Performance Relative to the Companies within the S&P 500 Industrials Index 2021 – 2023 Measurement Period % of Target PSUs Earned* < 25th Percentile 25th Percentile 50th Percentile > 75th Percentile 0% 25% 100% 200% * Results are interpolated between percentiles achieved. PSP target awards for NEOs are expressed as a dollar amount and set in consideration of competitive long-term incentive market values for executives in our peer group with similar roles and responsibilities and our mix of long-term incentives. The dollar target is converted to share equivalent PSUs based on the fair market value of our shares on the date that the award is granted. • TSR is measured as the total stock price appreciation and dividends earned during the three years of the performance cycle. To prevent an anomalous short-term change in stock price from having an inappropriate and outsized impact on payout levels, a 30-day average stock price at the beginning and ending periods is used. TSR provides a tool for measuring performance among peers. • CROIC is measured by dividing Free Cash Flow by gross fixed assets (Plant, Property & Equipment) plus Working Capital (Accounts and Notes Receivable plus Inventory less Accounts and Notes Payable). CROIC is calculated in accordance with GAAP, subject to adjustments for unusual or infrequent items; the impact of any change in accounting principles; and gains or charges associated with discontinued operations or through the acquisition or divestiture of a business. As a result, expense for outstanding PSP awards is recorded using the fixed accounting method. 54 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The Committee retains the authority and discretion to make downward adjustments to the calculated PSP award payouts or not to grant any award payout regardless of actual performance. Dividend equivalents are accrued on outstanding PSU awards at the same time and at the same rate as dividends paid to shareholders. Dividend equivalents are only paid upon vesting on the number of PSUs actually earned and vested. Dividend equivalents are payable in cash at the time the shares associated with vested PSUs are distributed unless the NEO elected to defer the shares into our executive deferred compensation plan, in which case the dividend equivalents are also deferred. 2021 Equity Awards In 2021, the Committee approved the stock option, RSU and target value of PSU awards based on its evaluation of market competitiveness and each NEO’s sustained individual performance and demonstrated potential to impact future business results. The values in the table below reflect equity-based awards approved by the Committee. The target values for the PSU awards differ from the corresponding values reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table due to different methodologies used in assigning the economic value of equity-based awards required for accounting and proxy statement reporting purposes. The Committee makes equity award decisions based on grant date expected value while the accounting and proxy statement values are determined in accordance with GAAP requirements. The PSU awards are earned, in part, based on TSR performance relative to the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a three-year performance period which requires valuations to take into account the expected payout distribution from 0-200% of target for accounting and proxy statement purposes. Name Mr. David S. Regnery(a) Mr. Christopher J. Kuehn Ms. Marcia J. Avedon, Ph.D. Mr. Paul A. Camuti Mr. Evan M. Turtz Mr. Michael W. Lamach(b) Stock Option Award ($) RSU Award ($) Target Value 2021-2023 PSU Award ($) 1,500,000 1,500,000 3,000,000 600,000 504,000 412,500 300,000 600,000 1,000,000 504,000 412,500 300,000 840,000 750,000 500,000 2,750,000 2,750,000 5,000,000 (a) Mr. Regnery became Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 2021, and Chair and Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 2022. Mr. Rengery received the annual 2021 grant in his former role and coincident with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer received an additional award, which is reflected above. (b) Mr. Lamach became our Executive Chair on July 1, 2021 and retired on December 31, 2021. 2019 – 2021 Performance Share Units Payout As discussed above, PSUs for the three-year 2019 - 2021 performance period were earned based on the Company’s CROIC and TSR performance relative to the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index. • CROIC is measured as the average of the annual CROIC in each of the three years of the performance cycle. CROIC was 29.5% for the 2019 - 2021 period, which ranked at the 77th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index. • TSR is measured as the total stock price appreciation plus dividends earned during the three years of the performance cycle. To account for stock price volatility, a 30-day average stock price at the beginning and ending periods is used. TSR was 145.71% for the 2019 - 2021 period, which ranked at the 85th percentile of the companies in the S&P 500 Industrials Index. For purposes of the TSR calculation, the Reverse Morris Trust transaction in Q1 2020 was treated as a dividend of $28.93 per share. PSUs for the 2019 - 2021 performance cycle achieved 200% of target levels as summarized in the table below. Performance Metric Relative CROIC Relative TSR Company Performance Percentile Rank Metric Payout Weighting Payout Level 29.5% 77th 200% 50% 100% 145.71% 85th 200% 50% 100% Total Award Payout Percentage: 200% 55 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement VI. Other Compensation and Tax Matters Retirement Programs and Other Benefits We maintain qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans for our employees, including our NEOs, to provide for fixed benefits upon retirement based on the individual’s age, compensation and years of service. These plans include the Trane Technologies Pension Plan Number One (“Pension Plan”), the Supplemental Pension Plans and our supplemental executive retirement plans (the Elected Officer Supplemental Pension (“EOSP”) or the Key Management Supplemental Pension (“KMP”) programs). Refer to the Pension Benefits table and accompanying narrative for additional details on these programs. We offer a qualified defined contribution (401(k)) plan called the Trane Technologies Employee Savings Plan (the “ESP”) to our salaried and non-union hourly U.S. workforce, including the NEOs. The ESP is a plan that provides a dollar-for-dollar Company match on the first six percent of the employee’s eligible compensation that the employee contributes to the ESP. The ESP has several investment options and is an important component of our U.S. retirement program. We also have a nonqualified defined contribution plan. The Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (the “Supplemental ESP”) is an unfunded plan that makes up employer contributions that cannot be made to the ESP due to the Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”) limitation on the amount of compensation considered under the ESP or due to a deferral election under another nonqualified plan. Supplemental ESP balances are deemed to be invested in the funds selected by the NEOs, which are the same funds available in the ESP, except for a self-directed brokerage account, which is not available in the Supplemental ESP. In June 2012, our Board of Directors approved significant changes to our broad-based, qualified retirement programs with the intent to move employees from a combined defined benefit/defined contribution approach to a fully defined contribution plan approach over time. Employees active prior to July 1, 2012 were given a choice between continuing to participate in the defined benefit plan until December 31, 2022 or discontinuing their participation in the defined benefit plan and move to an enhanced version of the ESP effective January 1, 2013. Employees hired or rehired on or after July 1, 2012 were automatically covered under the enhanced version of the ESP. Under the enhanced version of the ESP, employees receive a basic employer contribution equal to two percent of eligible compensation in addition to the Company’s matching contribution. Effective as of December 31, 2022, accruals in the Pension Plan will cease for all employees. Additional details on the changes can be found in the narrative accompanying the Pension Benefits table. Our Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “EDCP I”) and the Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (the “EDCP II” and, together with the EDCP I, the “EDCP”) allow eligible employees to defer receipt of a portion of their annual salary, AIM award and/or PSP award in exchange for deemed investments in our ordinary shares or in the same funds available in the ESP, except for a self-directed brokerage account. Refer to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table for additional details on the EDCP. We provide an enhanced, long-term disability plan to certain executives. The plan supplements the broad-based group plan and provides an additional monthly maximum benefit if the executive elects to purchase supplemental coverage under the group plan. It has an underlying individual policy that is portable when the executive terminates. In light of the enactment of Section 409A of the Code as part of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, “mirror plans” for several of our nonqualified plans, including the Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Supplemental Pension Plan I”) and the EDCP I, were created. The mirror plans are the Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan II (“Supplemental Pension Plan II” and, together with the Supplemental Pension Plan I, the “Supplemental Pension Plans”) and the EDCP II. The purpose of these mirror plans is not to provide additional benefits to participants, but merely to preserve the tax treatment of the plans that were in place prior to December 31, 2004. For the Supplemental Pension Plans, the mirror plan benefits are calculated by subtracting the original benefit value to avoid double counting the benefit. For the EDCP plans, balances accrued through December 31, 2004 are maintained separately from balances accrued after that date. We provide our NEOs with other benefits that we believe are consistent with prevailing market practice and those of our peer companies. These other benefits and their incremental cost to the Company are reported in “All Other Compensation” shown in the Summary Compensation Table. 56 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Severance Arrangements In connection with external recruiting of certain officers, we generally enter into employment arrangements that provide for severance payments upon certain termination events other than in the event of a change in control (which is covered by separate agreements with the officers). Mr. Regnery has such an arrangement in his employment agreement, and Mr. Lamach and Ms. Avedon had such arrangements prior to their respective retirement and pending retirement. In 2019 we amended our Major Restructuring Severance Plan, originally adopted in 2012, to provide certain employees, including our NEOs, with certain benefits in the event of a termination of employment without cause or for good reason under a Major Restructuring (as defined in the Post-Employment Section below). Although we do not have a formal severance policy for our executives (other than in the event of a Major Restructuring), we do have guidelines that in most cases would provide for severance in the event of termination without cause. The severance payable under employment agreements for Mr. Lamach, Mr. Regnery and Ms. Avedon and the benefits available in connection with a Major Restructuring and under the severance guidelines are further described in the Post-Employment Benefits section of the proxy statement. Change-in-Control Provisions We have entered into change-in-control agreements with our NEOs. Payments are subject to a “double trigger”, meaning that payments would be received only if an officer is terminated without cause or resigns for “good reason” within two years following a change in control. We provide change-in-control agreements to our NEOs to focus them on the best interests of shareholders and assure continuity of management in circumstances that reduce or eliminate job security and might otherwise lead to accelerated departures. Under the 2018 Incentive Stock Plan, time-based awards will only vest and become exercisable or payable, as applicable, on a change in control if they are not assumed, substituted, or otherwise replaced in connection with the change in control. If the awards are assumed or continued after the change in control, the Committee may provide that such awards will be subject to automatic vesting acceleration upon a participant’s involuntary termination within a designated period following the change in control. Furthermore, under the 2018 Incentive Stock Plan, PSUs will automatically vest upon a change in control of the Company based on (i) the target level prorated to reflect the period the participant was in service during the performance period or (ii) the actual performance level attained, as determined by the Committee. Our 2013 Incentive Stock Plan provides for the accelerated vesting of outstanding time-based awards in the event of a change in control of the Company only for awards issued through June 7, 2018. Outstanding PSUs would be prorated based on the target for the actual days worked during the applicable performance period. Refer to the Post-Employment Benefits section of this proxy statement for a more detailed description of the change-in-control provisions. Tax and Accounting Considerations Although we consider the tax and accounting consequences of our compensation programs, the forms of compensation we utilize are determined primarily by their effectiveness in creating maximum alignment with our key strategic objectives and the interests of our shareholders. Timing of Awards The Committee generally grants our regular annual equity awards after the annual earnings release. The grant date is never selected or changed to increase the value of equity awards for executives. Clawback/Recoupment Policy To further align the interests of our employees and our shareholders, we have a clawback/recoupment policy to ensure that any fraud or intentional misconduct leading to a restatement of our financial statements would be properly addressed. The policy provides that if it is found that an employee committed fraud or engaged in intentional misconduct that resulted, directly or indirectly, in a need to restate our financial statements, then our Committee has the discretion to direct the Company to recover all or a portion of any cash or equity incentive compensation paid or value realized, and/or to cancel any stock-based awards or AIM award granted to an employee on or after February 2, 2010, the effective date of the policy. The Committee may also request that the Company seek to recover any gains realized on or after the effective date of the policy for equity or cash awards made prior to that date (including AIM, stock options, PSUs and RSUs). Application of the clawback/recoupment policy is subject to a determination by our Committee that: (i) the cash incentive or equity compensation to be recouped was calculated on, or its realized value affected by, the financial results that were subsequently restated; (ii) the cash incentive or equity award would have been less valuable than what was actually awarded or paid based on the application of the correct financial results; and (iii) the employee to whom the policy applied engaged in fraud or intentional misconduct. This policy will be revised if required under the Dodd-Frank Act if and when final regulations implementing the clawback policy requirements of that law have been adopted. 57 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS2022 Proxy Statement Share Ownership Requirements We impose share ownership requirements on each of our officers. These share ownership requirements are designed to encourage share ownership by our officers and to further align their interests with our shareholders. Each officer must achieve and maintain ownership of ordinary shares or ordinary share equivalents at or above a prescribed level. The requirements are as follows: Position Chair and Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents Strategic Business Unit Presidents and Chief Accounting Officer (a) Based on the closing price on the record date of $149.80 Number of Active Participants as of the Record Date 1 8 7 Individual Ownership Requirement (Shares and Equivalents) 75,000 20,000 10,000 Average Multiple of Base Salary(a) 9 5 3 These ownership requirements have been met by all the NEOs who continue to be employed by the Company as of the record date. Our Chair and CEO owns shares valued at over 11 times base salary and our CFO, EVPs and SVPs own shares valued at over 11 times their individual base salary, on average. Our share ownership program requires the accumulation of ordinary shares (or ordinary share equivalents) over a five-year period following the date the person becomes subject to share ownership requirements at the rate of 20% of the required level each year. Executives who are promoted and have their ownership requirement increased have five years to achieve the new level from the date of promotion. Ownership credit is given for actual ordinary shares owned, deferred compensation that is invested in ordinary shares within our EDCP Plan, ordinary share equivalents accumulated in our qualified and nonqualified employee savings plans as well as unvested RSUs. Stock options and unvested PSUs do not count toward meeting the share ownership target. If executives fall behind their scheduled accumulation level during their applicable accumulation period, or if they fail to maintain their required level of ownership after their applicable accumulation period, their right to exercise stock options will be limited to “buy and hold” transactions, and any shares received upon the vesting of RSU and PSU awards must be held until the required ownership level is achieved. 58 COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report We have reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis contained in this Proxy Statement. Based on our review and discussion, we recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement as well as the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021. HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE Tony L. White (Chair) Kirk E. Arnold Jared L. Cohon Gary D. Forsee Linda P. Hudson 59 2022 Proxy Statement Executive Compensation The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid by the Company or accrued on behalf of our NEOs for services rendered during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Summary Compensation Table Year Salary ($)(a) Bonus ($) Stock Awards ($)(b) Option Awards ($)(c) Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(d) Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(e) All Other Compensation ($)(f) Total ($) 2021 1,307,500 — 5,173,935 1,500,036 2,224,399 2,695,010 257,638 12,888,518 850,000 150,000 2,408,938 650,009 — 1,887,911 642,630 850,000 856,177 — 1,783,728 600,003 1,205,682 761,250 713,750 2020 642,742 150,000 1,667,489 450,012 680,000 740,000 — 1,498,417 504,028 1,060,169 691,250 200,000 1,556,448 420,004 671,250 — 1,337,076 426,735 608,750 — 1,300,297 412,530 575,000 150,000 1,389,663 375,008 557,500 — 955,008 304,818 2021 563,750 — 891,952 300,016 603,500 712,034 827,942 501,500 521,625 637,488 3,735,597 2,693,861 191,069 445,140 269,575 2,547,784 1,785,641 210,898 814,644 609,446 564,580 119,679 8,764,223 159,876 7,001,705 121,536 4,615,767 88,607 4,123,990 100,417 4,172,606 100,288 6,119,274 125,019 5,057,755 78,125 3,438,542 77,655 3,883,470 103,530 3,051,927 67,668 3,025,455 Name and Principal Position D. S. Regnery Chair and Chief Executive Officer C. J. Kuehn Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer M. J. Avedon Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources, Marketing and Communications Officer P. A. Camuti Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Sustainability Officer E. M. Turtz Senior Vice President and General Counsel M. W. Lamach Executive Chair 2020 2019 2021 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 1,410,000 — 8,667,674 2,750,029 3,986,237 920,815 518,506 18,253,260 2020 1,410,000 500,000 9,262,869 2,500,012 2,397,000 11,591,666 445,939 28,107,486 2019 1,390,000 — 7,957,970 2,540,028 2,775,000 8,960,127 594,003 24,217,128 (a) Pursuant to the EDCP II, a portion of a participant’s annual salary may be deferred into a number of investment options. For 2021, Mr. Turtz elected to defer 10% of his annual salary into the EDCP II. Amounts shown in this column are not reduced to reflect deferrals of annual salary into the EDCP II. (b) The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of PSU awards and any RSU awards granted for the year under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718 and do not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the NEOs. For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the ASC 718 values see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements contained in its 2021 Form 10-K. The ASC grant date fair value of the PSU award is spread over the number of months of service required for the grant to become non-forfeitable, disregarding any adjustments for potential forfeitures. In determining the aggregate grant date fair value of the PSU awards, the awards are valued assuming target level performance achievement. The table below includes the maximum grant date value of the 2021-2023 PSU awards for the persons listed. If the maximum level performance achievement is assumed, the aggregate grant date fair value of the PSU awards would be as follows: Name D. S. Regnery C. J. Kuehn M. J. Avedon P. A. Camuti E. M. Turtz M. W. Lamach 60 Maximum Grant Date Value of PSU Awards ($) 7,347,682 2,367,272 1,988,537 1,775,542 1,183,812 11,835,304 (c) The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option grants for financial reporting purposes for the year under ASC 718 and do not reflect amounts paid to or realized by the NEOs. For a discussion of the assumptions made in determining the ASC 718 values see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation,” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements contained in its 2021 Form 10-K. Please see “2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” and “Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021” for additional detail. (d) This column reflects the amounts earned as annual awards under the AIM program. Unless deferred into the EDCP II, AIM program payments are made in cash. For 2021, Mr. Kuehn and Mr. Turtz elected to defer a percentage (15% and 10% respectively) of their AIM awards into the EDCP II. Amounts shown in this column are not reduced to reflect deferrals of AIM awards into the EDCP II. (e) Amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate increase in the actuarial present value of the benefits under the qualified Trane Technologies Pension Plan Number One (the “Pension Plan”), Supplemental Pension Plans, the KMP and EOSP, as applicable. The change in pension benefits value is attributable to the additional year of service and age, the annual AIM award and any annual salary increase. As Mr. Turtz became an NEO during 2021, the amount shown represents the difference between his Pension Benefit Table amount as of December 31, 2021 and the amount that would have been reported as of December 31, 2020 if he was a NEO at that time. Other external factors, outside the influence of the plan design, also impact the values shown in this column. Examples of these factors include changes to mortality tables as well as interest and discount rates. There was no above market interest earned by the NEOs in any year. On June 3, 2021, the Board of Directors agreed to amend the EOSP to reset the rate to be used when calculating Mr. Lamach’s retirement benefit, in recognition of the critical role he played in overseeing and managing an orderly transition of his role as Chief Executive Officer and because he agreed to remain in place for a number of months to assist in the transition of his role of Chair of the Board. For additional details please see the footnote following the Pension Benefits Table. (f) The following table summarizes the components of this column for fiscal year 2021: Name D. S. Regnery C. J. Kuehn M. J. Avedon P. A. Camuti E. M. Turtz M. W. Lamach Company Contributions ($)(1) Company Cost For Life Insurance ($) Company Cost For Long Term Disability ($) Retiree Medical Plan ($)(2) Tax Assistance ($)(3) Other Benefits ($)(4) Total ($) 119,500 111,500 80,610 66,615 56,085 228,420 4,128 1,107 5,029 4,118 1,132 7,018 1,502 1,556 1,903 1,911 2,452 1,423 300 55,638 76,570 257,638 — — — — — — — — — 7,373 121,536 12,875 100,417 5,481 78,125 8,000 67,668 123,256 158,389 518,506 (1) Represents Company contributions under the Company’s ESP and Supplemental ESP plans. (2) For Mr. Regnery, represents the estimated year-over-year increase in the value of the retiree medical plan, calculated based on the methods used for financial statement reporting purposes. Mr. Regnery is the only NEO eligible for the subsidized retiree medical plan upon retirement. (3) The amount for Mr. Lamach and Mr. Regnery represents tax equalization payments related to Irish taxes owed on $345,000 and $172,500 respectively, which is the portion of their income that is allocated to their role as a director of the Company. Without these payments, Mr. Lamach and Mr. Regnery would be subject to double taxation on this amount since they are already paying U.S. taxes on this income. (4) For Mr. Lamach and Mr. Regnery, this amount includes the incremental cost to the Company of personal use of the Company aircraft (whether leased or owned) by the Chair and CEO. For security and safety reasons and to maximize their availability for Company business, the Board of Directors requires the Chair and CEO to travel on Company-provided aircraft for business and personal purposes, unless commercial travel is deemed a minimal security risk by the Company. The incremental cost to the Company of personal use of the aircraft is calculated: (i) by taking the hourly average variable operating costs to the Company (including fuel, maintenance, on board catering and landing fees) multiplied by the amount of time flown for personal use in the case of leased aircraft; and (ii) by multiplying the flight time by a variable fuel charge and the average fuel price per gallon and adding any ground costs such as landing and parking fees as well as crew charges for travel expenses in the case of the Company owned aircraft. Both methodologies exclude fixed costs that do not change based on usage, such as pilots’ and other employees’ salaries, management fees and training, hangar and insurance expenses. We impose an annual limit of $150,000 on the Chair and CEO’s non-business use of Company-provided aircraft. For 2021, the amount for Mr. Lamach was $150,000 and $62,746 for Mr. Regnery for personal use of Company-provided aircraft. Under the Company’s aircraft use policy, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee has determined that business use includes travel that is related to the Company’s business or benefits the Company, such as travel to meetings of other boards on which the Chair and CEO sits. For 2021, the amount for Mr. Lamach includes $3,600 for such business-related travel. In 2021, Mr. Regnery did not incur any charges for such business-related travel. These amounts also include: (i) the following incremental cost of financial counseling services, which may include tax preparation and estate planning services: Mr. Regnery, $9,000; Mr. Kuehn, $4,970; Ms. Avedon, $8,340; Mr. Camuti $3,200; Mr. Turtz, $6,500 and Mr. Lamach, $8,340 (ii) the following costs for medical services provided through an on-site physician under the Executive Health Program: Mr. Regnery, $4,824; Mr. Kuehn, $2,403; Ms. Avedon $4,535; Mr. Camuti, $2,281; Mr. Turtz, $730; and Mr. Lamach $49; and (iii) product rebates and company-branded items that do not exceed $1,000 in value. 61 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement 2021 Grants of Plan-Based Awards The following table shows all plan-based awards granted to the NEOs during fiscal 2021. This table is supplemental to the Summary Compensation Table and is intended to complement the disclosure of equity awards and grants made under non-equity incentive plans in the Summary Compensation Table. For additional information regarding outstanding awards, please see the “Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021” table. Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Plan Awards Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards Grant Date Threshold ($)(a) Target ($)(a) Maximum ($)(a) Threshold (#)(b) Target (#)(b) Maximum (#)(b) All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)(c) All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)(c) Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh)(d) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(e) — 406,109 1,353,698 2,707,396 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 2/8/2021 7/1/2021 2/8/2021 7/1/2021 2/8/2021 7/1/2021 — 217,500 — — — 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 725,000 1,450,000 — — — — — — — 191,250 — — — 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 637,500 1,275,000 — — — — — — — 156,825 — — — 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 522,750 1,045,500 — — — — — — — 120,750 — — — 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 402,500 — — — 805,000 — — — — 2,182 2,283 — — — — — 1,679 — — — 1,410 — — — 1,259 — — — 840 — — — 8,727 9,130 — — — — — 6,713 — — — 5,639 — — — 5,035 — — — 3,357 — — — 719,100 2,397,000 4,794,000 — — — — — — — — — 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 2/8/2021 — — 8,391 33,562 — — — — — 17,454 18,260 — — — — — 13,426 — — — 11,278 — — — 10,070 — — — 6,714 — — — 67,124 — — — — — — — 5,236 3,867 — — — 4,028 — — — 3,384 — — — 2,769 — — — 2,014 — — — 18,459 — — — 26,316 19,434 — — — — 20,243 — — — 17,005 — — — 13,918 — — — 10,122 — — — 92,781 — — — — 1,538,745 — 2,135,096 780,006 720,030 780,059 720,035 148.98 186.20 — — — — — 1,183,636 600,003 600,091 148.98 — — — 148.98 — — — 148.98 — — — 148.98 — — 994,268 504,028 504,148 — 887,771 412,530 412,526 — 591,906 300,016 300,046 — — — 5,917,652 2,750,029 — 2,750,022 148.98 Name D. S. Regnery AIM PSUs (2021-2023) PSUs (2021-2023) Options Options RSUs RSUs C. J. Kuehn AIM PSUs (2021-2023) Options RSUs M. J. Avedon AIM PSUs (2021-2023) Options RSUs P. A. Camuti AIM PSUs (2021-2023) Options RSUs E. M. Turtz AIM PSUs (2021-2023) Options RSUs M. W. Lamach AIM PSUs (2021-2023) Options RSUs (a) The target award levels established for the AIM program are established annually in February and are expressed as a percentage of the NEO’s base salary. Refer to Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Annual Incentive Matrix Program” for a description of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee’s process for establishing AIM program target award levels. The amounts reflected in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” columns represent the threshold, target and maximum amounts for awards under the AIM program that were paid in February 2022, based on performance in 2021. Thus, the amounts shown in the “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” columns reflect the range of potential payouts when the target award levels were established in February 2021 for all NEOs. The AIM program pays $0 for performance below threshold. The actual amounts paid pursuant to those awards are reflected in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table. (b) The amounts reflected in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” columns represent the threshold, target and maximum amounts for PSU awards. The PSP pays $0 for performance below threshold. For a description of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee’s process for establishing PSP target award levels and the terms of PSU awards, please refer to Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Long-Term Incentive Program” and the “Post-Employment Benefits” section below. 62 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (c) The amounts in these columns reflect the stock option and RSU awards. For a description of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee’s process for determining stock option and RSU awards and the terms of such awards, see Compensation Discussion and Analysis under the heading “Long-Term Incentive Program” and the “Post-Employment Benefits” section below. (d) Stock options were granted under the Company’s Incentive Stock Plan of 2018 (the “2018 Plan”), which requires options to be granted at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of grant. The fair market value is defined in the 2018 Plan as the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares listed on the NYSE on the grant date. (e) Amounts in this column include the grant date fair value of the equity awards calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The Company cautions that the actual amount ultimately realized by each NEO from the stock option awards will likely vary based on a number of factors, including stock price fluctuations, differences from the valuation assumptions used and timing of exercise or applicable vesting. For a description of the assumptions made in valuing the equity awards see Note 14, “Share-Based Compensation” to the Company’s consolidated financial statements contained in its 2021 Form 10-K. For PSUs, the grant date fair value has been determined based on achievement of target level performance, which is the performance threshold the Company believes is the most likely to be achieved under the grants. 63 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021 Option Awards Stock Awards Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable(a) Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable(a) Option Exercise Price ($) Option Expiration Date(b) Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)(c) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(d) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)(e) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(d) 14,651 17,585 29,450 22,497 43,778 32,060 12,982 — — 8,025 9,060 8,987 — 21,290 8,388 — 23,687 23,640 15,206 7,489 — 1,926 2,091 2,996 — — — — — — — — — 46.64 2/24/2024 52.28 2/2/2025 38.99 2/9/2026 62.53 2/6/2027 70.22 2/5/2028 — — — — — — — — — — 16,031 78.97 2/4/2029 2,671 539,622 25,964 105.28 3/8/2030 4,117 831,758 26,316 148.98 2/7/2031 5,236 1,057,829 19,434 186.20 6/30/2031 3,867 781,250 — 70.22 2/5/2028 — — 4,531 78.97 2/4/2029 755 152,533 17,976 105.28 3/8/2030 2,850 575,786 20,243 148.98 2/7/2031 4,028 813,777 10,645 78.97 2/4/2029 1,774 358,401 16,777 105.28 3/8/2030 2,660 537,400 17,005 148.98 2/7/2031 3,384 683,670 — — 62.53 2/6/2027 70.22 2/5/2028 — — — — 7,604 78.97 2/4/2029 1,267 255,972 14,980 105.28 3/8/2030 2,375 479,821 13,918 148.98 2/7/2031 2,769 559,421 — 70.22 2/5/2028 2,091 78.97 2/4/2029 5,992 105.28 3/8/2030 — 349 950 — 70,508 191,929 10,122 148.98 2/7/2031 2,014 406,888 63,363 78.97 2/4/2029 10,554 2,132,225 99,861 105.28 3/8/2030 15,832 3,198,539 92,781 148.98 2/7/2031 18,459 3,729,272 — — — — — 14,564 12,349 8,727 9,130 — 4,117 8,549 6,713 10,639 7,979 5,639 — — 7,599 7,124 5,035 — 1,268 2,375 3,357 63,320 31,677 11,188 — — — — — 2,942,365 2,494,868 1,763,116 1,844,534 — 831,758 1,727,154 1,356,227 2,149,397 1,611,997 1,139,247 — — 1,535,226 1,439,262 1,017,221 — 256,174 479,821 678,215 12,792,540 6,399,704 2,260,312 Name Grant Date D. S. Regnery 2/25/2014 2/3/2015 2/10/2016 2/7/2017 2/6/2018 2/5/2019 3/9/2020 2/8/2021 7/1/2021 2/6/2018 2/5/2019 3/9/2020 2/8/2021 2/5/2019 3/9/2020 2/8/2021 2/7/2017 2/6/2018 2/5/2019 3/9/2020 2/8/2021 2/6/2018 2/5/2019 3/9/2020 2/8/2021 C. J. Kuehn M. J. Avedon P. A. Camuti E. M. Turtz M. W. Lamach 2/5/2019 3/9/2020 2/8/2021 (a) These columns represent stock option awards. These awards generally become exercisable in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary after the date of grant, subject to continued employment or retirement. (b) All options granted to the NEOs expire on the tenth anniversary (less one day) of the grant date. (c) This column represents unvested RSUs. RSUs generally become vested in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary after the date of grant, subject to continued employment or retirement. (d) The market value was computed based on $202.03, the closing market price of the Company’s ordinary shares on the NYSE at December 31, 2021. (e) This column represents the target number of unvested and unearned PSUs. PSUs vest upon the completion of a three-year performance period. The actual number of shares an NEO will receive, if any, is subject to achievement of the performance goals as certified by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee, and continued employment. 64 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 2021 Option Exercises and Stock Vested The following table provides information regarding the amounts received by each NEO upon exercise of stock options, the vesting of RSUs or the vesting of PSUs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021: Name D. S. Regnery(b) C. J. Kuehn(b) M. J. Avedon(b) P. A. Camuti(b) E. M. Turtz(b)(b)(c) M. W. Lamach(b) Option Awards Stock Awards Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) Value Realized on Exercise ($)(a) Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) Value Realized on Vesting ($) — — 62,594 9,792,672 4,013 490,718 10,454 1,621,737 57,554 6,930,357 28,368 4,422,824 — — — — 18,698 2,912,003 2,693 414,428 390,074 44,027,015 165,076 25,733,728 (a) This column reflects the aggregate dollar amount realized by the NEO upon the exercise of the stock options by determining the difference between the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares at exercise and the exercise price of the stock options. (b) Reflects the value of the RSUs that vested on February 4, 2021, February 5, 2021, and February 6, 2021 and PSUs that vested on March 2, 2021, based on the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the vesting date as determined in accordance with the relevant plan. (c) Mr. Turtz elected to defer a portion of the shares acquired upon the vesting of his PSU award on March 2, 2021 into the Company’s EDCP II. Mr. Turtz deferred 666 shares having a value of $104,812. Mr. Turtz’s cash dividends of $3,529 that had accrued on the deferred PSU award were also deferred under the EDCP II. Please see “2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” for more information about the terms of the Company’s EDCP Plans. 2021 Pension Benefits The NEOs participate in one or more, but not in all, of the following defined benefit plans: • the Pension Plan; • the Supplemental Pension Plans; and • the EOSP or the KMP. The Pension Plan is a funded, tax qualified, non-contributory (for all but a small subset of participants) defined benefit plan that covers the majority of the Company’s salaried and non-union hourly U.S. employees who were hired or rehired prior to June 30, 2012. The Pension Plan provides for normal retirement at age 65 and the formula to determine the lump sum benefit under the Pension Plan is five percent of final average pay (the five consecutive years with the highest compensation out of the last ten years of eligible compensation) multiplied by years of credited service (as defined in the Pension Plan). A choice for distribution between an annuity and a lump sum option is available. The Pension Plan was closed to new participants after June 30, 2012 and no further benefits will accrue to any Pension Plan participant for service performed after December 31, 2022. In addition, any employee who was a Pension Plan participant on June 30, 2012 was provided the option to waive participation in the Pension Plan effective January 1, 2013, and in lieu of participation in the Pension Plan, receive an annual non-elective employer contribution equal to 2% of eligible compensation in the ESP. The Supplemental Pension Plans are unfunded, nonqualified, non-contributory defined benefit restoration plans. The Supplemental Pension Plans restore what is lost in the Pension Plan due to limitations under the Code on the annual compensation and benefits recognized when calculating benefits under the qualified Pension Plan. The Supplemental Pension Plans cover all employees of the Company who participate in the Pension Plan and who are impacted by the Code compensation and benefits limits. A participant must meet the vesting requirements of the qualified Pension Plan to vest in benefits under the Supplemental Pension Plans. Benefits under the Supplemental Pension Plans are available only as a lump sum distribution after termination and paid in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. As a result of the 2012 changes to the Pension Plan, the Supplemental Pension Plans were closed to employees hired on or after June 30, 2012, and no further benefits will accrue to any Supplemental Plan participant for service performed after December 31, 2022. The EOSP, which was closed to new participants effective April 2011, is an unfunded, nonqualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan designed to replace a percentage of an officer’s final average pay based on their age and years of service at the time of retirement. Final average pay is defined as the sum of the officer’s current annual base salary plus the average of their three highest 65 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement AIM awards during the most recent six years. No other components of compensation (other than base salary and AIM awards) are included in final average pay. The EOSP provides a benefit pursuant to a formula in which 1.9% of an officer’s final average pay is multiplied by the officer’s years of service (up to a maximum of 35 years) and then reduced by the value of other retirement benefits the officer will receive from the Company under certain qualified and nonqualified retirement plans as well as Social Security. If additional years of service were granted to an officer as part of their employment agreement, those additional years of service are reflected in the Pension Benefits table below. Vesting occurs, while the officer is employed by the Company, at the earlier of the attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 years of service or age 62. Unreduced benefits under the EOSP are available at age 62 and benefits are only available as a lump sum after termination and paid in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Mr. Lamach was a participant in the EOSP prior to his retirement. Ms. Avedon also participates in the EOSP prior to her pending retirement. The KMP is an unfunded, nonqualified, non-contributory defined benefit plan available to certain key management employees on a highly selective basis. The KMP is designed to replace a percentage of a key employee’s final average pay based on their age and years of service at the time of retirement. Final average pay is defined as the sum of the key employee’s current annual base salary plus the average of the employee’s three highest AIM awards during the most recent six years. No other components of compensation (other than base salary and AIM awards) are included in final average pay. The KMP provides a benefit pursuant to a formula in which 1.7% of a key employee’s final average pay is multiplied by years of service (up to a maximum of 30 years) and then reduced by the value of other retirement benefits the key employee will receive that are provided by the Company under certain qualified and nonqualified retirement plans as well as Social Security. Vesting occurs at the earlier of the attainment of age 55 and the completion of 5 years of service or age 65. For employees who begin participating on or after June 2015, there is a minimum 5-year service requirement from date of participation to date of retirement. Benefits are only available as a lump sum after termination and paid in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Mr. Regnery, Mr. Kuehn, Mr. Camuti and Mr. Turtz participate in the KMP. The table below represents the estimated present value of defined benefits for the plans in which each NEO participates. Name D. S. Regnery(c) C. J. Kuehn M. J. Avedon(d) P. A. Camuti E. M. Turtz M. W. Lamach(e) Plan Name Pension Plan Supplemental Pension Plan I Supplemental Pension Plan II KMP KMP Pension Plan Supplemental Pension Plan II EOSP Pension Plan Supplemental Pension Plan II KMP Pension Plan Supplemental Pension Plan II KMP Pension Plan Supplemental Pension Plan II Number of Years Credited Service (#)(a) Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)(b) 36.42 19.42 36.42 30 6.58 14.92 14.92 676,482 489,603 2,593,710 12,104,639 1,220,795 292,312 1,332,216 15 8,497,734 10.42 10.42 10.42 17.58 17.58 17.58 17.92 17.92 199,596 561,453 2,229,961 275,804 424,014 2,478,671 353,039 4,274,925 EOSP 35 47,145,843 (a) Under the EOSP or the KMP, for officers covered prior to May 19, 2009, a full year of service is credited for any year in which they work at least one day. In the Pension Plan, the Supplemental Pension Plans as well as the EOSP and the KMP for officers covered on or after May 19, 2009, the number of years of credited service is based on elapsed time (i.e., credit is given for each month in which a participant works at least one day). The years of credited service used for calculating benefits under all plans are the years of credited service through December 31, 2021. The years of crediting service used for calculating benefits under the Supplemental Pension Plan I are the years of crediting service through December 31, 2004 and the benefits earned under this plan serve as offsets to the benefits earned under the Supplemental Pension Plan II. (b) The amounts in this column reflect the estimated present value of each NEO’s accumulated benefit under the plans indicated. The calculations reflect the value of the benefits assuming that each NEO was fully vested under each plan. The benefits were computed as of December 31, 2021, consistent with the assumptions described in Note 10, “Pensions and Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions,” to the consolidated financial statements in the 2021 Form 10-K. 66 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (c) Under the provisions of the KMP, Mr. Regnery’s service is capped at 30 years. (d) Ms. Avedon, pursuant to the provisions of her employment arrangement, receives double credit for the first five years of employment (3.8% versus 1.9%) in determining her benefit. The increase in present value of benefits due to this provision is $2,582,735. (e) Mr. Lamach’s credited years of service exceed his actual years of service by 17 years pursuant to the provisions of his employment arrangement. Crediting additional years of service to a nonqualified pension program such as the EOSP was not uncommon in 2004 when Mr. Lamach joined the Company and was used to compensate him for benefits he was forfeiting at his prior employer. Mr. Lamach’s benefit under the EOSP is reduced by the pension benefit he received from his former employer in July 2013, updated with interest. The increase in present value of benefits due to those additional years of credited service is $25,751,910. On June 3, 2021, the Board of Directors agreed to amend the EOSP to reset the rate to be used when calculating Mr. Lamach’s retirement benefit, in recognition of the critical role he played in overseeing and managing an orderly transition of his role as Chief Executive Officer and because he agreed to remain in place for a number of months to assist in the transition of his role of Chairman of the Board. Under the amendment, the 10-Year Treasury rate that will be used will be lower than the rate that would have applied based on his actual retirement date. 67 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement 2021 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation The Company’s EDCP is an unfunded, nonqualified plan that permits certain employees, including the NEOs, to defer receipt of up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 100% of their AIM awards and PSP awards. Elections to defer generally must be made prior to the beginning of the calendar year or performance period, as applicable. The Company has established a nonqualified grantor trust with a bank as the trustee to hold certain assets as a funding vehicle for the Company’s obligations under the EDCP. These assets are considered general assets of the Company and are available to its creditors in the event of the Company’s insolvency. Amounts held in the trust are invested by the trustee using various investment vehicles. Participants are offered certain investment options (the same investment options available in the ESP other than the self-directed brokerage) and can choose how they wish to allocate their cash deferrals among those investment options. Participants are 100% vested in all amounts deferred and bear the risk of any earnings and losses on such deferred amounts. Generally, deferred amounts may be distributed following termination of employment or at the time of a scheduled in-service distribution date chosen by the participant. If a participant has completed five or more years of service at the time of termination, or is terminated due to long-term disability, death or retirement, the distribution is paid in accordance with the participant’s election. If a participant terminates without meeting these requirements, the account balance for all plan years will be paid in a lump sum in the year following the year of termination. A participant can elect to receive distributions at termination over 5, 10, or 15 annual installments, or in a single lump sum. A participant can elect to receive scheduled in-service distributions in future years that are at least two years after the end of the plan year for which they are deferring. In-service distributions can be received in two to five annual installments, or if no election is made, in a lump sum. For those participants who have investments in ordinary shares, the distribution of these assets will be in the form of ordinary shares, not cash. The following table provides information regarding contributions, distributions, earnings and balances for each NEO under our nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Name Plan Name D. S. Regnery EDCP Executive Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)(a) Registrant Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)(b) Aggregate Earnings in Last Fiscal Year ($)(c) Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) Aggregate Balance At Last Fiscal Year End ($)(d) 510,000 — 478,689 (148,151) 7,046,638 C. J. Kuehn EDCP 102,000 — 193,196 Supplemental ESP — 95,850 86,249 M. J. Avedon EDCP Supplemental ESP Supplemental ESP P. A. Camuti EDCP Supplemental ESP — — — — — 88,300 36,103 — 3,336,456 63,210 124,865 — 3,417,346 49,215 46,993 E. M. Turtz EDCP 201,964 — 492,181 M. W. Lamach EDCP Supplemental ESP Supplemental ESP — — — 38,685 56,149 — 5,065,064 211,020 1,468,682 — — — — — — — — — — — 1,561,137 970,337 414,050 11,452,974 1,268,720 11,730,644 647,776 2,163,108 381,011 17,386,724 8,237,391 (a) The annual deferrals (salary, AIM and PSP) are all reflected in the Salary column, the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column and the Stock Awards column, respectively of the Summary Compensation Table. (b) All of the amounts reflected in this column are included in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table. (c) Amounts in this column include gains and losses on investments, as well as dividends on ordinary shares or ordinary share equivalents. None of the earnings or losses reported in this column are included in the Summary Compensation Table. (d) The following table reflects the amounts reported in this column as compensation to the NEOs in the Company’s Summary Compensation Table in proxy statements for prior years. Each of Mr. Regnery, Mr. Kuehn, Mr. Camuti, Mr. Turtz, Mr. Lamach and Ms. Avedon first became NEOs and therefore had their compensation reported in the Company’s proxy statements beginning with fiscal years 2004 (Lamach), 2020 (Kuehn), 2017 (Regnery), 2010 (Avedon), 2019 (Camuti) and 2021 (Turtz). 68 Name D. S. Regnery C. J. Kuehn M. J. Avedon P. A. Camuti E. M. Turtz M. W. Lamach EDCP ($) Supplemental ESP ($) 1,400,441 58,685 376,016 — — 277,014 59,918 553,237 80,642 — 1,529,086 2,270,325 Post-Employment Benefits The following discussion describes the compensation to which each active NEO would be entitled in the event of termination of such executive’s employment. Employment Arrangements and Severance Not in Connection with a Change in Control Mr. Regnery and Ms. Avedon are entitled to severance in the event of their involuntary termination without cause pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements. Under the terms of their employment agreements, Mr. Regnery is eligible for 24 months of base annual salary plus a prorated AIM award earned for the year of termination as determined and paid at the conclusion of the full performance year in accordance with the terms of the AIM program. Ms. Avedon is eligible for 12 months of base salary and an AIM award equal to her target. Although the Company does not have a formal severance policy for officers, NEOs who do not have employment agreements providing for severance and who are terminated by the Company other than for cause will generally be considered for severance benefits of up to 12 months’ base salary. Depending on the circumstances and timing of the termination, they may also be eligible for a pro-rated portion of their AIM award earned for the year of termination as determined and paid at the conclusion of the full performance year in accordance with the terms of the AIM program. In addition, the Company’s equity award agreements provide for the following treatment upon the occurrence of one of the specified events in the table below: Stock Options RSUs PSUs Retirement Continue to vest on the same basis as active employees and remain exercisable for a period of up to five years following retirement. Continue to vest on the same basis as active employees. Group Termination Immediately vest in the portion of the awards that would have vested within twelve months of termination and remain exercisable for a period of up to three years following termination of employment. Immediately vest in the portion of the awards that would have vested within twelve months of termination. Job Elimination Unvested awards are forfeited and vested awards remain exercisable for a period of up to one year following termination. Unvested awards are forfeited. Death or Disability Immediately vest in unvested awards and vested awards remain exercisable for a period of up to three years following death or disability. Immediately vest in unvested awards. Vest pro-rata based on the time worked during the performance period and the achievement of performance goals through the end of the performance period unless full-time employment commences with another employer, in which case unvested awards are forfeited. Vest pro-rata based on the time worked during the performance period and the achievement of performance goals through the end of the performance period. Vest pro-rata based on the time worked during the performance period and the achievement of performance goals through the end of the performance period. Vest pro-rata based on the time worked during the performance period and the achievement of performance goals at target performance unless termination occurs in the final quarter of the performance period in which case the awards vest based on actual performance. In the event of a change in control or termination due to a Major Restructuring, severance would be determined pursuant to the terms of the change-in-control agreements or the Major Restructuring Severance Plan described below in lieu of severance under the terms of the employment agreements or the severance guidelines described above. 69 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement Change in Control The Company has entered into a change-in-control agreement with each NEO. The change-in-control agreement provides for certain payments if the employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the change-in-control agreements) or by the NEO for “good reason” (as defined in the change-in-control agreements), in each case, within two years following a change in control of the Company. For officers who first became eligible for a change-in-control agreement on or after May 19, 2009, including Mr. Regnery, Mr. Kuehn, Mr. Camuti and Mr. Turtz, the Company eliminated a severance payment based on outstanding PSP awards and eliminated a payment to cover the impact to the executive of certain incremental taxes incurred in connection with the payments made following a change in control. Following a change in control, each NEO is entitled to continue receiving their current base salary and is entitled to an annual bonus in an amount not less than the highest annual bonus paid during the prior three full fiscal years. If an NEO’s employment is terminated “without cause” or by the NEO for “good reason” within two years following a change in control, the NEO is entitled to the following: • any base salary and annual bonus for a completed fiscal year that had not been paid; • an amount equal to the NEO’s annual bonus for the last completed fiscal year pro-rated for the number of full months employed in the current fiscal year; • an amount equal to the NEO’s base salary pro-rated for any unused vacation days; • a lump sum severance payment from the Company equal to the three times (for the Chair and CEO) or two and one-half times (for other NEOs) the sum of: • the NEO’s annual salary in effect on the termination date, or, if higher, the annual salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction of the NEO’s annual salary after the change in control; and • the NEO’s target AIM award for the year of termination or, if higher, the average of the AIM award amounts beginning three years immediately preceding the change in control and ending on the termination date; and • for Ms. Avedon, a lump sum payment equal to two and one-half times of: (a) the cash value of the target amount of the most recent PSU award; or (b) if higher, the average amounts of the last three PSU awards granted and paid to the NEO immediately preceding termination. This payment is in lieu of any rights the individual might have with respect to unvested PSU awards. A “change in control” is defined as the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person unrelated to the Company becomes the beneficial owner of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s voting stock; (ii) the directors serving at the time the change-in-control agreements were executed (or the directors subsequently elected by the shareholders of the Company whose election or nomination was duly approved by at least two-thirds of the then serving directors) fail to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation in which the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation represent 50% or less of the combined voting securities of the Company immediately after such merger or consolidation; (iv) any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or transfer with a corporation where the Company owns at least 80% of the combined voting power of such corporation or its parent after such transfer; or (v) any other event that the continuing directors determine to be a change in control; provided however, with respect to (i), (iii) and (v) above, there shall be no change in control if shareholders of the Company own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or the surviving entity or any parent immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportion to each other as prior to such transaction. In addition to the foregoing, the NEOs would also be eligible to participate in the Company’s welfare employee benefit programs for the severance period (three years for the Chair and CEO and two and one-half years for the other NEOs). For purposes of determining eligibility for applicable post-retirement welfare benefits, the NEO would be credited with any combination of additional years of service and age, not exceeding 10 years, to the extent necessary to qualify for such benefits. Mr. Regnery is the only active NEO eligible for subsidized retiree medical benefits (only until age 65) due to his age and service as of January 1, 2003, when eligibility for the retiree medical benefit was frozen. The Company would also provide each NEO up to $100,000 of outplacement services. In the event of a change in control, participants in the EOSP and KMP would be immediately vested. A termination within two years following a change in control also triggers the payment of an enhanced benefit, whereby three years would be added to both age and service with the Company under the EOSP or KMP. In addition, the “final average pay” under the EOSP or KMP would be calculated as 40% of their severance benefit under the change-in-control agreement. These percentages reflect an annualized value of severance payments that would be provided in accordance with their respective agreements. 70 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Under the Company’s 2018 Incentive Stock Plan, time-based awards will only vest and become exercisable or payable, as applicable, on a change in control (as defined in the 2018 Incentive Stock Plan) if they are not assumed, substituted or otherwise replaced in connection with the change in control. If the awards are assumed or continued after the change in control, the Committee may provide that such awards will be subject to automatic vesting acceleration upon a participant’s involuntary termination within a designated period following the change in control. Further, under the 2018 Incentive Stock Plan, PSUs will automatically vest upon a change in control of our Company, based on (a) the target level, pro-rated to reflect the period the participant was in service during the performance period or (b) the actual performance level attained, in each case, as determined by the Committee. Major Restructuring The Company has adopted a Major Restructuring Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) that provides a cash severance payment in the event a participant’s employment is terminated due to an involuntary loss of job without “cause” (as defined in the Severance Plan) or a “good reason” (as defined in the Severance Plan), provided that the termination is substantially related to or a result of a Major Restructuring. The cash severance payment would be equal to two and one-half times (for the Chair and CEO) or two times (for other NEOs) (a) current base salary, and (b) current target AIM award. As of December 31, 2021, the value of cash severance for NEOs was: Mr. Regnery, $7,500,000; Mr. Kuehn, $2,900,000; Ms. Avedon, $2,775,000; Mr. Camuti, $2,275,500 and Mr. Turtz, $1,955,000. Participants would also receive a prorated portion of their target AIM award, based on actual Company and individual performance during the fiscal year in which termination of employment occurred. Participants in the EOSP or KMP who are not vested in such plans would also receive a cash payment equal to the amount of the benefit to which they would have been entitled if they were vested. In addition, the Company’s equity awards provide that employees who terminate employment due to an involuntary loss of job without “Cause” (as defined in the applicable award agreement) or for “Good Reason” (as defined in the applicable award agreement) within one year of completion of a Major Restructuring will, provided that the termination is substantially related to the Major Restructuring, (i) immediately vest in all unvested stock options and may exercise all vested stock options at any time within the following three-year period (five years if retirement eligible) or the remaining term of the stock option, if shorter, (ii) immediately vest in all RSUs, except that retirement eligible participants with at least five years of service would continue their existing vesting schedule, and (iii) receive a prorated payout of outstanding PSUs based on actual performance at the end of performance period. As of December 31, 2021, the value of unvested equity awards was: Mr. Regnery, $15,207,115; Mr. Kuehn, $7,348,221; Ms. Avedon, $9,018,747; Mr. Camuti, $7,252,704 and Mr. Turtz, $2,845,603. A “Major Restructuring” is defined as a reorganization, recapitalization, extraordinary stock dividend, merger, sale, spin-off or other similar transaction or series of transactions, which individually or in the aggregate, has the effect of resulting in the elimination of all, or the majority of, any one or more of the Company’s business segments, so long as such transaction or transactions do not constitute a Change in Control (as defined in the applicable plan). 2021 Post-Employment Benefits Table The following table describes the compensation to which each of the NEOs would be entitled in the event of termination of such executive’s employment on December 31, 2021, including termination following a change in control. The potential payments were determined under the terms of our plans and arrangements in effect on December 31, 2021. The table does not include the pension benefits or nonqualified deferred compensation amounts that would be paid to an NEO, which are set forth in the Pension Benefits table and the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table above, except to the extent that the NEO is entitled to an additional benefit as a result of the termination. The table does not include Mr. Lamach who retired from the Company on December 31, 2021. Name D. S. Regnery Severance(a) Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s)(b) PSP Award Payout(c) Value of Unvested Equity Awards(d) Enhanced Retirement Benefits(e) Outplacement(f) Health Benefits(g) Total Voluntary Resignation/ Retirement ($) Involuntary Without Cause ($) Involuntary With Cause ($) Change in Control ($) Disability ($) Death ($) — 2,224,399 5,808,160 9,398,955 — — — 2,400,000 1,800,000 5,808,160 9,398,955 11,400 — — 9,000,000 — — — 850,000 2,224,399 2,224,399 — 5,808,363 5,808,160 5,808,160 — 9,398,955 9,398,955 9,398,955 — 9,276,978 — — 100,000 123,408 — — — — — — 17,431,514 19,418,515 — 34,557,703 17,431,514 17,431,514 71 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement Name C. J. Kuehn Severance(a) Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s)(b) PSP Award Payout(c) Value of Unvested Equity Awards(d) Enhanced Retirement Benefits(e) Outplacement(f) Health Benefits(g) Total M. J. Avedon Severance(a) Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s)(b) PSP Award Payout(c) Value of Unvested Equity Awards(d) Enhanced Retirement Benefits(e) Outplacement(f) Health Benefits(g) Total P. A. Camuti Severance(a) Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s)(b) PSP Award Payout(c) Value of Unvested Equity Awards(d) Enhanced Retirement Benefits(e) Outplacement(f) Health Benefits(g) Total E. M. Turtz Severance(a) Earned but Unpaid AIM Award(s)(b) PSP Award Payout(c) Value of Unvested Equity Awards(d) Enhanced Retirement Benefits(e) Outplacement(f) Health Benefits(g) Total Voluntary Resignation/ Retirement ($) Involuntary Without Cause ($) Involuntary With Cause ($) Change in Control ($) Disability ($) Death ($) — — — — — — — — — 1,060,169 3,604,013 5,414,734 — — — 641,346 — 3,625,000 — — — — — — 11,400 — 652,746 750,000 637,500 3,604,013 5,414,734 — 11,400 — — 680,000 1,205,682 1,205,682 — 2,435,472 2,435,472 2,435,472 — 4,912,749 4,912,749 4,912,749 — 2,150,331 — — 100,000 59,613 — — — — — — — 13,963,165 8,553,903 8,553,903 — 3,585,051 — — — 603,500 1,060,169 1,060,169 — 7,234,918 3,604,013 3,604,013 — 5,414,734 5,414,734 5,414,734 — 3,042,051 — — 100,000 41,018 — — — — — — 10,078,916 10,417,647 — 20,021,272 10,078,916 10,078,916 — 827,942 2,834,077 4,418,627 — — — 615,000 827,942 2,834,077 4,418,627 — 11,400 — — 2,844,375 — — — 501,500 827,942 827,942 — 2,834,077 2,834,077 2,834,077 — 4,418,627 4,418,627 4,418,627 — 1,998,106 — — 100,000 40,258 — — — — — — 8,080,646 8,707,046 — 12,736,943 8,080,646 8,080,646 575,000 — 2,443,750 — — — — — — — — — — — — 11,400 — 586,400 — — 371,000 802,261 — 637,488 802,261 — 637,488 802,261 — 2,043,342 2,043,342 2,043,342 — 2,620,937 — — 100,000 58,245 — — — — — — — 8,439,535 3,483,091 3,483,091 (a) For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, for those NEOs who do not have a formal separation agreement, the current severance guidelines permit payment of up to one year’s base salary provided that such termination was not eligible for severance benefits under the Major Restructuring Severance Plan. Because of his service, Mr. Kuehn’s severance is equal to 46 weeks rather than 52. For the amounts shown under the “Change in Control” columns, refer to the description of how severance is calculated in the section above, entitled Post-Employment Benefits. (b) For the “Voluntary Resignation/Retirement” column, the amount shown is only provided in the case of a voluntary retirement; for resignation the NEO would not receive an AIM award. For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, the amount for Mr. Regnery and Ms. Avedon it represents the target AIM award pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements; Mr. Camuti is retirement eligible therefore under the terms of the AIM program would receive an award and (ii) prorated AIM awards (up to target) that may be paid to the other NEOs depending on the circumstances and timing of the termination. For the amounts under “Change in Control,” these amounts represent the award paid in 2021 for the 2020 performance period based on the Change in Control agreements in place. (c) For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, these amounts represent the cash value of the prorated PSU award payout to the NEOs as a result of their retirement eligibility at December 31, 2021. For the “Change in Control” column for Ms. Avedon, this amount represents the cash value of the PSU award payout, based on the appropriate multiple. For the “Change in Control” column for Mr. Regnery, Mr. Kuehn, Mr. Camuti and Mr. Turtz, these values represent what would be provided under the terms of the 2018 Plan, which provides for either a pro-rated payment for all outstanding awards at target or a payment based on actual performance, as determined by the Committee. For the “Retirement,” “Disability” and “Death” columns, amounts represent the cash value of the prorated portion of their PSUs that vest upon such events assuming performance at target. Amounts for each column are based on the closing stock price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2021 ($202.03). 72 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (d) The amounts shown for “Retirement,” “Involuntary without Cause,” “Change in Control,” “Death” and “Disability” represent (i) the value of the unvested RSUs, which is calculated based on the number of unvested RSUs multiplied by the closing stock price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2021 ($202.03), and (ii) the intrinsic value of the unvested stock options, which is calculated based on the difference between the closing stock price of the ordinary shares on December 31, 2021 ($202.03) and the relevant exercise price. However, only in the event of termination following a “Change in Control” or termination due to “Death” or “Disability” is there accelerated vesting of unvested awards. For “Retirement,” the awards do not accelerate but continue to vest on the same basis as active employees. Mr. Regnery, Mr. Camuti and Ms. Avedon are retirement eligible. (e) (f) In the event of a change in control of the Company and termination of the NEOs, the present value of the pension benefits under the EOSP, KMP and Supplemental Pension Plan would be paid out as lump sums. While there is no additional benefit to the NEOs as a result of either voluntary retirement/ resignation and/or involuntary resignation without cause, there are differences (based on the methodology mandated by the SEC) between the numbers that are shown in the Pension Benefits Table and those that would actually be payable to the NEO under these termination scenarios. For the “Involuntary without Cause” column, each NEO is eligible for outplacement services for a twelve-month period, not to exceed $11,400. For the “Change in Control” column, the amount represents the maximum expenses the Company would reimburse the NEO for professional outplacement services. (g) Represents the COBRA cost of health and welfare coverage (for medical, dental and vision) along with the cost of basic life and AD&D. The cost for “Change in Control” represents continued active coverage for the severance period. For Mr. Regnery, the value shown includes the cost for retiree coverage. CEO Pay Ratio The ratio of our CEO’s total compensation to our median employee’s total compensation (the “CEO Pay Ratio”) is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K. Due to the flexibility afforded by Item 402(u) in calculating the CEO Pay Ratio, the ratio may not be comparable to CEO pay ratios presented by other companies. We chose to maintain the same median employee for our CEO Pay Ratio calculation in 2021 as there were no changes to our employee population or employee compensation arrangements during 2021 that we believe would result in a significant change to our pay ratio disclosure. We identified our median employee using our global employee population as of October 31, 2020 (the “Determination Date”). Our in-scope employees consisted of our full-time, part-time, seasonal and temporary employees and excluded independent contractors and leased workers. To determine our median employee, we used annual base salary as our consistently applied compensation measure for 2020 (the “2020 CACM”). For commission-based employees, actual earnings were considered their base salary. In identifying our median employee, we further annualized pay for those full-time and part-time employees (but not seasonal and temporary employees) who commenced work during 2020. The median employee identified had anomalous total annual compensation related to a facility closure. We, therefore, substituted an employee with the next lowest annual base pay, which is a practice we will continue if future median employees work in a facility where closure has been announced. We believe that annual base salary provides a reasonable estimate of annual compensation of our employees. After identifying the median employee, we calculated the median employee’s total annual compensation in accordance with the requirements of the Summary Compensation Table. Based on such calculation, our median employee’s total compensation was $63,916, while our CEO’s compensation was $12,888,518. Accordingly, our CEO Pay Ratio was 202:1. Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table provides information as of December 31, 2021, with respect to the Company’s ordinary shares that may be issued under equity compensation plans: Plan Category Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(a) Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(b) Total Number of Securities to Be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in First Column) 5,583,986 721,467 6,305,453 $ 83.39 — 13,720,978 — (a) Consists of the 2007 Plan, the 2013 Plan and the 2018 Plan. (b) Consists of the EDCP, the Trane Technologies Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (the “DDCP I”), the Trane Technologies Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan II (the “DDCP II” and, together with the DDCP I, the “DDCP”), and the Trane Deferred Compensation Plan (the “TDCP”). Plan participants acquire Company shares under these plans as a result of the deferral of salary or directors’ fees, AIM awards and PSUs. 73 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION2022 Proxy Statement Information Concerning Voting and Solicitation Why Did I Receive This Proxy Statement? We sent you this Proxy Statement or a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (“Notice”) because our Board of Directors is soliciting your proxy to vote at the Annual General Meeting. This Proxy Statement summarizes the information you need to know to vote on an informed basis. Why Are There Two Sets of Financial Statements Covering the Same Fiscal Period? U.S. securities laws require us to send you our 2021 Form 10-K, which includes our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. These financial statements are included in the mailing of this Proxy Statement. Irish law also requires us to provide you with our Irish Financial Statements for our 2021 fiscal year, including the reports of our Directors and auditors thereon, which accounts have been prepared in accordance with Irish law. The Irish Financial Statements are available on the Company’s website at www.tranetechnologies. com under the heading “Investors – Irish Statutory Accounts” and will be laid before the Annual General Meeting. How Do I Attend the Annual General Meeting? In light of any COVID-19 measures that may be in place in Ireland and the United States on the date of the Annual General Meeting, we strongly encourage all shareholders to submit proxy forms to ensure they can vote and be represented at the Annual General Meeting without attending in person. Shareholders are encouraged to keep up-to-date with, and follow, the guidance from the Government of Ireland and the Department of Health (of Ireland) and other local health departments as circumstances may change at short notice. Taking into account the latest guidance from the Government of Ireland, particularly in relation to indoor public gatherings, it is possible the Annual General Meeting Annual General Meeting may be adjourned to a different time and/ or venue, in each case notification of such adjournment will be given in accordance with Company’s constitution. Any announcements of changes or updates to the arrangements for the Annual General Meeting will be made available at www.tranetechnologies.com. Due to travel restrictions and health concerns, the Directors may participate by telephone instead of attending in person, there may be significantly reduced attendance by Company personnel and the meeting will be conducted as efficiently as possible. In the event that the Annual General Meeting can proceed as normal, in order to be admitted, you must present a form of personal identification and evidence of share ownership. If you are a shareholder of record, evidence of share ownership will be either (1) an admission ticket, which is attached to the proxy card and must be separated from the proxy card and kept for presentation at the meeting if you vote your proxy by mail, or (2) a Notice. If you own your shares through a bank, broker or other holder of record (“street name holders”), evidence of share ownership will be either (1) your most recent bank or brokerage account statement, or (2) a Notice. If you would rather have an admission ticket, you can obtain one in advance by mailing a written request, along with proof of your ownership of the Company’s ordinary shares, to: Secretary Trane Technologies plc 170/175 Lakeview Dr. Airside Business Park Swords, Co. Dublin Ireland No cameras, recording equipment, electronic devices, large bags, briefcases or packages will be permitted at the Annual General Meeting. 74 Who May Vote? You are entitled to vote if you beneficially owned the Company’s ordinary shares at the close of business on April 8, 2022, the Record Date. At that time, there were 233,842,483 of the Company’s ordinary shares outstanding and entitled to vote. Each ordinary share that you own entitles you to one vote on all matters to be voted on a poll at the Annual General Meeting. How Do I Vote? Shareholders of record can cast their votes by proxy by: • using the Internet and voting at www.proxyvote.com; • calling 1-800-690-6903 and following the telephone prompts; or • completing, signing and returning a proxy card by mail. If you received a Notice and did not receive a proxy card, you may request one at sendmaterial@proxyvote.com. The Notice is not a proxy card and it cannot be used to vote your shares. If you are a shareholder of record and you choose to submit your proxy by telephone by calling the toll-free number on your proxy card, your use of that telephone system and in particular the entry of your pin number/other unique identifier, will be deemed to constitute your appointment, in writing and under hand, and for all purposes of the Companies Act 2014, of the persons named on the proxy card as your proxy to vote your shares on your behalf in accordance with your telephone instructions. Subject to guidance from the Government of Ireland at the time of the Annual General Meeting, shareholders of record may also vote their shares directly by attending the Annual General Meeting and casting their vote in person or appointing a proxy (who does not have to be a shareholder) to attend the Annual General Meeting and casting votes on their behalf in accordance with their instructions. Street name holders must vote their shares in the manner prescribed by their bank, brokerage firm or nominee. Street name holders who wish to vote in person at the Annual General Meeting must obtain a legal proxy from their bank, brokerage firm or nominee. Street name holders will need to bring the legal proxy with them to the Annual General Meeting and hand it in with a signed ballot that is available upon request at the meeting. Street name holders will not be able to vote their shares at the Annual General Meeting without a legal proxy and a signed ballot. Taking the Company’s Covid-19 guidance about attending in person into consideration, even if you plan to attend the Annual General Meeting, we recommend that you vote by proxy as described above so that your vote will be counted if you later decide not to attend the meeting. In order to be timely processed, your vote must be received by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on June 1, 2022 (or, if you are a street name holder, such earlier time as your bank, brokerage firm or nominee may require). How May Employees Vote under Our Employee Plans? If you participate in the ESP, the Trane Technologies Company Employee Savings Plan for Bargained Employees, the Trane Technologies Retirement Savings Plan for Participating Affiliates in Puerto Rico, or the Trane 401(k) and Thrift Plan, then you may be receiving these materials because of shares held for you in those plans. In that case, you may use the enclosed proxy card to instruct the plan trustees of those plans how to vote your shares, or give those instructions by telephone or over the Internet. They will vote these shares in accordance with your instructions and the terms of the plan. The plan trustees will not disclose to the Company how any individual employee instructed the plan trustees to vote their shares. To allow plan administrators to properly process your vote, your voting instructions must be received by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on May 27, 2022. If you do not provide voting instructions for shares held for you in any of these plans, the plan trustees will vote these shares in the same ratio as the shares for which voting instructions are provided. 75 INFORMATION CONCERNING VOTING AND SOLICITATION2022 Proxy Statement May I Revoke My Proxy? You may revoke your proxy at any time before it is voted at the Annual General Meeting in any of the following ways: • by notifying the Company’s Secretary in writing: c/o Trane Technologies plc, 170/175 Lakeview Drive., Airside Business Park, Swords, Co. Dublin, Ireland; • by submitting another properly signed proxy card with a later date or another Internet or telephone proxy at a later date but prior to the close of voting described above; or • by voting in person at the Annual General Meeting. Merely attending the Annual General Meeting does not revoke your proxy. To revoke a proxy, you must take one of the actions described above. How Will My Proxy Get Voted? If your proxy is properly submitted, your proxy holder (one of the individuals named on the proxy card) will vote your shares as you have directed. If you are a street name holder, the rules of the NYSE permit your bank, brokerage firm or nominee to vote your shares on Items 3, 4, 5 and 6 (routine matters) if it does not receive instructions from you. However, your bank, brokerage firm or nominee may not vote your shares on Items 1 and 2 (non-routine matters) if it does not receive instructions from you (“broker non-votes”). Broker non-votes will not be counted as votes for or against the non-routine matters, but rather will be regarded as votes withheld and will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the resolution. If you are a shareholder of record and you do not specify on the proxy card you send to the Company (or when giving your proxy over the Internet or telephone) how you want to vote your shares, then the Company-designated proxy holders will vote your shares in the manner recommended by our Board of Directors on all matters presented in this Proxy Statement and as the proxy holders may determine in their discretion regarding any other matters properly presented for a vote at the meeting. What Constitutes a Quorum? The presence (in person or by proxy) of shareholders entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company on the Record Date is necessary to constitute a quorum for the conduct of business. Abstentions and broker non-votes are treated as “shares present” for the purposes of determining whether a quorum exists. What Vote is Required to Approve Each Proposal? A majority of the votes cast at the Annual General Meeting is required to approve each of Items 1, 2, 3 and 4. A majority of the votes cast means that the number of votes cast “for” an Item must exceed the number of votes cast “against” that Item. Items 5 and 6 are considered special resolutions under Irish law and require 75% of the votes cast for approval. Although abstentions and broker non-votes are counted as “shares present” at the Annual General Meeting for the purpose of determining whether a quorum exists, they are not counted as votes cast either “for” or “against” the resolution and, accordingly, will not affect the outcome of the vote. Who Pays the Expenses of This Proxy Statement? We have hired Alliance Advisors, LLC to assist in the distribution of proxy materials and the solicitation of proxies for a fee estimated at $15,000 plus out-of-pocket expenses. Proxies will be solicited on behalf of our Board of Directors by mail, in person, by telephone and through the Internet. We will bear the cost of soliciting proxies. We will also reimburse brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding proxy materials to the persons for whom they hold shares. How Will Voting on Any Other Matter be Conducted? Although we do not know of any matters to be presented or acted upon at the Annual General Meeting other than the items described in this Proxy Statement, if any other matter is proposed and properly presented at the Annual General Meeting, the proxy holders will vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment. 76 INFORMATION CONCERNING VOTING AND SOLICITATION Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management The following table sets forth as of the Record Date, the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by (i) each director of the Company, (ii) each executive officer of the Company named in the Summary Compensation Table below, and (iii) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group: Name K. E. Arnold A. C. Berzin A. Miller Boise J. Bruton J. L. Cohon G. D. Forsee L. P. Hudson M. P. Lee J. P. Surma T. L. White D. S. Regnery C.J. Kuehn M. J. Avedon P. A. Camuti E. M. Turtz M. W. Lamach Ordinary Shares(a) Notional Shares(b) Options Exercisable Within 60 Days(c) 3,739 32,024 887 11,307 26,021 30,319 6,858 7,381 11,116 29,776 95,683 31,246 47,295 34,272 17,274 102,835 — 46,976 — — — — — — — 66,338 605 10,981 57,107 58,492 6,824 86,694 — — — — — — — — — — 210,788 46,338 54,379 89,755 15,474 144,220 596,625 All directors and executive officers as a group (20 persons)(d) 519,728 441,398 (a) Represents (i) ordinary shares held directly; (ii) ordinary shares held indirectly through a trust; (iii) unvested shares, including any RSUs or PSUs, and ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents notionally held under the TDCP that may vest or are distributable within 60 days of the Record Date; and (iv) ordinary shares held by the trustee under the ESP for the benefit of executive officers. No director or executive officer of the Company beneficially owns 1% or more of the Company’s ordinary shares. (b) Represents ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents notionally held under the DDCP, and the EDCP that are not distributable within 60 days of the Record Date. (c) Represents ordinary shares as to which directors and executive officers had stock options exercisable within 60 days of the Record Date, under the Company’s Incentive Stock Plans. (d) The Company’s ordinary shares beneficially owned by all directors and executive officers as a group (including shares issuable under exercisable options) aggregated approximately 0.74% of the total outstanding ordinary shares. Ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents notionally held under the DDCP, the EDCP and the TDCP and ordinary share equivalents resulting from dividends on deferred stock awards are not counted as outstanding shares in calculating these percentages because they are not beneficially owned; the directors and executive officers have no voting or investment power with respect to these shares or share equivalents. 77 2022 Proxy Statement The following table sets forth each shareholder which is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company based solely on the information filed by such shareholder on Schedule 13D or filed by such shareholder in 2021 for the year ended December 31, 2021 on Schedule 13G under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: Name and Address of Beneficial Owner BlackRock, Inc.(b) 55 East 52nd Street New York, NY 10055 JPMorgan Chase & Co.(c) 383 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10179 The Vanguard Group(d) 100 Vanguard Blvd. Malvern, PA 19355 Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership Percent of Class(a) 19,659,375 8.4% 17,652,938 7.5% 18,055,927 7.6% (a) The ownership percentages set forth in this column are based on the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares on the Record Date and assumes that each of the beneficial owners continued to own the number of shares reflected in the table above on such date. Information regarding BlackRock, Inc. and its stockholdings was obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 3, 2022. The filing indicated that, as of December 31, 2021, BlackRock, Inc. had sole voting power as to 16,933,211 of such shares, shared voting power as to none of such shares, sole dispositive power as to 19,659,375 of such shares and shared dispositive power as to none of such shares. Information regarding JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its stockholdings was obtained from a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 28, 2022. The filing indicated that, as of December 31, 2021, JPMorgan Chase & Co. had sole voting power as to 16,621,411 of such shares, shared voting power as to 110,811 of such shares, sole dispositive power as to 17,508,281 of such shares and shared dispositive power as to 141,895 of such shares. Information regarding the Vanguard Group and its stockholdings was obtained from a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 9, 2022. The filing indicated that, as of December 31, 2021, the Vanguard Group had sole voting power as to none of such shares, shared voting power as to 392,012 of such shares, sole dispositive power as to 17,079,507 of such shares and shared dispositive power as to 976,420 of such shares. (b) (c) (d) 78 SECURITY OWNERSHIP Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions The Company does not generally engage in transactions in which its executive officers, directors or nominees for directors, any of their immediate family members or any of its 5% shareholders have a material interest. Pursuant to the Company’s written related person transaction policy, any such transaction must be reported to management, which will prepare a summary of the transaction and refer it to the Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee for consideration and approval by the disinterested directors. The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the material terms of the related person transaction, including the dollar values involved, the relationships and interests of the parties to the transaction and the impact, if any, to a director’s independence. The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee only approves those transactions that are in the best interest of the Company. In addition, the Company’s Code of Conduct, which sets forth standards applicable to all employees, officers and directors of the Company, generally proscribes transactions that could result in a conflict of interest for the Company. Any waiver of the Code of Conduct for any executive officer or director requires the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors. Any such waiver will, to the extent required by law or the NYSE, be disclosed on the Company’s website at www.tranetechnologies.com or on a current report on Form 8-K. No such waivers were requested or granted in 2021. We have not made payments to directors other than the fees to which they are entitled as directors (described under the heading “Compensation of Directors”) and the reimbursement of expenses related to their services as directors. We have made no loans to any director or officer nor have we purchased any shares of the Company from any director or officer. Since June 2020, Ms. Peetz, a director of the Company during 2021 who resigned from the Board in April 2022, has served as chief administrative officer of Citigroup Inc. Citigroup or affiliates of Citigroup (“Citigroup”) have acted as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Syndication Agent in connection with our 2021 refinancing of our $1 billion revolving credit facility and with respect to our $1 billion revolving credit facility entered into in April 2018. As agent and lender, Citigroup provides other services under these facilities. There were no amounts outstanding under these facilities as of December 31, 2021. Citigroup was paid an arrangement fee and an upfront fee in connection in with the refinancing and portfolio management fees relating to upfront and undrawn fees on these facilities. In addition, Citigroup provides certain FX and derivatives services to the Company and certain treasury and trade solutions relating to cash/bank transactions and trade activity. Total amounts paid to Citi in 2021 for these activities were approximately $4.2 million. Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender and did not involve more than the normal risk at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. Our other transactions with Citigroup were made in the ordinary course of business on standard terms and conditions. Ms. Peetz does not personally participate in or benefit from any aspect of our relationship with Citigroup. The son of our former Chair and CEO Mr. Michael Lamach is employed by the Company as Sales Manager, Life Science Solutions. He is not an executive officer. Mr. Lamach’s son received base salary and commissions of $131,009 in 2021 and a spot bonus of $500. The compensation and other terms of employment of Mr. Lamach’s son is similar to the total compensation provided to other employees of the same level with similar responsibilities. Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and officers, and persons who beneficially own more than ten percent of the Company’s ordinary shares, to file reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC and the NYSE. To the Company’s knowledge, based solely on its review of such forms received by the Company and written representations that no other reports were required, all Section 16(a) filing requirements were complied with for the year 2021 other than with respect to one late filing of a Form 3 for Ray Pittard due to delayed receipt of EDGAR codes for filing such form. 79 2022 Proxy Statement Shareholder Proposals and Nominations Any proposal by a shareholder intended to be presented at the 2023 Annual General Meeting of shareholders of the Company must be received by the Company at its registered office at 170/175 Lakeview Drive, Airside Business Park, Swords, Co. Dublin, Ireland, Attn: Secretary, no later than December 23, 2022, for inclusion in the proxy materials relating to that meeting. Any such proposal must meet the requirements set forth in the rules and regulations of the SEC, including Rule 14a-8, in order for such proposals to be eligible for inclusion in our 2023 proxy statement. The Company’s Articles of Association set forth procedures to be followed by shareholders who wish to nominate candidates for election to the Board of Directors in connection with Annual General Meetings of shareholders or pursuant to written shareholder consents or who wish to bring other business before a shareholders’ general meeting. All such nominations must be accompanied by certain background and other information specified in the Articles of Association. In connection with the 2023 Annual General Meeting, written notice of a shareholder’s intention to make such nominations or bring business before the Annual General Meeting must be given to the Secretary of the Company not later than March 4, 2023. If the date of the 2023 Annual General Meeting occurs more than 30 days before, or 60 days after, the anniversary of the 2022 Annual General Meeting, then the written notice must be provided to the Secretary of the Company not later than the seventh day after the date on which notice of such Annual General Meeting is given. In addition, the Company’s Articles of Association separately provide shareholders representing 3% or more of the voting power of the Company’s shares with the right, subject to certain terms and conditions, to nominate candidates for election to the Board of Directors and have such candidate included in our proxy materials for the applicable Annual General Meeting (“proxy access”). All such nominations must be accompanied by certain background and other information specified in the Articles of Association. In connection with the 2023 Annual General Meeting, written notice of proxy access nominations must be given to the Secretary of the Company not earlier than November 23, 2022 and not later than later than December 23, 2022. If the date of the 2023 Annual General Meeting occurs more than 30 days before, or 60 days after, the anniversary of the 2022 Annual General Meeting, then the written notice must be provided to the Secretary of the Company not earlier than 120 days prior to the 2023 Annual General Meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to the 2023 Annual General Meeting or (y) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the 2023 Annual General Meeting is first made. The Sustainability, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider all shareholder recommendations for candidates for Board membership, which should be sent to the Committee, care of the Secretary of the Company, at the address set forth above. In addition to considering candidates recommended by shareholders, the Committee considers potential candidates recommended by current directors, Company officers, employees and others. As stated in the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, all candidates for Board membership are selected based upon their judgment, character, achievements and experience in matters affecting business and industry. Candidates recommended by shareholders are evaluated in the same manner as director candidates identified by any other means. In order for you to bring other business before a shareholder general meeting, timely notice must be received by the Secretary of the Company within the time limits described above. The notice must include a description of the proposed item, the reasons you believe support your position concerning the item, and other specified matters. These requirements are separate from and in addition to the requirements you must meet to have a proposal included in our Proxy Statement. The foregoing time limits also apply in determining whether notice is timely pursuant to rules adopted by the SEC relating to the exercise of discretionary voting authority. If a shareholder wishes to communicate with the Board of Directors for any other reason, all such communications should be sent in writing, care of the Secretary of the Company, or by email at board@tranetechnologies.com. 80 Householding SEC rules permit a single set of annual reports and proxy statements to be sent to any household at which two or more shareholders reside if they appear to be members of the same family. Each shareholder continues to receive a separate proxy card. This procedure is referred to as householding. While the Company does not household in mailings to its shareholders of record, a number of brokerage firms with account holders who are Company shareholders have instituted householding. In these cases, a single proxy statement and annual report will be delivered to multiple shareholders sharing an address unless contrary instructions have been received from the affected shareholders. Once a shareholder has received notice from his or her broker that the broker will be householding communications to the shareholder’s address, householding will continue until the shareholder is notified otherwise or until the shareholder revokes his or her consent. If at any time a shareholder no longer wishes to participate in householding and would prefer to receive a separate proxy statement and annual report, he or she should notify his or her broker. Any shareholder can receive a copy of the Company’s proxy statement and annual report by contacting the Company at its registered office at 170/175 Lakeview Drive, Airside Business Park, Swords, Co. Dublin, Ireland, Attention: Secretary or by accessing it on the Company’s website at www.tranetechnologies.com. Shareholders who hold their shares through a broker or other nominee who currently receive multiple copies of the proxy statement and annual report at their address and would like to request householding of their communications should contact their broker. Dated: April 22, 2022 81 2022 Proxy Statement 2021 Financials UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission File No. 001-34400 TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Ireland (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 98-0626632 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 170/175 Lakeview Dr. Airside Business Park Swords Co. Dublin Ireland Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: (Address of principal executive offices) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: +(353) (0) 18707400 Title of each class Ordinary Shares, Par Value $1.00 per Share Trading Symbol TT Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.: Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No The aggregate market value of ordinary shares held by nonaffiliates on June 30, 2021 was approximately $43.7 billion based on the closing price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange. The number of ordinary shares outstanding of Trane Technologies plc as of February 1, 2022 was 233,538,091. Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year in connection with the registrant’s Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held June 2, 2022 are incorporated by reference into Part II and Part III of this Form 10-K. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE This page intentionally left blank. TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC Form 10-K For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS Part I Part II Part III Part IV Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Item 9C. Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Item 15. Item 16. Signatures Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities [Reserved] Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk Financial Statements Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary Page 6 15 27 27 27 28 29 30 30 47 48 48 48 49 49 50 50 50 50 50 51 62 63 3 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT Cautionary Statement for Forward Looking Statements Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology generally intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may relate to such matters as projections of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit obligations, share or debt repurchases or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, including those relating to any statements concerning expected development, performance or market share relating to our products and services; any statements regarding future economic conditions or our performance including our future performance statements related to the continued impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic; any statements regarding our sustainability commitments, pending investigations, claims or disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements are based on currently available information and our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. While we believe that our assumptions, expectations and projections are reasonable in view of the currently available information, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward- looking statements. You are advised to review any further disclosures we make on related subjects in materials we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are not guarantees of future performance. They are subject to future events, risks and uncertainties - many of which are beyond our control - as well as potentially inaccurate assumptions, that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements. Factors that might affect our forward-looking statements include, among other things: • impacts of the COVID-19 global pandemic on our business operations, financial results and financial position and on the world economy; • overall economic, political and business conditions in the markets in which we operate; • commodity shortages, supply chain risks and price increases; • trade protection measures such as import or export restrictions and requirements, the imposition of tariffs and quotas or revocation or material modification of trade agreements; • competitive factors in the industries in which we compete; • the development, commercialization and acceptance of new and enhanced products and services; • other capital market conditions, including availability of funding sources, interest rate fluctuations and other changes in borrowing costs; • currency exchange rate fluctuations, exchange controls and currency devaluations; • the outcome of any litigation, governmental investigations, claims or proceedings; • risks and uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 proceedings for our deconsolidated subsidiaries Aldrich Pump LLC (Aldrich) and Murray Boiler LLC (Murray); • the impact of potential information technology system failures, vulnerabilities, data security breaches or other cybersecurity issues; • evolving data privacy and protection laws; • intellectual property infringement claims and the inability to protect our intellectual property rights; • changes in laws and regulations; • health epidemics or pandemics or other contagious outbreaks; • climate change, changes in weather patterns, natural disasters and seasonal fluctuations; • the outcome of any tax audits or settlements; • the strategic acquisition or divestiture of businesses, product lines and joint ventures; 4 2021 ANNUAL REPORT • impairment of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and/or our long-lived assets; • changes in tax laws and requirements (including tax rate changes, new tax laws, new and/or revised tax law interpretations and any legislation that may limit or eliminate potential tax benefits resulting from our incorporation in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, such as Ireland); and • work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and similar issues. Some of the significant risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections are described more fully in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.” You should read that information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of this report and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements” of this report. We note such information for investors as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 5 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part I Item 1. Business OVERVIEW Trane Technologies, public limited company (plc), incorporated in Ireland in 2009, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively we, our, the Company) is a global climate innovator. We bring sustainable and efficient solutions to buildings, homes and transportation through our strategic brands, Trane® and Thermo King®, and our environmentally responsible portfolio of products, services and connected intelligent controls. We generate revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sales and service of solutions for Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and transport refrigeration. As an industry leader with an extensive global install base, our growth strategy includes expanding recurring revenue through services and rental options. Our unique business operating system, uplifting culture and highly engaged team around the world are also central to our earnings and cash flow growth. Through our sustainability-focused strategy and purpose to boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world, we meet critical needs and growing global demand for innovation that reduces greenhouse gas emissions while enabling healthier, efficient indoor environments and safe, reliable delivery of essential temperature-controlled cargo. We have announced certain defined sustainability commitments with a goal of achieving these commitments by 2030 (2030 Sustainability Commitments). Trane Technologies’ bold 2030 Sustainability Commitments have been verified by the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) and include our ‘Gigaton Challenge’ to reduce customer greenhouse gas emissions by a billion metric tons, ‘Leading by Example’ through carbon-neutral operations across our own footprint, and ‘Opportunity for All’ by building a diverse workforce reflective of our communities. REPORTABLE SEGMENTS We have three regional operating segments which are also our reportable segments. • Our Americas segment innovates for customers in North America and Latin America. The Americas segment encompasses commercial heating and cooling systems, building controls, and energy services and solutions; residential heating and cooling; and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. This segment had 2021 net revenues of $11.0 billion. • Our EMEA segment innovates for customers in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The EMEA segment encompasses heating and cooling systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings and industrial processing, and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. This segment had 2021 net revenues of $1.9 billion. • Our Asia Pacific segment innovates for customers throughout the Asia Pacific region. The Asia Pacific segment encompasses heating and cooling systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. This segment had 2021 net revenues of $1.2 billion. 6 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I PRODUCTS AND SERVICES Our principal products and services include the following: Air conditioners Air exchangers Air handlers Airside and terminal devices Auxiliary power units (electric and diesel) Building management systems Bus air purification systems Chillers Coils and condensers Container refrigeration systems and gensets Control systems Cryogenic refrigeration systems Diesel-powered refrigeration systems Ductless systems Indoor air quality assessments and related products for HVAC and Transport solutions Industrial refrigeration Installation contracting Large commercial unitary Light commercial unitary Motor replacements Multi-pipe HVAC systems Package heating and cooling systems Parts and supplies (aftermarket and OEM) Performance contracting Rail refrigeration systems Rate chambers Refrigerant reclamation Repair and maintenance services Electric-powered trailer refrigeration systems Rental services Electric-powered truck refrigeration systems Self-powered truck refrigeration systems Energy management services Facility management services Furnaces Geothermal systems Heat pumps Home automation Humidifiers Service agreements Temporary heating and cooling systems Thermostats/controls Trailer refrigeration systems Transport heater products Ultra-low temperature freezers Unitary systems (light and large) Hybrid and non-diesel transport refrigeration solutions Variable refrigerant flow Hybrid-powered trailer refrigeration Vehicle-powered truck refrigeration systems Ice energy storage solutions Water source heat pumps These products are sold primarily under our tradenames including Trane® and Thermo King®. COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS Our products and services are sold in highly competitive markets throughout the world. Due to the diversity of these products and services and the variety of markets served, we encounter a wide variety of competitors that vary by product line and services. They include well-established regional or specialized competitors, as well as larger U.S. and non-U.S. corporations or divisions of larger companies. The principal methods of competition in these markets relate to price, quality, delivery, service and support, technology and innovation. We are one of the leading manufacturers in the world of HVAC systems and services and transport temperature control products and services. DISTRIBUTION Our products are distributed by a number of methods, which we believe are appropriate to the type of product. U.S. sales are made through branch sales offices, distributors and dealers across the country. Non-U.S. sales are made through numerous subsidiary sales and service companies with a supporting chain of distributors throughout the world. 7 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA Approximately 29% of our net revenues in 2021 were derived outside the U.S. and we sold products in approximately 100 countries. Therefore, the attendant risks of manufacturing or selling in a particular country, such as currency devaluation, nationalization and establishment of common markets, may have an adverse impact on our non-U.S. operations. CUSTOMERS We have no customer that accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated net revenues in 2021, 2020 or 2019. No material part of our business is dependent upon a single customer or a small group of customers; therefore, the loss of any one customer would not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cash flows. RAW MATERIALS We manufacture many of the components included in our products, which requires us to source a wide variety of commodities. Principal commodities, such as steel, copper and aluminum, are purchased from a large number of independent sources around the world, primarily within the region where the products are manufactured. We believe that available sources of supply will generally be sufficient for the foreseeable future. SEASONALITY Demand for certain of our products and services is influenced by weather conditions. For instance, sales in our commercial and residential HVAC businesses historically tend to be higher in the second and third quarters of the year because this represents spring and summer in the U.S. and other northern hemisphere markets, which are the peak seasons for sales of air conditioning systems and services. Therefore, results of any quarterly period may not be indicative of expected results for a full year and unusual weather patterns or events could positively or negatively affect certain segments of our business and impact overall results of operations. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT We engage in research and development activities in an effort to introduce new products, enhance existing product effectiveness, improve ease of use and reliability as well as expand the various applications for which our products may be appropriate. In 2021, we spent $193.5 million on research and development, focused on product and system sustainability improvements such as increasing energy efficiency, developing products that allow for use of lower global warming potential refrigerants, reducing material content in products, and designing products for circularity. All new product development (NPD) programs must complete a Design for Sustainability module within our NPD process to ensure that every program has a positive impact on sustainability. We also have a strong focus on sustaining activities, which include costs incurred to reduce production costs, improve existing products, create custom solutions for customers and provide support to our manufacturing facilities. We anticipate that we will continue to make significant expenditures for research and development and sustaining activities as we look to maintain and improve our competitive position. PATENTS AND LICENSES Our intellectual property rights are important to our business and include numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary technology, technical data, business processes, and other confidential information. Although in aggregate we consider our intellectual property rights to be valuable to our operations, we do not believe that our business is materially dependent on a single intellectual property right or any group of them. In our opinion, engineering, production skills and experience are more responsible for our market position than our intellectual property rights. 8 2021 ANNUAL REPORT BACKLOG Our backlog of orders, believed to be firm, at December 31, was as follows: IN MILLIONS Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total PART I 2021 2020 $ 3,856.7 $ 1,788.0 727.2 852.8 426.2 680.6 $ 5,436.7 $ 2,894.8 These backlog figures are based on orders received and only include amounts associated with our equipment and contracting and installation performance obligations. A major portion of our residential products are built in advance of order and either shipped or assembled from stock. As a result, we expect to ship a majority of the December 31, 2021 backlog during 2022. However, orders for specialized machinery or specific customer applications are submitted with extensive lead times and are often subject to revision and deferral, and to a lesser extent cancellation or termination. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we experienced significant increases in end market demand for our sustainability-focused products and services resulting in a higher backlog of orders in the current year as compared to prior year. In addition, we are seeing industry-wide supply chain and resource constraints impacting our ability to produce and ship product which we are proactively managing. To the extent projects are delayed or there are additional supply chain and resource constraints, the timing of our revenue could be affected. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS We continue to be dedicated to environmental and sustainability programs to minimize the use of natural resources, and reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials from our manufacturing processes and to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, we are currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former manufacturing facilities and off- site waste disposal facilities. It is our policy to establish environmental reserves for investigation and remediation activities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of the liability can be made. Estimated liabilities are determined based upon existing remediation laws and technologies. Inherent uncertainties exist in such evaluations due to unknown environmental conditions, changes in government laws and regulations, and changes in cleanup technologies. The environmental reserves are updated on a routine basis as remediation efforts progress and new information becomes available. We are sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and have received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state and international authorities. We have also been identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. In most instances at multi-party sites, our share of the liability is not material. In estimating our liability at multi-party sites, we have assumed that we will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on our understanding of the parties’ financial condition and probable contributions on a per site basis. For a further discussion of our potential environmental liabilities, see Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. SEPARATION OF INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT BUSINESSES On February 29, 2020 (Distribution Date), we completed our Reverse Morris Trust transaction (the Transaction) with Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (Gardner Denver, which changed its name to Ingersoll Rand Inc. (Ingersoll Rand) after the Transaction) whereby we distributed Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc., which contained our former Industrial segment (Ingersoll Rand Industrial) through a pro rata distribution (the Distribution) to shareholders of record as of February 24, 2020. Ingersoll Rand Industrial then merged into a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand. Upon close of the Transaction, our 9 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I existing shareholders received 50.1% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock on a fully-diluted basis and Gardner Denver stockholders retained 49.9% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand on a fully diluted basis. As a result, our shareholders received .8824 shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock with respect to each share owned as of February 24, 2020. In connection with the Transaction, we received a special cash payment of $1.9 billion. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid Ingersoll Rand $49.5 million to settle certain items related to the Transaction. This payment was related to working capital, cash and indebtedness amounts as of the Distribution Date, as well as funding levels related to pension plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and retiree health benefits. We recorded the settlement as a reduction to Retained earnings during the first quarter of 2021. After the Distribution Date, we do not beneficially own any Ingersoll Rand Industrial shares of common stock and no longer consolidate Ingersoll Rand Industrial in our financial statements. The historical results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial are presented as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. ASBESTOS-RELATED MATTERS On June 18, 2020 (Petition Date), our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries Aldrich and Murray each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the Bankruptcy Code) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina in Charlotte (the Bankruptcy Court). As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed due to the imposition of a statutory automatic stay applicable in Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases. Only Aldrich and Murray have filed for Chapter 11 relief. Neither Aldrich’s wholly-owned subsidiary, 200 Park, Inc. (200 Park), Murray’s wholly-owned subsidiary, ClimateLabs LLC (ClimateLabs), Trane Technologies plc nor its other subsidiaries (the Trane Companies) are part of the Chapter 11 filings. The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures. On September 24, 2021, Aldrich and Murray filed the plan of reorganization (the Plan) with the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan is supported by, and reflects the agreement in principle reached with the court-appointed legal representative of future asbestos claimants (the FCR). In connection with the Plan, Aldrich and Murray filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to create a $270.0 million trust intended to constitute a “qualified settlement fund” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations under Section 468B of the Internal Revenue Code (QSF). The funds held in the QSF would be available to provide funding for the Section 524(g) Trust upon effectiveness of the Plan. On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF. The QSF is expected to be funded in the first quarter of 2022 shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order reflecting such approval and such order becomes final and non-appealable. At this point in the Chapter 11 cases of Aldrich and Murray, it is not possible to predict whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve the terms of the Plan, what the extent of the asbestos liability will be or how long the Chapter 11 cases will last. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 7, 2022. Prior to the Petition Date, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and former companies were named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. In virtually all of the suits, a large number of other companies have also been named as defendants. The vast majority of those claims allege injury caused by exposure to asbestos contained in certain historical products, primarily pumps, boilers and railroad brake shoes. None of our existing or previously-owned businesses were a producer or manufacturer of asbestos. See also the discussion under Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” and in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 10 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT Our people and culture are critical to achieving our operational, financial and strategic success. As of December 31, 2021, we employed approximately 37,000 people in nearly 60 countries including approximately 13,000 outside of the United States. As of December 31, 2021, 25.5% of our global employees were women and 36.4% of our employees in the United States were racially and ethnically diverse. In 2021, 29.2% of our new hires globally were women and 44.2% of new hires in the United States were racially and ethnically diverse. Approximately 23.1% of leadership and management positions were held by women as of December 31, 2021. The diversity amounts included in this section exclude current year business acquisitions. As a result of maintaining a consistent focus on an uplifting culture, our key talent (high performing and high potential salaried employees) retention rate excluding retirements in 2021 was 94.6%. Our company-wide (all employees) voluntary retention rate excluding retirements was 89.5%. Culture and Purpose In 2021, we continued to execute on our purpose to boldly challenge what’s possible for a sustainable world. We are a diverse team of inventive, collaborative people who share a passion for making a difference and we believe our core Leadership Principles will help guide all employees to live our purpose. Since its launch in 2006, our annual employee engagement survey has enabled employees to share their experiences and perceptions of our Company. Employees provided ratings and written comments for continuous improvement. In 2021, 89% of our workforce participated in our annual engagement survey and our overall employee engagement score remains high reflecting our great commitment to the pride, energy and optimism of our employees. Diversity and Inclusion Our commitment to Diversity and Inclusion is core to our purpose and our 2030 Sustainability Commitments. We are proud members of Paradigm for Parity (a coalition of more than 100 corporations who have committed to closing the gender gap in corporate leadership) and OneTen (a coalition dedicated to hiring one million Black Americans in the next ten years to achieve economic mobility). In addition, we are a 2017 signatory, renewed by Dave Regnery in 2021, to the CEO Action for Diversity and Inclusion pledge (the largest CEO-driven business commitment to advance diversity and inclusion within the workplace). We offer company-sponsored forums to promote diversity and inclusion in the workplace including: • Bridging Connections – a safe forum created to allow our employees to speak from the heart about a variety of topics without fear of retribution. • Employee Resources Groups (ERGs) – we sponsor eight ERGs (the Women’s Employee Network, the Black Employee Network, the Veterans Employee Resource Group, the Asian Employee Resource Group, the Global Organization of Latinos, the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Allies (LGBTA) Employee Resource Group, the InterGenerational Employee Network, and Visibility). All ERGs are voluntary, open and inclusive organizations that offer employees a sense of belonging, networking and learning opportunities. • Women’s Leadership Development Programs • The Women in Action Leadership Program is a virtual, self-paced cohort program that provides women with access to content that promotes their leadership development skills. • The Women on the Rise (WOR) program is designed over eight-weeks to help empower, develop, connect and support emerging women leaders. • The Women’s Leadership Program (WLP) is a cohort program for high potential talent that provides an opportunity to network with other senior women leaders, gain individual insights through an executive mentoring partnership and build leadership skills and confidence through a variety of learning components, speakers, experiences and assessments. • In 2021, we launched The Elevate Series which encompasses the belonging and advancement of the racial and ethnically diverse leaders in our company. This is an extension of the Black Leader Forum in 2019 which was an intensive day and a half session bringing together company leaders to learn, deepen a sense of community and build upon our strategic intent to advance Black leaders. 11 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Learning and Development We offer learning and career development opportunities that enhance our employees’ skills and abilities and ensure contemporary technical and functional skills and competencies such as innovation, collaboration and leadership. Examples of these programs include: • Team Leader Development Program – An eight-week experiential development program that engages, teaches and empowers front-line plant leaders to apply continuous improvement methods, make sound business decisions, solve problems, and serve as a coach of direct workers. • Graduate Training Program (GTP) – A five-month development program designed to prepare university graduate engineers for a rewarding career in technical sales. The program prepares sales engineers to sell Trane’s complex HVAC systems and energy services. The program, started in 1926, is recognized as the industry’s most comprehensive training program and provides intensive technical, business, sales, and leadership training. GTP accelerates careers and provides the skills needed to help us to seek to lower the energy intensity of the world. • Accelerated Development Program (ADP) – An early career rotational program focused on both functional and leadership development, designed to build a pipeline of strong talent for key roles in the organization. Participants rotate to multiple geographic locations and business units during the 2.5 year program, while completing diverse assignments, and receiving dedicated functional training and developmental experiences. Established in 1979, the ADP holds a rich history of developing early talent and spans six functions and four regions. • Leadership Development - We invest in custom, key transition leadership development programs for our high potential talent from immersive experiential leader acceleration labs to innovative global cohort programs. We partner with best-in-class external leadership development experts such as INSEAD, Center for Creative Leadership, and the NeuroLeadership Institute to deliver these programs globally each year. Additionally, we offer to our Trane Technologies people leaders learning programs to develop their skills in leading their teams, such as building diverse and inclusive teams, increasing engagement, and coaching skills. • Professional development – We have numerous online courses in professional development skills as varied as working virtually, resiliency, Microsoft Teams, unconscious bias, effective communication, alert driving, sustainability, and strategic capability initiatives such as product management and other programs that support our strategy of being a world class lean enterprise. • Compliance Training – Our Compliance Training curriculum covers key topics that are important to protect our Company, our people and our customers. Topics include certification in our Code of Conduct, Information Security, Understanding and Preventing Sexual Harassment and Human Trafficking Prevention. All salaried employees globally complete our annual compliance curriculum. Employee Volunteerism In 2021, due to the ongoing challenges connected to the COVID-19 global pandemic, our employees sought out creative alternatives to in-person volunteering, including coordinated virtual volunteering events, and digital mentoring. One of the year’s highlights was our support of a dynamic multi-state exhibition called Creators Wanted, that introduced thousands of junior and senior high school students in multiple U.S. states to the rewarding career pathways available in manufacturing. Our teams volunteered hundreds of hours, partnering with the National Association of Manufacturers, producing a unique and lasting experience. Last year, we introduced a new Global Volunteer Time program to support salaried employees with a full eight-hour workday per calendar year to volunteer their time with eligible non-profit organizations. This program was made available for hourly employees at select locations. Through the Volunteer Time Off program and individual acts of volunteerism, our generous employees around the world contributed more than 10,000 hours of volunteerism in 2021. Our support for those in need also included our own colleagues support for one another. Due to the continued impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, and an unforeseen weather event in our plant in Tyler, Texas, Trane Technologies employees and the Trane Technologies Foundation donated grants to employees facing extraordinary hardship through our Helping Hand Fund. These grants totaled approximately $0.6 million, providing approximately 400 employees with critical support for themselves and their families. 12 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Health, Safety and Well-Being Trane Technologies believes in supporting the total health and safety of our employees. It is even more critical given the impact of COVID-19, and we continue to provide expanded support by: • Providing 100% of our employees around the world access to at least one company-sponsored wellness activity, including implementing a holistic wellness engagement platform globally to support personal needs of employees and to provide mental health support resources. • Initiating a global workstream to assess mental health, to identify areas of concerns and to implement programs and provide resources to support individuals’ mental health needs. Global ERGs sponsored mental health education sessions, which included raising awareness of mental health risks and patient health questionnaire (PHQ) assessment methods. Through our global Employee Assistance Program, employees received frequent communications on resources, targeted to crisis concerns such as mental health, childcare, and education. • Accelerating our “Future of Work” initiative to create revised Flex Time and Flex Place policies and resources that vary by type of role, continued work-from-home arrangements, and other approaches to ensuring productivity while being supportive to employee needs. • Providing global employees with up to 4 hours of paid time off per vaccine or booster dose to support and encourage all employees to be fully vaccinated for COVID-19. • Facilitating the delivery of critical medical resources, including oxygen, to support employees in locations where essential supplies were in shortage. In 2021 we continued our multi-year, world class safety record with a Lost-time Incident Rate below 0.10 and Recordable Rate below 1.00. In response to the pandemic, we continue to monitor, track and implement COVID-19 guidance based on World Health Organization (WHO), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and other local or country specific guidelines. We internally track the number of COVID-19 confirmed cases and keep close contact with those who quarantine. We compare these numbers to local community infection rates where available. In our factories, we reconfigured over 5,000 workstations to meet the social distancing guidelines. We also completed over 40,000 observations of our service technicians and manufacturing employees to ensure all employees were following our COVID-19 protocols. Competitive Pay and Benefits Trane Technologies’ compensation programs and policies are designed to align the compensation of our employees with the Company’s performance and strategy: to attract and retain a talented workforce and to meet the needs of employees globally. We are committed to providing competitive and equitable wages and benefits that will allow our employees to thrive at work and at home. In addition, the structure of our compensation programs balances incentive earnings for both long-term and short-term performance, with our annual incentive plan closely tied to our 2030 sustainability commitments, which includes environmental sustainability and workforce diversity goals, in addition to financial goals. Trane Technologies’ benefits programs and policies are designed to support the wellbeing of employees so they can thrive at work and at home. Purpose-driven and locally relevant benefits programs are provided globally. In addition to core and competitive medical, welfare and retirement programs, benefit offerings include programs to support work-life balance, including: • Expanded family support programs inclusive of child and elder back-up care programs; • Enhanced parental leave programs; and • Tuition reimbursement to support the ongoing growth and development of our employees. Our proxy statement provides more detail on the competitive compensation and benefit programs we offer. AVAILABLE INFORMATION We have used, and intend to continue to use, the homepage, the investor relations and the “News” section of our website (www.tranetechnologies.com), among other sources such as press releases, public conference calls and webcasts, as a means of disclosing additional information, which may include future developments regarding the Company and/or 13 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I material non-public information. We encourage investors, the media, and others interested in our Company to review the information it makes public in these locations on its website. We file annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to all of the foregoing reports, are made available free of charge on our Internet website (www.tranetechnologies.com) as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Board of Directors of our Company have also adopted and posted in the Investor Relations section of our website the Corporate Governance Guidelines and charters for each of the Board’s standing committees. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this report. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT The following is a list of our executive officers as of February 7, 2022. NAME AND AGE DATE OF SERVICE AS AN EXECUTIVE OFFICER David S. Regnery (59) 8/5/2017 Christopher J. Kuehn (49) 6/1/2015 Marcia J. Avedon (60) 2/7/2007 Mairéad A. Magner (44) 1/6/2022 Paul A. Camuti (60) 8/1/2011 Raymond D. Pittard (56) 7/1/2021 Evan M. Turtz (53) 4/3/2019 Keith A. Sultana (52) 10/12/2015 Heather R. Howlett (44) 3/1/2020 PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION AND OTHER INFORMATION FOR PAST FIVE YEARS Chair of the Board (since January 2022); Chief Executive Officer and Director (since July 2021); President and Chief Operating Officer (January 2020 to June 2021); Executive Vice President (September 2017 to December 2019); Vice President, President of Commercial HVAC, North America and EMEA (2013-2017) Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (since July 2021); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (March 2020 to June 2021); Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (June 2015 to February 2020) Executive Vice President (since January 2022); Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources, Marketing and Communications Officer (since January 2020); Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Communications and Corporate Affairs (June 2013 to December 2019) Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer (since January 2022); Vice President, Talent and Organization Capability (January 2018 to January 2022); Vice President, Human Resources, CTS (March 2015 to January 2018) Executive Vice President and Chief Technology and Strategy Officer (since January 2020); Senior Vice President, Innovation and Chief Technology Officer (August 2011 to December 2019) Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Engineering and Information Technology (since July 2021); Transformation Office Leader (December 2019 to June 2021); Vice President, SBU President of Transport Solutions North America and EMEA (December 2013 to December 2019) Senior Vice President and General Counsel (since April 2019); Secretary (since October 2013); Vice President (2008-2019); Deputy General Counsel, Industrial, General Counsel, CTS (2016-2019) Senior Vice President, Supply Chain and Operational Services (since January 2020); Senior Vice President, Global Operations and Integrated Supply Chain (October 2015-December 2019) Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (since March 2020); Vice President and Corporate Controller (August 2019 to February 2020); Vice President and Corporate Controller, Catalent, Inc. (2015 to August 2019) No family relationship exists between any of the above-listed executive officers of our Company. All officers are elected to hold office for one year or until their successors are elected and qualified. Ms. Avedon has announced her intention to retire in April 2022. 14 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Item 1A. Risk Factors Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are subject to a number of risks that could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks set forth below are those we consider most significant. We face other risks, however, that we do not currently perceive to be material which could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from our expectations. You should evaluate all risks before you invest in our securities. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely impacted. In that case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. RISKS RELATED TO ECONOMIC CONDITIONS The COVID-19 global pandemic and resulting adverse economic conditions have already adversely impacted our business and could have a more material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We continue to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic on all aspects of our business and geographies, including how it has and will impact our customers, team members, suppliers, vendors, business partners and distribution channels. The COVID-19 global pandemic has created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption, which may continue to affect our business operations and may materially and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial position. The COVID-19 global pandemic has caused certain disruptions to and shutdowns of our business and operations and could cause material disruptions to and shutdowns of our business and operations in the future as a result of, among other things, quarantines, worker absenteeism as a result of illness or other factors, social distancing measures and other travel, health-related, business or other restrictions. These effects of the pandemic have created and exacerbated issues concerning the attraction and retention of talent globally. Our business and operations have been impacted globally, resulting in lower revenues for some quarters, supply chain delays and unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate movements from time to time. The COVID-19 global pandemic has also adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, our suppliers and their manufacturers and our customers. Some of our purchases are from sole or limited source suppliers for reasons of cost effectiveness, uniqueness of design, or product quality. The effects of the COVID-19 global pandemic have exacerbated supply chain issues with these suppliers. Any delay in receiving critical supplies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. As a result of the effects of the COVID-19 global pandemic, our costs have increased (including the costs to address the health and safety of our employees), our ability to obtain products or services from suppliers has been and may be adversely impacted, and our ability to operate at certain locations has been and may be impacted, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations have been adversely impacted and could be materially adversely affected if the COVID-19 global pandemic continues or there are resurgences of COVID-19 and its variants. The COVID-19 global pandemic also resulted in severe disruptions and volatility in financial markets which had a material adverse impact on some of our customers and suppliers. A recurrence in volatility due to a resurgence in the COVID-19 global pandemic could impact our access to capital and credit markets. Notwithstanding the introduction of vaccines to combat the COVID-19 global pandemic and measures taken by governments to provide economic stimulus, the severity of the pandemic’s impact on economies in the United States and around the world, the potential length of the economic recovery and the longer-term economic impacts are uncertain. The current and potential further outbreaks and spread of the COVID-19 global pandemic or other future pandemics could cause a delayed recovery, a prolonged recession or future economic disruptions, which could have a further adverse impact on our financial condition and operations. Vaccine mandates and testing requirements have been announced in jurisdictions where we operate. Our efforts to comply with these requirements could result in attrition and could impact our ability to successfully compete for talent, our ability to operate our manufacturing facilities and our ability to service our customers. In addition, compliance and monitoring costs associated with these mandates could be significant. The impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic may also exacerbate other risks discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, any of which could have a material effect on us. This situation is continuing to evolve rapidly and additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently. 15 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Our global operations subject us to economic risks. Our global operations are dependent upon products manufactured, purchased and sold in the U.S. and internationally. These activities are subject to risks that are inherent in operating globally, including: • changes in local laws and regulations including potential imposition of currency restrictions, new or changing tax laws and other restraints; • limitation of ownership rights, including expropriation of assets by a local government, and limitation on the ability to repatriate earnings; • sovereign debt crises and currency instability in developed and developing countries; • trade protection measures such as import or export restrictions and requirements, the imposition of burdensome tariffs and quotas or revocation or material modification of trade agreements; • difficulty in staffing and managing global operations including supply chain disruptions which may be exacerbated by pandemics or other events affecting the supply of labor, materials and components; • difficulty of enforcing agreements, collecting receivables and protecting assets through non-U.S. legal systems; • national and international conflict, including war, civil disturbances and terrorist acts; and • recessions, economic downturns, price instability, slowing economic growth and social and political instability. These risks could increase our cost of doing business internationally, increase our counterparty risk, disrupt our operations, disrupt the ability of suppliers and customers to fulfill their obligations, limit our ability to sell products in certain markets and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. Commodity shortages, supply chain risks and price increases could adversely affect our financial results. We rely on suppliers to secure commodities, particularly steel and non-ferrous metals, and third-party parts and components required for the manufacture of our products. A disruption in deliveries from our suppliers or decreased availability of commodities and third-party parts and components could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers or increase our operating costs. Disruptions have occurred due to the COVID-19 pandemic, capacity constraints, labor shortages, port congestion, logistical problems and other issues. Some of these disruptions have resulted in supply chain constraints affecting our business including our ability to timely produce and ship our products. The unavailability of some commodities and third-party parts and components could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. Volatility in the prices of commodities and third-party parts and components or the impact of inflationary increases could increase the costs of our products and services. We may not be able to pass on these costs to our customers and this could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. Conversely, in the event there is deflation, we may experience pressure from our customers to reduce prices. There can be no assurance that we would be able to reduce our costs (through negotiations with suppliers or other measures) to offset any such price concessions which could adversely impact results of operations and cash flows. While we may use financial derivatives or supplier price locks to hedge against this volatility, by using these instruments we may potentially forego the benefits that might result from favorable fluctuations in prices and could experience lower margins in periods of declining commodity prices. In addition, while hedging activity may minimize near-term volatility of the commodity prices, it would not protect us from long-term commodity price increases. Some of our purchases are from sole or limited source suppliers for reasons of cost effectiveness, uniqueness of design, or product quality. If these suppliers encounter financial or operating difficulties, we might not be able to quickly establish or qualify replacement sources of supply. We face significant competition in the markets that we serve. The markets that we serve are highly competitive. We compete worldwide with a number of other manufacturers and distributors that produce and sell similar products. There has been consolidation and new entrants (including non-traditional competitors) within our industries and there may be future consolidation and new entrants which could result in increased competition and significantly alter the dynamics of the competitive landscape in which we operate. Due to our global footprint we are competing worldwide with large companies and with smaller, local operators who may have customer, regulatory or economic advantages in the geographies in which they are located. In addition, some 16 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I of our competitors may employ pricing and other strategies that are not traditional. While we understand our markets and competitive landscape, there is always the risk of disruptive technologies coming from companies that are not traditionally manufacturers or service providers of our products. Our growth is dependent, in part, on the timely development, commercialization and acceptance of new and enhanced products and services. We must timely develop and commercialize new and enhanced products and services in a rapidly changing technological and business environment in order to remain competitive in our current and future markets and in order to continue to grow our business. The development and commercialization of new products and the modification of existing products and services to meet customer demands require a significant investment of resources and an anticipation of the impact of new technologies and the ability to compete with others who may have superior resources in specific technology domains. We cannot provide any assurance that any new or enhanced product or service will be successfully commercialized in a timely manner, if ever, or, if commercialized, will result in returns greater than our investment. Investment in a product or service could divert our attention and resources from other projects that become more commercially viable in the market. We also cannot provide any assurance that any new or enhanced product or service will be accepted by our current and future markets. Failure to timely develop new and enhanced products and services that are accepted by these markets could have a material adverse impact on our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. The capital and credit markets are important to our business. Instability in U.S. and global capital and credit markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate volatility, or reductions in the credit ratings assigned to us by independent rating agencies could reduce our access to capital markets or increase the cost of funding our short and long term credit requirements. In particular, if we are unable to access capital and credit markets on terms that are acceptable to us, we may not be able to make certain investments or fully execute our business plans and strategies. Our suppliers and customers are also dependent upon the capital and credit markets. Limitations on the ability of customers, suppliers or financial counterparties to access credit at interest rates and on terms that are acceptable to them could lead to insolvencies of key suppliers and customers, limit or prevent customers from obtaining credit to finance purchases of our products and services and cause delays in the delivery of key products from suppliers. Currency exchange rate fluctuations and other related risks may adversely affect our results. We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in currency exchange rates. See Part II Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.” We have operations throughout the world that manufacture and sell products in various international markets. As a result, we are exposed to movements in exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar as well as against other currencies throughout the world. Many of our non-U.S. operations have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, and their results are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Therefore, our reported results will be higher or lower depending on the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency. We use derivative instruments to hedge those material exposures that cannot be naturally offset. The instruments utilized are viewed as risk management tools, and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counter party non-performance, derivative instrument agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such derivative instruments. We also face risks arising from the imposition of exchange controls and currency devaluations. Exchange controls may limit our ability to convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars or to remit dividends and other payments by our foreign subsidiaries or businesses located in or conducted within a country imposing controls. Currency devaluations result in a diminished value of funds denominated in the currency of the country instituting the devaluation. 17 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I RISKS RELATED TO LITIGATION Material adverse legal judgments, fines, penalties or settlements could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. We are currently and may in the future become involved in legal proceedings and disputes incidental to the operation of our business or the business operations of previously-owned entities. Our business may be adversely affected by the outcome of these proceedings and other contingencies (including, without limitation, contract claims or other commercial disputes, product liability, product defects and asbestos-related matters) that cannot be predicted with certainty. Moreover, any insurance or indemnification rights that we may have may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against the total aggregate amount of losses sustained as a result of such proceedings and contingencies. As required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, we establish reserves based on our assessment of contingencies. Subsequent developments in legal proceedings and other events could affect our assessment and estimates of the loss contingency recorded as a reserve and we may be required to make additional material payments, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. The Aldrich and Murray Chapter 11 cases involve various risks and uncertainties that could have a material effect on us. On June 18, 2020, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries Aldrich and Murray each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court. The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures. Such a resolution, if achieved, would likely include a channeling injunction to enjoin asbestos claims resolved in the Chapter 11 cases from being filed or pursued against us or our affiliates. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 7, 2022. Certain of our subsidiaries have entered into funding agreements with Aldrich and Murray (collectively the Funding Agreements), pursuant to which those subsidiaries are obligated, among other things, to fund the costs and expenses of Aldrich and Murray during the pendency of the Chapter 11 cases to the extent distributions from their respective subsidiaries are insufficient to do so and to provide an amount for the funding for a trust established pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent that the other assets of Aldrich and Murray are insufficient to provide the requisite trust funding. On August 26, 2021, we announced that Aldrich and Murray reached an agreement in principle with the court appointed legal representative of the FCR in the bankruptcy proceedings. The agreement in principle includes the key terms for the permanent resolution of all current and future asbestos claims against Aldrich and Murray (Asbestos Claims) pursuant to the Plan as described further in Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies” and “Item 1- Legal Proceedings” in this report. The agreement in principle with the FCR is subject to final documentation and is conditioned on arrangements acceptable to Aldrich and Murray with respect to their asbestos insurance assets. The current asbestos claimants (the ACC) are not a party to the agreement in principle. Any settlement and its implementation in a plan of reorganization is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will approve the agreement on the terms proposed. On September 24, 2021, Aldrich and Murray filed the Plan with the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan is supported by and reflects the agreement in principle reached with the FCR. In connection with the Plan, Aldrich and Murray filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to create a $270.0 million trust intended to constitute a QSF. The funds held in the QSF would be available to provide funding for the Section 524(g) Trust upon effectiveness of the Plan. On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF. The QSF is expected to be funded in the first quarter of 2022 shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order reflecting such approval and such order becomes final and non-appealable. At this point in the Chapter 11 cases of Aldrich and Murray, it is not possible to predict whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve the terms of the Plan, what the extent of the asbestos liability will be or how long the Chapter 11 cases will last. 18 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I There are a number of risks and uncertainties associated with these Chapter 11 cases, including, among others, those related to: • the ultimate determination of the asbestos liability of Aldrich and Murray to be satisfied under a Chapter 11 plan and the ability to consummate the settlement reached with the FCR; • the outcome of negotiations with the ACC and the FCR and other participants in the Chapter 11 cases, including insurers, concerning, among other things, the size and structure of a potential section 524(g) trust to pay the asbestos liability of Aldrich and Murray and the means for funding that trust; • the actions of representatives of the asbestos claimants, including the ACC’s pursuit of certain causes of action against us, following the Bankruptcy Court’s grant of the ACC’s motion seeking standing to investigate and pursue certain causes of action at a hearing held on January 27, 2022, and other potential actions by the ACC in opposition to, or otherwise inconsistent with, the efforts by Aldrich and Murray to diligently prosecute the Chapter 11 cases and ultimately seek Bankruptcy Court approval of a plan of reorganization; • the decisions of the Bankruptcy Court relating to numerous substantive and procedural aspects of the Chapter 11 cases, including in connection with a proceeding by Aldrich and Murray to estimate their aggregate liability for asbestos claims, following the Bankruptcy Court’s grant of their motion seeking such a proceeding at a hearing held on January 27, 2022, and other efforts by Aldrich and Murray to diligently prosecute the Chapter 11 cases and ultimately seek Bankruptcy Court approval of a plan of reorganization, whether such decisions are in response to actions of representatives of the asbestos claimants or otherwise; • the risk that Aldrich and Murray may be unable to obtain the necessary approvals of the Bankruptcy Court or the United States District Court for the Western District of North Carolina (the District Court) of a plan of reorganization; • the risk that any orders approving a plan of reorganization and issuing the channeling injunction do not become final; • the terms and conditions of any plan of reorganization that is ultimately confirmed in the Chapter 11 cases; • delays in the confirmation or effective date of a plan of reorganization or the funding of the QSF due to factors beyond the Company’s control; • the risk that the ultimate amount required under any final plan of reorganization may exceed the amounts agreed to with the FCR in the Plan; • the risk that the insurance carriers do not support the Plan, the risk that the ACC objects to the Plan and/or the motion to establish the QSF; and • the decisions of appellate courts regarding approval of a plan of reorganization or relating to orders of the Bankruptcy Court or the District Court that may be appealed. The ability of Aldrich and Murray to successfully reorganize and resolve their asbestos liabilities will depend on various factors, including their ability to reach agreements with representatives of the asbestos claimants on the terms of a plan of reorganization that satisfies all applicable legal requirements and to obtain the requisite court approvals of such plan, and remains subject to the risks and uncertainties described above. We cannot ensure that Aldrich and Murray can successfully reorganize, nor can we give any assurances as to the amount of the ultimate obligations under the Funding Agreements or any plan of reorganization, or the resulting impact on our financial condition, results of operations or future prospects. We also are unable to predict the timing of any of the foregoing matters or the timing for a resolution of the Chapter 11 cases, all of which could have an impact on us. It also is possible that, in the Chapter 11 cases, various parties will seek to bring and will be successful in bringing claims against us and other related parties, including by raising allegations that we are liable for the asbestos-related liabilities of Aldrich and Murray as set forth in certain pleadings filed by the ACC in the Chapter 11 cases. Although we believe we have no such responsibility for liabilities of Aldrich and Murray, except indirectly through our obligation to provide funding to Aldrich and Murray under the terms of the Funding Agreements, we cannot provide assurances that such claims will not be pursued. In sum, the outcome of the Chapter 11 cases is uncertain and there is uncertainty as to what extent we may have to contribute to a section 524(g) trust under the Funding Agreements. 19 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I RISKS RELATED TO CYBERSECURITY AND TECHNOLOGY We are subject to risks relating to our information technology systems. We rely extensively on information technology systems, some of which are supported by third party vendors including cloud-based systems and managed service providers, to manage and operate our business. We invest in new information technology systems designed to improve our operations. We have had failures of these systems in the past and may have failures of these systems in the future. If these systems cease to function properly, if these systems experience security breaches or disruptions or if these systems do not provide the anticipated benefits, our ability to manage our operations could be impaired, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. Security breaches or disruptions of the technology systems, infrastructure or products of the Company or our vendors could negatively impact our business and financial results. Our information technology systems, networks and infrastructure and technology embedded in certain of our control products have been and are vulnerable to cyber attacks and unauthorized security intrusions. From time to time, vulnerabilities in our products are discovered and updates are made available, but customers are vulnerable until those updates are applied or other mitigating actions are taken by customers to protect their systems and networks. Like other large companies, certain of our information technology systems and the systems of our vendors have been subject to computer viruses, malicious code, unauthorized access, phishing attempts, denial-of-service attacks and other cyber attacks and we expect that we and our vendors will be subject to similar attacks in the future. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2021 a third-party provider that we use for time and attendance tracking experienced a ransomware event that affected our access to this software solution. We activated our crisis management team and business continuity processes and were able to employ alternate methods for tracking time and attendance. While the issue did not directly affect our operations or IT systems, the issue caused and continues to cause disruption and a reallocation of management’s time and attention to address the problem. The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage information technology systems are constantly changing and evolving. Despite having instituted security policies and business continuity plans, and implementing and regularly reviewing and updating processes and procedures to protect against unauthorized access and requiring similar protections from our vendors, the ever-evolving threats mean we are continually evaluating and adapting our systems and processes and ask our vendors to do the same, and there is no guarantee that such systems and processes will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches or misuses of data. Hardware, software or applications we develop or obtain from third parties sometimes contain defects in design or deployment or other problems that could unexpectedly result in security breaches or disruptions. Open source software components embedded into certain software that we use has in the past contained vulnerabilities and others may be discovered in the future. Such vulnerabilities can expose our systems to malware or allow third party access to data. While these issues are not specific to our Company, we are required to take action when such vulnerabilities are identified including patching and modification to certain of our products and enterprise systems. To date, there has been no material business impact from such vulnerabilities, but we continue to monitor these issues and our responses are ongoing. Our systems, networks and certain of our control products and those of our vendors are vulnerable to system damage, malicious attacks from hackers, employee errors or misconduct, viruses, power and utility outages, and other catastrophic events. Any of these incidents could cause significant harm to our business by negatively impacting our business operations, compromising the security of our proprietary information or the personally identifiable information of our customers, employees and business partners, exposing us to litigation or other legal actions against us or the imposition of penalties, fines, fees or liabilities. Such events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and could damage our reputation which could adversely affect our business. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all the costs related to a cybersecurity attack or disruptions resulting from such attacks. Customers are increasingly requiring cybersecurity protections and mandating cybersecurity standards in our products, and we may incur additional costs to comply with such demands. 20 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Data privacy and protection laws are evolving and present increasing compliance challenges. The regulatory environment surrounding data privacy and protection is increasingly demanding, with the frequent imposition of new and changing requirements across businesses and geographic areas. We are required to comply with complex regulations when collecting, transferring and using personal data, which increases our costs, affects our competitiveness and can expose us to substantial fines or other penalties. Intellectual property infringement claims of others and the inability to protect our intellectual property rights could harm our competitive position. Our intellectual property (IP) rights are important to our business and include numerous patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary technology, technical data, business processes, and other confidential information. Although in aggregate we consider our intellectual property rights to be valuable to our operations, we do not believe that our business is materially dependent on a single intellectual property right or any group of them. In our opinion, engineering, production skills and experience are more responsible for our market position than our patents and/or licenses. Nonetheless, this intellectual property may be subject to challenge, infringement, invalidation or circumvention by third parties. Despite extensive security measures, our intellectual property may be subject to misappropriation through unauthorized access of our information technology systems, employee theft, or theft by private parties or foreign actors, including those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Our business and competitive position could be harmed by such events. Our ability to protect our intellectual property rights by legal recourse or otherwise may be limited, particularly in countries where laws or enforcement practices are inadequate or undeveloped. Our inability to enforce our IP rights under any of these circumstances could have an impact on our competitive position and business. RISKS RELATED TO REGULATORY MATTERS Our reputation, ability to do business and results of operations could be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, agents or business partners. We are subject to regulation under a wide variety of U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws, regulations and policies, including laws related to anti-corruption, anti-human trafficking, anti-bribery, export and import compliance, anti-trust and money laundering, due to our global operations. We cannot provide assurance our internal controls will always protect us from the improper conduct of our employees, agents and business partners. Any violations of law or improper conduct could damage our reputation and, depending on the circumstances, subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, equitable remedies (including profit disgorgement and injunctions on future conduct), securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and the market value of our stock. Our operations are subject to regulatory risks. Our U.S. and non-U.S. operations are subject to a number of laws and regulations, including among others, laws related to the environment and health and safety. We have made, and will be required to continue to make, significant expenditures to comply with these laws and regulations. Any violations of applicable laws and regulations could lead to significant penalties, fines or other sanctions. Changes in current laws and regulations could require us to increase our compliance expenditures, cause us to significantly alter or discontinue offering existing products and services or cause us to develop new products and services. Altering current products and services or developing new products and services to comply with changes in the applicable laws and regulations could require significant research and development investments, increase the cost of providing the products and services and adversely affect the demand for our products and services. The U.S. federal government and various states and municipalities have enacted or may enact legislation intended to deny government contracts to U.S. companies that reincorporate outside of the U.S. or have reincorporated outside of the U.S or may take other actions negatively impacting such companies. If we are unable to effectively respond to changes to applicable laws and regulations, interpretations of applicable laws and regulations, or comply with existing and future laws and regulations, our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted. 21 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Global climate change and related regulations could negatively affect our business. Climate change presents immediate and long-term risks to our Company and to our customers, with the risks expected to increase over time. Our products and operations are subject to and affected by environmental regulation by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over our international operations, including with respect to the use, storage, and dependence upon refrigerants which are considered greenhouse gases. Refrigerants are essential to many of our products and there is concern regarding the global warming potential of such materials. As such, national, regional and international regulations and policies are being implemented to curtail their use. Some of these regulations could have a negative competitive impact on our company by requiring us to make costly changes to our products. As regulations reduce the use of the current class of widely used refrigerants, we are developing and selling our next generation products that utilize lower global warming potential solutions. There can be no assurance that climate change or environmental regulation or deregulation will not have a negative competitive impact on our ability to sell these products or that economic returns will match the investment that we are making in new product development. We face increasing complexity related to product design, the use of regulated materials, the associated energy consumption and efficiency related to the use of products, the transportation and shipping of products, climate change regulations, and the reuse, recycling and/or disposal of products and their components at end-of-use or useful life as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to our transition to a more circular economy. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. Such regulatory uncertainty extends to future incentives for energy efficient buildings and vehicles and costs of compliance, which may impact the demand for our products, obsolescence of our products and our results of operations. Our climate commitment requires us to offer a full line of next generation products by 2030 without compromising safety or energy efficiency. Additionally, in 2019, we announced our 2030 commitment which targets reducing one gigaton – one billion metric tons – of carbon emissions (CO2e) from our customers’ footprint by 2030. While we are committed to pursuing these sustainability objectives, there can be no assurance that we will successfully achieve our commitments. Failure to meet these commitments could result in reputational harm to our company. Changes regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory, compliance risks and costs. RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS Our business strategy includes acquiring businesses, product lines, technologies and capabilities, plants and other assets, entering into joint ventures and making investments that complement our existing businesses. We also occasionally divest businesses that we own. We may not identify acquisition or joint venture candidates or investment opportunities at the same rate as the past. Acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures and investments that we identify could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results. We continue to analyze and evaluate the acquisition and divestiture of strategic businesses and product lines, technologies and capabilities, plants and other assets, joint ventures and investments with the potential to, among other things, strengthen our industry position, to enhance our existing set of product and services offerings, to increase productivity and efficiencies, to grow revenues, earnings and cash flow, to help us stay competitive or to reduce costs. There can be no assurance that we will identify or successfully complete transactions with suitable candidates in the future, that we will consummate these transactions at rates similar to the past or that completed transactions will be successful. Strategic transactions may involve significant cash expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such transactions involve numerous other risks, including: • diversion of management time and attention from daily operations; • difficulties integrating acquired businesses, technologies and personnel into our business, including doing so without high costs; • difficulties in obtaining and verifying the financial statements and other business and other due diligence information of acquired businesses; • inability to obtain required regulatory approvals and/or required financing on favorable terms; • potential loss of key employees, key contractual relationships or key customers of either acquired businesses or our business; 22 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I • assumption of the liabilities and exposure to unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities of acquired businesses and exposure to regulatory sanctions; • inheriting internal control deficiencies; • dilution of interests of holders of our common shares through the issuance of equity securities or equity-linked securities; and • in the case of joint ventures and other investments, interests that diverge from those of our partners without the ability to direct the management and operations of the joint venture or investment in the manner we believe most appropriate to achieve the expected value. Any acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures or investments may ultimately harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There are additional risks related to our Reverse Morris Trust transaction, see “Risks Related to the Transactions” for more information. Natural disasters, epidemics or other unexpected events may disrupt our operations, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and may not be fully covered by insurance. The occurrence of one or more catastrophic events including hurricanes, fires, earthquakes, floods and other forms of severe weather, health epidemics or pandemics or other contagious outbreaks or other catastrophic events in the U.S. or in other countries in which we operate or are located could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. Natural disasters, power outages, health epidemics or pandemics or other contagious outbreaks or other unexpected events could result in physical damage to and complete or partial closure of one or more of our plants, temporary or long-term disruption of our operations by causing business interruptions, material scarcity, price volatility or supply chain disruptions. Climate change is a risk multiplier with respect to these physical disasters in both frequency and severity and may affect our global business operations as a result. Existing insurance arrangements may not provide full protection for the costs that may arise from such events, particularly if such events are catastrophic in nature or occur in combination. The occurrence of any of these events could increase our insurance and other operating costs or harm our sales in affected areas. Our business may be adversely affected by temporary work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force. Certain of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements or works councils. We experience from time-to-time temporary work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force and some of these events could result in significant increases in our cost of labor, impact our productivity or damage our reputation. Additionally, a work stoppage at one of our suppliers could materially and adversely affect our operations if an alternative source of supply were not readily available. Stoppages by employees of our customers could also result in reduced demand for our products. Some of these issues have been and may in the future be exacerbated by effects of the COVID-19 global pandemic as described in our risk factor - “The COVID-19 global pandemic and resulting adverse economic conditions have already adversely impacted our business and could have a more material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations”. RISKS RELATING TO TAX MATTERS Changes in tax or other laws, regulations or treaties, changes in our status under U.S. or non-U.S. laws or adverse determinations by taxing or other governmental authorities could increase our tax burden or otherwise affect our financial condition or operating results, as well as subject our shareholders to additional taxes. The taxes associated with our operations and corporate structure could be impacted by changes in tax or other laws, treaties or regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof by the U.S. or non-U.S. tax or other governmental authorities. While the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) was passed in the U.S. in 2017, further guidance, regulations, and technical corrections pertaining to TCJA continue to be issued by the tax authorities, some of which may have retroactive application. We continue to monitor and review new guidance and regulations as they are issued, as any changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. In addition, the U.S. Congress is actively engaged in formulating new legislative proposals. Any future legislative changes to the tax laws and judicial or regulatory interpretation thereof, the geographic mix of earnings, changes in overall profitability, and other factors could also materially impact our effective tax rate. 23 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I We continue to monitor for other tax changes, U.S. (including state and local) and non-U.S. related, which can also adversely impact our overall tax burden. From time to time, proposals have been made and/or legislation has been introduced to change the tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof of various jurisdictions or limit tax treaty benefits that if enacted or implemented could materially increase our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) has released proposals to create an agreed set of international rules for fighting base erosion and profit shifting, including Pillar One and Pillar Two, such that tax laws in countries in which we do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could adversely impact us. The OECD (and the European Commission) have also committed to implementing a global minimum tax rate (proposed 15% minimum tax rate, agreed upon by over 135 jurisdictions, including Ireland). Full details are uncertain and timing is currently proposed to be January 1, 2023. As a consequence, our global effective tax rate could be materially impacted by such legislation, or any resulting local country legislation enacted in response to any potential global minimum tax rates. Finally, the European Commission has been very active in investigating whether various tax regimes or private tax rulings provided by a country to particular taxpayers may constitute State Aid. We cannot predict the outcome of any of these potential changes or investigations in any of the jurisdictions, but if any of the above occurs and impacts us, this could materially increase our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. While we monitor proposals and other developments that would materially impact our tax burden and/or effective tax rate and investigate our options, we could still be subject to increased taxation on a going forward basis no matter what action we undertake if certain legislative proposals or regulatory changes are enacted, certain tax treaties are amended and/or our interpretation of applicable tax or other laws is challenged and determined to be incorrect. In particular, any changes and/or differing interpretations of applicable tax law that have the effect of disregarding the shareholders’ decision to reorganize in Ireland, limiting our ability to take advantage of tax treaties between jurisdictions, modifying or eliminating the deductibility of various currently deductible payments, or increasing the tax burden of operating or being resident in a particular country could subject us to increased taxation. In addition, tax authorities periodically review tax returns filed by us and can raise issues regarding our filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which we operate. These examinations on their own, or any subsequent litigation related to the examinations, may result in additional taxes or penalties against us. If the ultimate result of these audits differs from our original or adjusted estimates, they could have a material impact on our tax provision. RISKS RELATED TO OUR REVERSE MORRIS TRUST TRANSACTION On the Distribution Date, we completed the Transaction with Gardner Denver, which changed its name to Ingersoll Rand after the Transaction whereby we distributed Ingersoll-Rand U.S. Holdco, Inc., which contained Ingersoll Rand Industrial, through the Distribution to our shareholders of record as of February 24, 2020. Ingersoll Rand Industrial then merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand. Upon close of the Transaction, our existing shareholders received approximately 50.1% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock on a fully-diluted basis and Gardner Denver stockholders retained approximately 49.9% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand on a fully diluted basis. As a result, our shareholders received 0.8824 shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock with respect to each share of our stock owned as of February 24, 2020. In connection with the Transaction, we received a special cash payment of $1.9 billion. If the Distribution as part of our Reverse Morris Trust Transaction is determined to be taxable for Irish tax purposes, significant Irish tax liabilities may arise for our shareholders. We received an opinion from Irish Revenue regarding certain tax matters associated with the Distribution, as well as a legal opinion from our Irish counsel Arthur Cox, regarding certain Irish tax consequences for shareholders of the Distribution. For our shareholders that are not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes and that do not hold their shares in connection with a trade or business carried on by such shareholders through an Irish branch or agency, we consider, based on both opinions taken together, that no adverse Irish tax consequences for such shareholders should have arisen. These opinions relied on certain facts and assumptions and certain representations. Notwithstanding the opinion from Irish Revenue, Irish Revenue could ultimately determine on audit that the Distribution is 24 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I taxable for Irish tax purposes, for example, if it determines that any of these facts, assumptions or representations are not correct or have been violated. A legal opinion represents the tax adviser’s best legal judgment and is not binding on Irish Revenue or the courts and Irish Revenue or the courts may not agree with the legal opinion. In addition, the legal opinion is based on current law and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the Distribution ultimately is determined to be taxable for Irish tax purposes, certain of our shareholders and we could have significant Irish tax liabilities as a result of the Distribution, and there could be a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods. If the Distribution together with certain related transactions do not qualify as tax-free under Sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code, including as a result of subsequent acquisitions of stock of the Company or Ingersoll Rand Inc., then the Company and our shareholders may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes, and Ingersoll Rand Inc. may be obligated to indemnify the Company for such taxes imposed on the Company. We received an opinion from our U.S. tax counsel Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (Paul Weiss) substantially to the effect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Distribution together with certain related transactions undertaken in anticipation of the Distribution and taking into account the merger of Ingersoll Rand Industrial with the wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand will qualify as a tax-free transaction under Sections 368(a), 361 and 355 of the Code, with the result that we and our shareholders will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the spin-off. The opinion of our counsel was based on, among other things, certain representations and assumptions as to factual matters made by Ingersoll Rand, Ingersoll Rand Industrial and the Company. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects could adversely affect the validity of the opinion of counsel. An opinion of counsel represents counsel’s best legal judgment, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. In addition, the opinion will be based on current law, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the Distribution, and/or related internal transactions in anticipation of the Distribution ultimately are determined to be taxable, we could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities, which could cause a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in future reporting periods, although if this determination resulted from certain actions taken by Ingersoll Rand Industrial or Ingersoll Rand Inc., Ingersoll Rand Inc. would be required to bear the cost of any resultant tax liability pursuant to the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement. The Distribution will be taxable to the Company pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code if there is a 50% or greater change in ownership of either the Company or Ingersoll Rand Industrial, directly or indirectly (including through such a change in ownership of Ingersoll Rand Inc.), as part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the Distribution. A Section 355(e) change of ownership would not make the Distribution taxable to our shareholders, but instead may result in corporate-level taxable gain to certain of our subsidiaries. Because our shareholders will collectively be treated as owning more than 50% of the Ingersoll Rand Inc. common stock following the merger, the merger alone should not cause the Distribution to be taxable to our subsidiaries under Section 355(e). However, Section 355(e) might apply if other acquisitions of stock of the Company before or after the merger, or of Ingersoll Rand Inc. before or after the merger, are considered to be part of a plan or series of related transactions that include the Distribution together with certain related transactions. If Section 355(e) applied, certain of our subsidiaries might recognize a very substantial amount of taxable gain, although if this applied as a result of certain actions taken by Ingersoll Rand Industrial, Ingersoll Rand Inc. or certain specified Ingersoll Rand Inc. stockholders, Ingersoll Rand Inc. would be required to bear the cost of any resultant tax liability under Section 355(e) pursuant to the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement. If the merger does not qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code, our shareholders may be required to pay substantial U.S. federal income taxes. We have received an opinion from Paul Weiss, and Ingersoll Rand Inc. has received an opinion from their counsel Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, substantially to the effect that the merger will qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code with the result that U.S. holders of Ingersoll Rand Industrial common stock who received Ingersoll Rand common stock in the merger will not recognize any gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes (except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock). These opinions were based upon, among other things, certain representations and assumptions as to factual matters made by Ingersoll Rand Inc., the Company, Ingersoll Rand Industrial and the merger subsidiary used by Ingersoll Rand Inc. The failure of any factual representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete in all material respects could 25 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I adversely affect the validity of the opinions. An opinion of counsel represents counsel’s best legal judgment, is not binding on the IRS or the courts, and the IRS or the courts may not agree with the opinion. In addition, the opinions will be based on current law, and cannot be relied upon if current law changes with retroactive effect. If the merger were taxable, U.S. holders of Ingersoll Rand Industrial would be considered to have made a taxable sale of their Ingersoll Rand Industrial common stock to Ingersoll Rand Inc., and such U.S. holders of Ingersoll Rand Industrial would generally recognize taxable gain or loss on their receipt of Ingersoll Rand Inc. common stock in the merger. RISKS RELATED TO OUR IRISH DOMICILE Irish law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities. The United States currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As such, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on U.S. federal or state civil liability laws, including the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws, or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions, indemnification of directors and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States. In addition, Irish law does not allow for any form of legal proceedings directly equivalent to the class action available in the United States. Irish law allows shareholders to authorize share capital which then can be issued by a board of directors without shareholder approval. Also, subject to specified exceptions, Irish law grants statutory pre-emptive rights to existing shareholders to subscribe for new issuances of shares for cash but allows shareholders to authorize the waiver of the statutory pre-emptive rights with respect to any particular allotment of shares. Under Irish law, we must have authority from our shareholders to issue any shares, including shares that are part of the Company’s authorized but unissued share capital. In addition, unless otherwise authorized by its shareholders, when an Irish company issues shares for cash to new shareholders, it is required first to offer those shares on the same or more favorable terms to existing shareholders on a pro-rata basis. If we are unable to obtain these authorizations from our shareholders or are otherwise limited by the terms of our authorizations, our ability to issue shares or otherwise raise capital could be adversely affected. Dividends received by our shareholders may be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax. In certain circumstances, we are required to deduct Irish dividend withholding tax (currently at the rate of 25%) from dividends paid to our shareholders. In the majority of cases, shareholders resident in the United States will not be subject to Irish withholding tax, and shareholders resident in a number of other countries will not be subject to Irish withholding tax provided that they complete certain Irish dividend withholding tax forms. However, some shareholders may be subject to withholding tax, which could have an adverse impact on the price of our shares. Dividends received by our shareholders could be subject to Irish income tax. Dividends paid in respect of our shares will generally not be subject to Irish income tax where the beneficial owner of these dividends is exempt from dividend withholding tax, unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in Trane Technologies plc. Our shareholders who receive their dividends subject to Irish dividend withholding tax will generally have no further liability to Irish income tax on the dividends unless the beneficial owner of the dividend has some connection with Ireland other than his or her shareholding in Trane Technologies plc. 26 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. Item 2. PROPERTIES As of December 31, 2021, we owned or leased approximately 27 million square feet of space worldwide. Manufacturing and assembly operations are conducted in 35 plants across the world. We also maintain various warehouses, offices and repair centers throughout the world. The majority of our plant facilities are owned by us with the remainder under long- term lease arrangements. We believe that our plants have been well maintained, are generally in good condition and are suitable for conducting our business. The locations by segment of our principal plant facilities at December 31, 2021 were as follows: EMEA ASIA PACIFIC Bangkok, Thailand Taicang, China Wujiang, China Zhongshan, China Barcelona, Spain Bari, Italy Charmes, France Essen, Germany Galway, Ireland Golbey, France King Abdullah Economic City, Saudi Arabia Kolin, Czech Republic AMERICAS Arecibo, Puerto Rico Brampton, Ontario Charlotte, North Carolina Clarksville, Tennessee Columbia, South Carolina Curitiba, Brazil Fairlawn, New Jersey Fort Smith, Arkansas Fremont, Ohio Grand Rapids, Michigan Hastings, Nebraska La Crosse, Wisconsin Lynn Haven, Florida Marietta, Ohio Monterrey, Mexico Newberry, South Carolina Pueblo, Colorado Rushville, Indiana St. Paul, Minnesota Trenton, New Jersey Tyler, Texas Vidalia, Georgia Waco, Texas Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS In the normal course of business, we are involved in a variety of lawsuits, claims and legal proceedings, including those related to the bankruptcy proceedings for Aldrich and Murray, commercial and contract disputes, employment matters, product liability and product defect claims, asbestos-related claims, environmental liabilities, intellectual property disputes, and tax-related matters. In our opinion, pending legal matters are not expected to have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows. 27 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART I ASBESTOS-RELATED MATTERS On the Petition Date, Aldrich and Murray each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed. Only Aldrich and Murray have filed for Chapter 11 relief. Neither Aldrich’s wholly-owned subsidiary, 200 Park, Murray’s wholly-owned subsidiary, ClimateLabs, Trane Technologies plc nor the Trane Companies are part of the Chapter 11 filings. The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures. Such a resolution, if achieved, would likely include a channeling injunction to enjoin asbestos claims resolved in the Chapter 11 cases from being filed or pursued against us or our affiliates. On August 26, 2021, we announced that Aldrich and Murray reached an agreement in principle with the FCR in the bankruptcy proceedings. The agreement includes the key terms for the permanent resolution of all current and future asbestos claims against Aldrich and Murray pursuant to the Plan. Under the agreed terms, the Plan would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and establish claims resolution procedures for the Asbestos Claims. On the effective date of the Plan, Aldrich and Murray would fund the trust with $545.0 million, comprised of $540.0 million in cash and a promissory note to be issued by Aldrich and Murray to the trust in the principal amount of $5.0 million, and the Asbestos Claims would be channeled to the trust for resolution in accordance with the claims resolution procedures. Following the effective date of the Plan, Aldrich and Murray, would have no further obligations with respect to the Asbestos Claims. The FCR has agreed to support such Plan. The agreement in principle with the FCR is subject to final documentation and is conditioned on arrangements acceptable to Aldrich and Murray with respect to their asbestos insurance assets. It is currently contemplated that the asbestos insurance assets of Aldrich and Murray would be contributed to the trust, and that, in consideration of their cash contribution to the trust, Aldrich and Murray would have the exclusive right to pursue, collect and retain all insurance reimbursements available in connection with the resolution of Asbestos Claims by the trust. The ACC is not a party to the agreement in principle. Any settlement and its implementation in a plan of reorganization is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will approve the agreement on the terms proposed. On September 24, 2021, Aldrich and Murray filed the Plan with the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan is supported by, and reflects the agreement in principle reached with the FCR. In connection with the Plan, Aldrich and Murray filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to create a $270.0 million trust intended to constitute a QSF. The funds held in the QSF would be available to provide funding for the Section 524(g) Trust upon effectiveness of the Plan. On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF. The QSF is expected to be funded in the first quarter of 2022 shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order reflecting such approval and such order becomes final and non-appealable. At this point in the Chapter 11 cases of Aldrich and Murray, it is not possible to predict whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve the terms of the Plan, what the extent of the asbestos liability will be or how long the Chapter 11 cases will last. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 7, 2022. Prior to the Petition Date, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and former companies were named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. In virtually all of the suits, a large number of other companies have also been named as defendants. The vast majority of those claims allege injury caused by exposure to asbestos contained in certain historical products, primarily pumps, boilers and railroad brake shoes. None of our existing or previously-owned businesses were a producer or manufacturer of asbestos. See also the discussion in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES None. 28 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Information regarding the principal market for our ordinary shares and related shareholder matters is as follows: Our ordinary shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol TT. As of February 1, 2022, the approximate number of record holders of ordinary shares was 2,533. ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES The following table provides information with respect to purchases by us of our ordinary shares during the quarter ended December 31, 2021: PERIOD October 1 - October 31 November 1 - November 30 December 1 - December 31 Total TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED (000’S)(a)(b) AVERAGE PRICE PAID PER SHARE(a)(b) TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED AS PART OF PROGRAM (000’S)(a) APPROXIMATE DOLLAR VALUE OF SHARES STILL AVAILABLE TO BE PURCHASED UNDER THE PROGRAM ($000’S)(a) 0.7 $ 174.74 1,195.8 1,384.3 2,580.8 191.14 196.32 $ 193.91 — 1,195.8 1,382.6 2,578.4 $ 1,899,788 1,671,215 1,399,785 (a) Share repurchases are made from time to time in accordance with management’s capital allocation strategy, subject to market conditions and regulatory requirements. In February 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program (2021 Authorization) upon completion of the prior share repurchase program. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we repurchased and canceled $500.0 million of our ordinary shares leaving approximately $1.4 billion remaining under the 2021 Authorization as of December 31, 2021. (b) We may also reacquire shares outside of the repurchase program from time to time in connection with the surrender of shares to cover taxes on vesting of share based awards. We reacquired 681 shares in October and 1,686 shares in December in transactions outside the repurchase programs. 29 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II PERFORMANCE GRAPH The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our ordinary shares with the cumulative total return on (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and (ii) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Industrial Index for the five years ended December 31, 2021. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in our ordinary shares (adjusted for the Transaction), the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Industrial Index on December 31, 2016 and assumes the reinvestment of dividends. l e u a V x e d n I $400 $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Trane Technologies S&P 500 S&P 500 Industrials Index COMPANY/INDEX Trane Technologies S&P 500 S&P 500 Industrials Index Item 6. [Reserved] 2016 100 100 100 2017 121 122 121 2018 127 116 105 2019 2020 188 153 136 269 181 151 2021 380 233 182 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The following section is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including our financial statements and the notes thereto, which appears elsewhere in this Annual Report. This section discusses 2021 and 2020 significant items affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity and provides a year-to-year comparison between 2021 and 2020. Discussions of 2019 significant items and year-to-year comparisons between 2020 and 2019 have been excluded in this Form 10-K and can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2020. OVERVIEW ORGANIZATIONAL Trane Technologies, plc, is a global climate innovator. We bring sustainable and efficient solutions to buildings, homes and transportation through our strategic brands, Trane® and Thermo King®, and our environmentally responsible portfolio of products, services and connected intelligent controls. 30 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II 2030 SUSTAINABILITY COMMITMENTS Our commitment to sustainability extends to the environmental and social impacts of our people, operations, products and services. Our 2030 Sustainability Commitments have been verified by the SBTi and include our pledge to reduce customer greenhouse gas emissions by one gigaton (one billion metric tons). We are also ‘Leading by Example’ as we make progress toward carbon-neutral operations and zero waste-to-landfill across our global footprint and net positive water use in water-stressed locations. Our ‘Opportunity for All’ commitment focuses on gender parity in leadership, workforce diversity reflective of our communities, and a citizenship strategy that helps underserved communities through enhanced learning environments and pathways to green and Science, Technology, Engineering and Math (STEM) careers. SEPARATION OF INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT BUSINESS On the Distribution Date, we completed the Transaction with Gardner Denver, which changed its name to Ingersoll Rand after the Transaction, whereby we distributed Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc., which contained Ingersoll Rand Industrial, through the Distribution to our shareholders of record as of February 24, 2020. Ingersoll Rand Industrial then merged into a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand. Upon close of the Transaction, our existing shareholders received 50.1% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock on a fully-diluted basis and Gardner Denver stockholders retained 49.9% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand on a fully diluted basis. As a result, our shareholders received .8824 shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock with respect to each share owned as of February 24, 2020. In connection with the Transaction, we received a special cash payment of $1.9 billion. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid Ingersoll Rand $49.5 million to settle certain items related to the Transaction. This payment was related to working capital, cash and indebtedness amounts as of the Distribution Date, as well as funding levels related to pension plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and retiree health benefits. We recorded the settlement as a reduction to Retained earnings during the first quarter of 2021. After the Distribution Date, we do not beneficially own any Ingersoll Rand Industrial shares of common stock and no longer consolidate Ingersoll Rand Industrial in our financial statements. The historical results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial are presented as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS COVID-19 GLOBAL PANDEMIC In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. During the first half of 2020, the COVID-19 global pandemic adversely impacted our business globally including, but not limited to, lower end customer demand, certain supply chain delays, temporary facility closures and limitations of our workforce to essential crews only. In response, we proactively initiated cost cutting actions and actively managed our supply chain in an effort to mitigate the impact of the global pandemic on our business. Despite the challenges set forth by the COVID-19 global pandemic, we continued to sell, install and service our products, invest in our businesses, develop and launch new products and deliver innovative customer solutions for electrification of heating, cooling and transport, enhanced indoor air quality, and precise temperature control along the full vaccine cold chain. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we experienced significant increases in end market demand, executed price increases to cover rapidly increasing material, component and logistics costs and realized strong earnings growth as a result of strong execution across our organization. In addition, to meet our increased customer demand, we are proactively managing industry-wide supply chain and resource constraints and are working closely with our suppliers, customers and logistics providers to mitigate the impacts on our business as we continue to sell, install and service our products. We will continue to monitor the ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic as it evolves and will assess any potential impacts to our business and financial statements as necessary. REORGANIZATION OF ALDRICH AND MURRAY On the Petition Date, our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, Aldrich and Murray each filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed due to the imposition of a statutory automatic stay applicable in Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases. Only Aldrich and Murray have filed for Chapter 11 relief. Neither Aldrich’s wholly-owned subsidiary, 200 Park, Murray’s wholly-owned subsidiary, ClimateLabs, nor the Trane Companies are part of the Chapter 11 filings. 31 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures. Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park and Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs were deconsolidated as of the Petition Date and their respective assets and liabilities were derecognized from our Consolidated Financial Statements. Amounts derecognized in 2020 primarily related to the legacy asbestos-related liabilities and asbestos-related insurance recoveries and $41.7 million of cash. As a result of the deconsolidation, we recognized an aggregate loss of $24.9 million in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings during the year ended December 31, 2020. A gain of $0.9 million related to Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs was recorded within Other income/ (expense), net and a loss of $25.8 million related to Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park was recorded within Discontinued operations, net of tax. Additionally, the deconsolidation resulted in an investing cash outflow of $41.7 million in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, of which $10.8 million was recorded within continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2021, in connection with the agreement in principle reached by Aldrich and Murray with the FCR and the motion to create a $270.0 million QSF, we recorded a charge of $21.2 million to increase our Funding Agreement liability to $270.0 million. The corresponding charge was bifurcated between Other income/ (expense), net of $7.2 million relating to Murray and discontinued operations of $14.0 million relating to Aldrich. On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF, which is expected to be funded in the first quarter of 2022 shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order reflecting such approval and such order becomes final and non-appealable. Therefore, as we expect to fund the QSF shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters the order reflecting its approval, we reclassified our $270.0 million Funding Agreement liability to Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2021. At this point in the Chapter 11 cases of Aldrich and Murray, it is not possible to predict whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve the terms of the Plan, what the extent of the asbestos liability will be or how long the Chapter 11 cases will last. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 7, 2022. See also the discussion in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. TRENDS AND ECONOMIC EVENTS We are a global corporation with worldwide operations. As a global business, our operations are affected by worldwide, regional and industry-specific economic factors as well as political and social factors wherever we operate or do business. Our geographic diversity and the breadth of our product and services portfolios have helped mitigate the impact of any one industry or the economy of any single country on our consolidated operating results. Given our broad range of products manufactured and geographic markets served, management uses a variety of factors to predict the outlook for our company. We monitor key competitors and customers in order to gauge relative performance and the outlook for the future. We regularly perform detailed evaluations of the different market segments we are serving to proactively detect trends and to adapt our strategies accordingly. In addition, we believe our order rates are indicative of future revenue and thus are a key measure of anticipated performance. Current economic conditions have shown improvement but remain mixed across our end markets. The COVID-19 global pandemic continues to impact both the global HVAC and Transport end markets as industry-wide supply chain and resource constraints exist. As vaccine distribution and administration expands, we expect market conditions to continue improving across the geographies where we serve our customers. We believe we have a solid foundation of global brands that are highly differentiated in all of our major product lines. Our geographic and product diversity coupled with our large installed product base provides growth opportunities within our service and corresponding parts and replacement revenue streams. In addition, we are investing substantial resources to innovate and develop new products and services which we expect will drive our future growth. 32 2021 ANNUAL REPORT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 - CONSOLIDATED RESULTS PART II DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS Net revenues Cost of goods sold Gross profit Selling and administrative expenses Operating income Interest expense Other income/(expense), net Earnings before income taxes Provision for income taxes Earnings from continuing operations Discontinued operations, net of tax Net earnings NET REVENUES 2021 2020 PERIOD CHANGE 2021% OF REVENUES 2020% OF REVENUES $ 14,136.4 $ 12,454.7 $ 1,681.7 (9,666.8) (8,651.3) (1,015.5) 4,469.6 3,803.4 666.2 (2,446.3) (2,270.6) (175.7) 2,023.3 1,532.8 490.5 68.4% 31.6% 17.3% 14.3% 69.5% 30.5% 18.2% 12.3% (233.7) (248.7) 1.1 4.1 1,790.7 1,288.2 (333.5) 1,457.2 (20.6) (296.8) 991.4 (121.4) 15.0 (3.0) 502.5 (36.7) 465.8 100.8 $ 1,436.6 $ 870.0 $ 566.6 Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 13.5%, or $1,681.7 million, compared with the same period of 2020. The components of the period change were as follows: Volume Pricing Acquisitions Currency translation Total 7.5% 3.6% 1.6% 0.8% 13.5% The increase in Net revenues was primarily driven by increased end customer demand as a result of improved economic conditions as it relates to the COVID-19 global pandemic compared to the full year of 2020, coupled with pricing increases within all of our segments to offset significant material and freight inflation, and a favorable impact from foreign currency translation. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2020 and the first quarter of 2021, we completed three channel acquisitions, two were completed in the Americas segment and the third was completed within the EMEA segment, further driving an increase in Net revenues as compared to the prior year. Refer to “Results by Segment” below for a discussion of Net revenues by segment. GROSS PROFIT MARGIN Gross profit margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased 110 basis points to 31.6% compared to 30.5% for the same period of 2020 primarily due to price realization and productivity benefits, partially offset by increased direct material, freight and other inflation. SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES Selling and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 7.7%, or $175.7 million, compared with the same period of 2020. The increase in Selling and administrative expenses was primarily driven by higher compensation and employee benefits due to headcount growth, higher incentive compensation and lower cost in the prior year due to delays in merit increases and employee furloughs in certain regions, partially offset by lower spending on restructuring and transformation initiatives. However, Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased 90 basis points from 18.2% to 17.3% primarily due to higher revenues year-over-year. 33 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II INTEREST EXPENSE Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased by 6.0% or $15.0 million compared with the same period of 2020 primarily due to the repayments of $125.0 million of 9.000% Debentures in August 2021, $300.0 million of 2.900% Senior notes in February 2021 and 2020 interest costs related to the $300.0 million of 2.625% Senior notes which were repaid in April 2020. OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE), NET The components of Other income/(expense), net, for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Interest income Foreign currency exchange loss Other components of net periodic benefit credit/(cost) Other activity, net Other income/(expense), net 2021 2020 $ 4.0 $ 4.5 (10.7) (1.6) 9.4 1.1 $ (10.0) (14.7) 24.3 $ 4.1 Other income /(expense), net includes the results from activities other than normal business operations such as interest income and foreign currency gains and losses on transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency. In addition, we include the components of net periodic benefit credit/(cost) for pension and post retirement obligations other than the service cost component. During the year ended December 31, 2021, other activity, net primarily includes a gain of $12.8 million related to the release of a pension indemnification liability, partially offset by a charge of $7.2 million to increase our Funding Agreement liability from asbestos-related activities of Murray. Other activity, net for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily includes a $17.4 million adjustment to correct an overstatement of a legacy legal liability that originated in prior years and a gain of $0.9 million related to the deconsolidation of Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs within other activity, net. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES The 2021 effective tax rate was 18.6% which was lower than the U.S. Statutory rate of 21% due to a $21.4 million reduction in valuation allowances on deferred tax assets primarily related to foreign tax credits as a result of an increase in current year foreign source income, excess tax benefits from employee share-based payments, and earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which in aggregate have a lower effective tax rate. These amounts were partially offset by the recognition of a net $11.6 million tax expense related to a prepayment of an intercompany obligation, U.S. state and local taxes and certain non-deductible employee expenses. Revenues from non-U.S. jurisdictions accounted for approximately 29% of our total 2021 revenues, such that a material portion of our pretax income was earned and taxed outside the U.S. at rates ranging from 0% to 38%. When comparing the results of multiple reporting periods, among other factors, the mix of earnings between U.S. and foreign jurisdictions can cause variability in our overall effective tax rate. The 2020 effective tax rate was 23.0% which was higher than the U.S. Statutory rate of 21% due to a $36.5 million non-cash charge related to the establishment of valuation allowances on net deferred tax assets, primarily net operating losses in certain tax jurisdictions and the write-off of a carryforward tax attribute as a result of the completion of the Transaction, U.S. state and local taxes and certain non-deductible employee expenses. These amounts were partially offset by excess tax benefits from employee share-based payments, a $14.0 million benefit primarily related to a reduction in valuation allowances on deferred taxes related to net operating losses as a result of a planned restructuring in a non-U.S. tax jurisdiction and foreign tax credits as a result of revised projections of future foreign source income and earnings in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which in aggregate have a lower effective tax rate. The impact of the changes in the valuation allowances and the write-off of the carryforward tax attribute increased the effective tax rate by 1.7%. Revenues from non-U.S. jurisdictions accounted for approximately 28% of our total 2020 revenues, such that a material portion of our pretax income was earned and taxed outside the U.S. at rates ranging from 0% to 38%. When comparing the results of multiple reporting periods, among other factors, the mix of earnings between U.S. and foreign jurisdictions can cause variability in our overall effective tax rate. 34 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS The components of Discontinued operations, net of tax for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Net revenues Pre-tax earnings (loss) from discontinued operations Tax benefit (expense) Discontinued operations, net of tax 2021 2020 $ — $ 469.8 (39.3) 18.7 (136.3) 14.9 $ (20.6) $ (121.4) Discontinued operations are retained obligations from previously sold businesses, including amounts related to Ingersoll Rand Industrial as part of the completion of the Transaction and asbestos-related activities of Aldrich. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a charge of $14.0 million to increase our Funding Agreement liability from asbestos-related activities of Aldrich as well as pension and post retirement obligations and environmental costs related to our formerly owned businesses. The year ended December 31, 2020 includes pre-tax Ingersoll Rand Industrial separation costs primarily related to legal, consulting and advisory fees of $114.2 million and a loss of $25.8 million related to the deconsolidation of Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park. The components of Discontinued operations, net of tax for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Ingersoll Rand Industrial, net of tax Asbestos-related activities of Aldrich (post-Petition Date) Other discontinued operations, net of tax Discontinued operations, net of tax 2021 2020 $ 0.1 $ (84.9) (13.3) (7.4) (19.1) (17.4) $ (20.6) $ (121.4) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 - SEGMENT RESULTS We operate under three regional operating segments designed to create deep customer focus and relevance in markets around the world. • Our Americas segment innovates for customers in North America and Latin America. The Americas segment encompasses commercial heating and cooling systems, building controls, and energy services and solutions; residential heating and cooling; and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. • Our EMEA segment innovates for customers in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The EMEA segment encompasses heating and cooling systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings, and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. • Our Asia Pacific segment innovates for customers throughout the Asia Pacific region. The Asia Pacific segment encompasses heating and cooling systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. Management measures operating performance based on net earnings excluding interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring, unallocated corporate expenses and discontinued operations (Segment Adjusted EBITDA). Segment Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for net earnings or other results reported in accordance with GAAP. We believe Segment Adjusted EBITDA provides the most relevant measure of profitability as well as earnings power and the ability to generate cash. This measure is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business and we use this measure for business planning purposes. Segment Adjusted EBITDA also provides a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods and our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates non-cash charges such as depreciation and amortization expense. 35 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II The following discussion compares our results for each of our three reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS 2021 2020 Americas Net revenues Segment Adjusted EBITDA Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues EMEA Net revenues Segment Adjusted EBITDA Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues Asia Pacific Net revenues Segment Adjusted EBITDA Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenues Total Net revenues Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA AMERICAS $ 10,957.1 $ 9,685.9 2,008.8 1,677.7 18.3% 17.3% $ 1,944.9 $ 1,648.1 359.2 18.5% 265.7 16.1% $ 1,234.4 $ 1,120.7 228.5 18.5% 188.8 16.8% $ 14,136.4 $ 12,454.7 2,596.5 2,132.2 % CHANGE 13.1% 19.7% 18.0% 35.2% 10.1% 21.0% 13.5% 21.8% Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 13.1% or $1,271.2 million, compared with the same period of 2020. The components of the period change were as follows: Volume Pricing Acquisitions Total 7.0% 4.3% 1.8% 13.1% The increase in Net revenues was primarily driven by increased end customer demand in all of our businesses as a result of improved economic conditions as it relates to the COVID-19 global pandemic compared to the full year of 2020, favorable pricing to offset significant material and freight inflation and the completion of two channel acquisitions during the fourth quarter of 2020. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 100 basis points to 18.3% compared to 17.3% for the same period of 2020 primarily due to price realization, productivity benefits and higher volumes, which outpaced direct material, freight and other costs driven by inflation and inefficiencies from strained supply chains. EMEA Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 18.0% or $296.8 million, compared with the same period of 2020. The components of the period change were as follows: Volume Currency translation Acquisitions Pricing Transfer of sales from Asia Pacific segment Total 36 11.6% 3.1% 1.6% 1.1% 0.6% 18.0% 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II The increase in Net revenues was primarily driven by increased end customer demand as a result of improved economic conditions as it relates to the COVID-19 global pandemic compared to the full year of 2020, a favorable impact from foreign currency translation and favorable pricing to offset significant material and freight inflation. Also, during the first quarter of 2021, we completed a channel acquisition, which is managed in our EMEA segment, and includes sales formerly reported under our Asia Pacific segment, further driving an increase in Net revenues as compared to the prior year. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 240 basis points to 18.5% compared to 16.1% for the same period of 2020 primarily due to productivity benefits, higher volumes, favorable pricing and favorable product mix, which outpaced direct material, freight and other costs driven by inflation and inefficiencies from strained supply chains. ASIA PACIFIC Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 10.1% or $113.7 million, compared with the same period of 2020. The components of the period change were as follows: Volume Currency translation Pricing Transfer of sales to EMEA segment Total 5.5% 3.6% 2.0% (1.0)% 10.1% The increase in Net revenues was primarily driven by increased end customer demand as a result of improved economic conditions as it relates to the COVID-19 global pandemic compared to the full year of 2020, a favorable impact from foreign currency translation and favorable pricing to offset significant material and freight inflation, partially offset by the transfer of sales to the EMEA segment related to the channel acquisition. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased by 170 basis points to 18.5% compared to 16.8% for the same period of 2020. The increase was primarily driven by productivity benefits, favorable pricing and higher volumes as a result of increased customer demand from improved economic conditions driven by the COVID-19 global pandemic, partially offset by increased direct material, freight and other costs driven by inflation and inefficiencies from strained supply chains, and unfavorable product mix. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. In doing so, we review and analyze our current cash on hand, the number of days our sales are outstanding, inventory turns, capital expenditure commitments and income tax payments. Our cash requirements primarily consist of the following: • Funding of working capital • Debt service requirements • Funding of capital expenditures • Dividend payments • Funding of acquisitions, joint ventures and equity investments • Share repurchases Our primary sources of liquidity include cash balances on hand, cash flows from operations, proceeds from debt offerings, commercial paper, and borrowing availability under our existing credit facilities. We earn a significant amount of our operating income in jurisdictions where it is deemed to be permanently reinvested. Our most prominent jurisdiction of operation is the U.S. We expect existing cash and cash equivalents available to the U.S. operations, the cash generated by our U.S. operations, our committed credit lines as well as our expected ability to access the capital and debt markets will be sufficient to fund our U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect existing non-U.S. cash and cash equivalents and the cash generated by our 37 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II non-U.S. operations will be sufficient to fund our non-U.S. operating and capital needs for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, under the commercial paper program is $2.0 billion, of which we had no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, we had $2,159.2 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, of which $1,461.8 million was held by non-U.S. subsidiaries. Cash and cash equivalents held by our non-U.S. subsidiaries are generally available for use in our U.S. operations via intercompany loans, equity infusions or via distributions from direct or indirectly owned non-U.S. subsidiaries for which we do not assert permanent reinvestment. As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017, additional repatriation opportunities to access cash and cash equivalents held by non-U.S. subsidiaries have been created. In general, repatriation of cash to the U.S. can be completed with no significant incremental U.S. tax. However, to the extent that we repatriate funds from non-U.S. subsidiaries for which we assert permanent reinvestment to fund our U.S. operations, we would be required to accrue and pay applicable non-U.S. taxes. As of December 31, 2021, we currently have no plans to repatriate funds from subsidiaries for which we assert permanent reinvestment. Share repurchases are made from time to time in accordance with management’s balanced capital allocation strategy, subject to market conditions and regulatory requirements. In February 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of our ordinary shares under the 2021 Authorization upon completion of the prior share repurchase program which authorized the repurchase of up to $1.5 billion of our ordinary shares (2018 Authorization). During the year ended December 31, 2021, we repurchased and canceled $1.1 billion of our ordinary shares thus completing the 2018 Authorization and initiated repurchases under the 2021 Authorization of $600.2 million of our ordinary shares leaving approximately $1.4 billion remaining under the 2021 Authorization. Additionally, through January 31, 2022, we repurchased approximately $350 million of our ordinary shares under the 2021 Authorization. In February 2022, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of our ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program (2022 Authorization) upon completion of the 2021 Authorization. We expect to pay a competitive and growing dividend. In February 2021, we announced an 11% increase in our quarterly share dividend from $0.53 to $0.59 per ordinary share, or $2.36 per share annualized. All four 2021 quarterly dividends were paid during the year ended December 31, 2021. In February 2022, our Board of Directors declared an increase in our quarterly share dividend by 14%, from $0.59 to $0.67 per ordinary share, or $2.36 to $2.68 per share annualized starting in the first quarter of 2022. We continue to actively manage and strengthen our business portfolio to meet the current and future needs of our customers. We achieve this partly through engaging in research and development and sustaining activities and partly through acquisitions. Sustaining activities include costs incurred to reduce production costs, improve existing products, create custom solutions for customers and provide support to our manufacturing facilities. Our research and development and sustaining costs account for approximately two percent of annual Net revenues. Each year, we make investments in new product development and new technology innovation as they are key factors in achieving our strategic objectives as a leader in the climate sector. In addition, we make investments in renewable energy production. For example, we invested in on-site solar energy generation at three of our facilities - Trenton, NJ, Columbia, SC, and Taicang, China - to benefit from operational and cost consistency, which is especially important in parts of the world with uncertain electricity prices and availability. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we completed installation of a photovoltaic (PV) system at our Zhongshan, China facility, which will begin generating solar electricity in 2022. These projects did not result in material expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2021. We continue to look for similar improvement opportunities including, but not limited to, increasing energy efficiency, developing products that allow for use of lower global warming potential refrigerants, reducing material content in products, and designing products for circularity. All NPD programs must complete a Design for Sustainability module within our NPD process to ensure that every program has a positive impact on sustainability. We also focus on partnering with our suppliers and technology providers to align their investment decisions with our technical requirements. In pursuing our business strategy, we routinely conduct discussions, evaluate targets and enter into agreements regarding possible acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures and equity investments. Since 2019, we have acquired several businesses, entered into joint ventures and invested in companies that complement existing products and services further enhancing our product portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we deployed capital of approximately $340 million attributable to acquisitions and equity investments. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2020, we 38 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II completed a Reverse Morris Trust transaction with Ingersoll Rand whereby we separated Ingersoll Rand Industrial from our business portfolio, transforming the Company into a global climate innovator. We recognized separation-related costs of $114.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. These expenditures were incurred in order to facilitate the transaction and are included within Discontinued operations, net of tax. We incur ongoing costs associated with restructuring initiatives intended to result in improved operating performance, profitability and working capital levels. Actions associated with these initiatives may include workforce reductions, improving manufacturing productivity, realignment of management structures and rationalizing certain assets. Post separation, we committed to reduce costs by $190 million through 2021 and an additional $110 million by 2023 for a total of $300 million in total annual savings under our transformation initiatives. In order to achieve these cost savings, we anticipate to incur costs up to $150 million through 2022. We currently have incurred approximately $126 million cumulatively through December 31, 2021. We believe that our existing cash flow, committed credit lines and access to the capital markets will be sufficient to fund share repurchases, dividends, research and development, sustaining activities, business portfolio changes and ongoing restructuring actions. Certain of our subsidiaries entered into Funding Agreements with Aldrich and Murray pursuant to which those subsidiaries are obligated, among other things, to pay the costs and expenses of Aldrich and Murray during the pendency of the Chapter 11 cases to the extent distributions from their respective subsidiaries are insufficient to do so and to provide an amount for the funding for a trust established pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent that the other assets of Aldrich and Murray are insufficient to provide the requisite trust funding. During the third quarter of 2021, Aldrich and Murray filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to create a $270 million QSF. The funds held in the QSF would be available to provide funding for the Section 524(g) Trust upon effectiveness of the Plan. On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF. The QSF is expected to be funded in the first quarter of 2022 shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order reflecting such approval and such order becomes final and non-appealable. At this point in the Chapter 11 cases of Aldrich and Murray, it is not possible to predict whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve the terms of the Plan, what the extent of the asbestos liability will be or how long the Chapter 11 cases will last. As the COVID-19 global pandemic impacts both the broader economy and our operations, we will continue to assess our liquidity needs and our ability to access capital markets. A continued worldwide disruption could materially affect economies and financial markets worldwide, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our products, our ability to obtain financing on favorable terms and otherwise adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. See Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors for more information. LIQUIDITY The following table contains several key measures of our financial condition and liquidity at the periods ended December 31: IN MILLIONS Cash and cash equivalents Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt(1) Long-term debt Total debt Total Trane Technologies plc shareholders’ equity Total equity Debt-to-total capital ratio 2021 2020 $ 2,159.2 $ 3,289.9 350.4 4,491.7 4,842.1 6,255.9 6,273.1 775.6 4,496.5 5,272.1 6,407.7 6,427.1 43.6% 45.1 % (1) The $300.0 million of 2.900% Senior notes were repaid in February 2021. The $125.0 million of 9.000% Debentures were repaid in August 2021. 39 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES Our short-term obligations primarily consist of debentures with put features and current maturities of long-term debt. We have outstanding $342.9 million of fixed rate debentures that contain a put feature that the holders may exercise on each anniversary of the issuance date. If exercised, we are obligated to repay in whole or in part, at the holder’s option, the outstanding principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) of the debentures held by the holder. We also maintain a commercial paper program which is used for general corporate purposes. Under the program, the maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, is $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2021. We had no commercial paper outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the terms of our short-term obligations. Our long-term obligations primarily consist of long-term debt with final maturity dates ranging between 2023 and 2049. In addition, we maintain two $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facilities, one of which matures in April 2023 and the other in June 2026. The facilities provide support for our commercial paper program and can be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Total commitments of $2.0 billion were unused at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and further below in Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information for additional information regarding the terms of our long-term obligations and their related guarantees. CASH FLOWS The following table reflects the major categories of cash flows for the years ended December 31, respectively. For additional details, please see the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the Consolidated Financial Statements. IN MILLIONS Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities Operating Activities 2021 2020 $ 1,594.4 $ 1,766.2 (545.7) (2,127.6) (338.5) 884.3 Net cash provided by continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $1,594.4 million, of which net income provided $1,837.5 million after adjusting for non-cash transactions. Net cash provided by continuing operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1,766.2 million, of which net income provided $1,422.5 million after adjusting for non-cash transactions. The year-over-year decrease in net cash provided by continuing operating activities was primarily due to higher working capital balances in the current year, partially offset by higher net earnings. Investing Activities Cash flows from investing activities represents inflows and outflows regarding the purchase and sale of assets. Primary activities associated with these items include capital expenditures, proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment, acquisitions, investments in joint ventures and divestitures. During the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $545.7 million. The primary drivers of the usage was attributable to the acquisition of businesses, which totaled $269.2 million, net of cash acquired, $223.0 million of capital expenditures and other investing activities of $68.6 million primarily related to investment in several companies that complement existing products and services further enhancing our product portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $338.5 million. The primary drivers of the usage was attributable to the acquisition of businesses, which totaled $182.8 million, net of cash acquired and $146.2 million of capital expenditures. In addition, as a result of the deconsolidation of Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs under the Chapter 11 bankruptcy filing, the assets and liabilities of these entities were derecognized, which resulted in a cash outflow of $10.8 million. 40 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II Financing Activities Cash flows from financing activities represent inflows and outflows that account for external activities affecting equity and debt. Primary activities associated with these actions include paying dividends to shareholders, repurchasing our own shares, issuing our stock and debt transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations was $2,127.6 million. The primary drivers of the outflow related to the the repurchase of $1,100.3 million in ordinary shares, dividends paid to ordinary shareholders of $561.1 million and the repayment of long-term debt of $432.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations was $884.3 million. The primary driver of the inflow related to the receipt of a special cash payment of $1,900.0 million pursuant to the completion of the Transaction. This amount was partially offset by dividends paid to ordinary shareholders of $507.3 million, the repayment of long-term debt of $307.5 million and the repurchase of $250.0 million in ordinary shares. Free Cash Flow Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure and defined as Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities, less capital expenditures, plus cash payments for restructuring and transformation costs. This measure is useful to management and investors because it is consistent with management’s assessment of our operating cash flow performance. The most comparable GAAP measure to free cash flow is Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities. Free cash flow may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities to free cash flow the years ended December 31 is as follows: IN MILLIONS Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities Capital expenditures Cash payments for restructuring Transformation costs paid Free cash flow(1) (1) Represents a non-GAAP measure. PENSION PLANS 2021 2020 $ 1,594.4 $ 1,766.2 (223.0) (146.2) 38.1 21.4 68.9 25.4 $ 1,430.9 $ 1,714.3 Our investment objective in managing defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. We seek to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. Our approach to asset allocation is to increase fixed income assets as the plan’s funded status improves. We monitor plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance. In addition, we monitor the impact of market conditions on our defined benefit plans on a regular basis. None of our defined benefit pension plans have experienced a significant impact on their liquidity due to market volatility. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding pensions. CAPITAL RESOURCES Based on historical performance and current expectations, we believe our cash and cash equivalents balance, the cash generated from our operations, our committed credit lines and our expected ability to access capital markets will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures, dividends, share repurchases, upcoming debt maturities, and other liquidity requirements associated with our operations for the foreseeable future. Capital expenditures were $223.0 million, $146.2 million and $205.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our investments continue to improve manufacturing productivity, reduce costs, provide environmental enhancements, upgrade information technology infrastructure and security and advanced technologies for existing facilities. The capital expenditure program for 2022 is estimated to be approximately two percent of revenues, including amounts approved in prior periods. Many of these projects are subject to review and cancellation at our option without incurring substantial charges. 41 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II For financial market risk impacting the Company, see Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.” CAPITALIZATION In addition to cash on hand and operating cash flow, we maintain significant credit availability under our Commercial Paper Program. Our ability to borrow at a cost-effective rate under the Commercial Paper Program is contingent upon maintaining an investment-grade credit rating. As of December 31, 2021, our credit ratings were as follows, remaining unchanged from 2020: Moody’s Standard and Poor’s SHORT-TERM LONG-TERM P-2 A-2 Baa2 BBB The credit ratings set forth above are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal by the assigning rating organization. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. Our public debt does not contain financial covenants and our revolving credit lines have a debt-to-total capital covenant of 65%. As of December 31, 2021, our debt-to-total capital ratio was significantly beneath this limit. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS Our contractual cash obligations include required payments of long-term debt principal and interest, purchase obligations and expected obligations under our pension and postretirement benefit plans. In addition, we have required payments of operating leases, income taxes and expected obligations under the Funding agreement, environmental and product liability matters. For additional information regarding leases, income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits, and contingent liabilities, see Note 10, Note 17 and Note 21, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our material cash requirements include the following contractual and other obligations. DEBT At December 31, 2021, we had outstanding aggregate long-term debt principal payments of $4,872.6 million, with $350.4 million payable within 12 months. The amount payable within 12 months includes $342.9 million of debt redeemable at the option of the holder. The scheduled maturities of these bonds range between 2027 and 2028. Future interest payments on long-term debt total $2,402.4 million, with $215.2 million payable within 12 months. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding debt. PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS Purchase obligations include commitments under legally enforceable contracts or purchase orders. At December 31, 2021, we had purchase obligations of $1,225.0 million, which are primarily payable within 12 months. PENSIONS It is our objective to contribute to the pension plans to ensure adequate funds are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. We currently expect that we will contribute approximately $82 million to our enterprise plans worldwide in 2022. The timing and amounts of future contributions are dependent upon the funding status of the plan, which is expected to vary as a result of changes in interest rates, returns on underlying assets, and other factors. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding pensions. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS We fund postretirement benefit costs principally on a pay-as-you-go basis as medical costs are incurred by covered retiree populations. Benefit payments, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be approximately $34 million in 2022. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding postretirement benefits other than pensions. 42 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR FINANCIAL INFORMATION Trane Technologies plc (Plc or Parent Company) and certain of its 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries provide guarantees of public debt issued by other 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries of Plc. The following table shows our guarantor relationships as of December 31, 2021: PARENT, ISSUER OR GUARANTORS Trane Technologies plc (Plc) Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company (TT Holdings) Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. (TT International) Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited (TT Global) Trane Technologies Financing Limited (TTFL)(1) Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. (TTC HoldCo) NOTES ISSUED NOTES GUARANTEED None None None None 3.550% Senior notes due 2024 3.500% Senior notes due 2026 3.800% Senior notes due 2029 4.650% Senior notes due 2044 4.500% Senior notes due 2049 4.250% Senior notes due 2023 3.750% Senior notes due 2028 5.750% Senior notes due 2043 4.300% Senior notes due 2048 All registered notes and debentures All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo All notes and debentures issued by TTC HoldCo and TTC All notes issued by TTFL Trane Technologies Company LLC (TTC) 7.200% Debentures due 2022-2025 6.480% Debentures due 2025 Puttable debentures due 2027-2028 All notes issued by TTFL and TTC HoldCo (1) On April 30, 2021, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A. (TT Lux) merged into TTFL, an Irish private limited company, and TTFL became the successor issuer of certain notes and assumed the guarantees and other obligations previously held by TT Lux. Each subsidiary debt issuer and guarantor is owned 100% directly or indirectly by the Parent Company. Each guarantee is full and unconditional, and provided on a joint and several basis. There are no significant restrictions of the Parent Company, or any guarantor, to obtain funds from its subsidiaries, such as provisions in debt agreements that prohibit dividend payments, loans or advances to the parent by a subsidiary. The following tables present summarized financial information for the Parent Company and subsidiary debt issuers and guarantors on a combined basis (together, “obligor group”) after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances based on the Company’s legal entity ownerships and guarantees outstanding at December 31, 2021. Our obligor groups as of December 31, 2021 were as follows: obligor group 1 consists of Plc, TT Holdings, TT International, TT Global, TTFL, TTC HoldCo and TTC; obligor group 2 consists of Plc, TTFL and TTC. SUMMARIZED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS IN MILLIONS Net revenues Gross profit (loss) Intercompany interest and fees Earnings (loss) from continuing operations Discontinued operations, net of tax Net earnings (loss) Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests Net earnings (loss) attributable to Trane Technologies plc YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 OBLIGOR GROUP 1 OBLIGOR GROUP 2 $ — — 27.0 (269.3) (18.1) (287.4) — $ — — 270.5 (29.7) (30.6) (60.3) — $ (287.4) $ (60.3) 43 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II SUMMARIZED BALANCE SHEET IN MILLIONS ASSETS Intercompany receivables Current assets Intercompany notes receivable Noncurrent assets LIABILITIES Intercompany payables Current liabilities Intercompany notes payable Noncurrent liabilities DECEMBER 31, 2021 OBLIGOR GROUP 1 OBLIGOR GROUP 2 $ 128.9 $ 494.0 1,348.3 1,831.9 2,662.9 4,160.1 5,045.6 2,400.7 7,758.7 1,623.4 5,531.6 6,135.7 2,452.0 3,288.8 2,400.7 5,712.6 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with those accounting principles requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. These estimates and assumptions have a significant effect on reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities because they result primarily from the need to make estimates and assumptions on matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from these estimates. If updated information or actual amounts are different from previous estimates, the revisions are included in our results for the period in which they become known. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates and assumptions made by management that we consider critical. • Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets – We have significant goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet related to acquisitions. These assets are tested and reviewed annually during the fourth quarter for impairment or when there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of an asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset. In addition, an interim impairment test is completed upon a triggering event or when there is a reorganization of reporting structure or disposal of all or a portion of a reporting unit. The determination of estimated fair value requires us to make assumptions about estimated cash flows, including profit margins, long-term forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. We developed these assumptions based on the market and geographic risks unique to each reporting unit. The estimates of fair value are based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, which primarily incorporates management assumptions about expected future cash flows. Annual Goodwill Impairment Test Impairment of goodwill is assessed at the reporting unit level and begins with a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the goodwill impairment test. For those reporting units that bypass or fail the qualitative assessment, the test compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill in that reporting unit. 44 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II As quoted market prices are not available for our reporting units, the calculation of their estimated fair value is determined using three valuation techniques: a discounted cash flow model (an income approach), a market-adjusted multiple of earnings and revenues (a market approach), and a similar transactions method (also a market approach). The discounted cash flow approach relies on our estimates of future cash flows and explicitly addresses factors such as timing, growth and margins, with due consideration given to forecasting risk. The multiple of earnings and revenues approach reflects the market’s expectations for future growth and risk, with adjustments to account for differences between the guideline publicly traded companies and the subject reporting units. The similar transactions method considers prices paid in transactions that have recently occurred in our industry or in related industries. These valuation techniques are weighted 50%, 40% and 10%, respectively. OTHER INDEFINITE-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS Impairment of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is first assessed using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. This assessment is used as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. For those indefinite-lived assets where it is required, a fair value is determined on a relief from royalty methodology (income approach) which is based on the implied royalty paid, at an appropriate discount rate, to license the use of an asset rather than owning the asset. The present value of the after-tax cost savings (i.e., royalty relief) indicates the estimated fair value of the asset. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value would be recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess. • Business combinations – Acquisitions that meet the definition of a business combination are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. We include the operating results of acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition. We recognize and measure the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration relating to potential earnout provisions. and any non-controlling interest as of the acquisition date fair value. The valuation of intangible assets is determined using an income approach methodology. We use assumptions to value the intangible assets including projected future revenues, customer attrition rates, royalty rates, tax rates and discount rates. The excess, if any, of total consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest is recognized as goodwill. Costs incurred as a result of a business combination other than costs related to the issuance of debt or equity securities are recorded in the period the costs are incurred. Contingent consideration We assess any contingent consideration included in the consideration paid of a business combination. The value recorded is based on estimates of future financial projections on revenue under various potential scenarios, in which a Monte Carlo simulation model runs many iterations based on comparable companies’ revenue growth rates and their implied revenue volatilities. These cash flow projections are discounted with a risk adjusted rate. Each quarter until such contingent amounts are earned, the fair value of the liability is remeasured at each reporting period and adjusted as a component of operating expenses based on changes to the underlying assumptions. The estimates used to determine the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are subject to significant judgment, specifically revenue growth rates, implied revenue volatilities and discount rates. • Asbestos matters – Prior to the Petition Date, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and former companies were named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. We recorded a liability for our actual and anticipated future claims as well as an asset for anticipated insurance settlements. We performed a detailed analysis and projected an estimated range of the total liability for pending and unasserted future asbestos-related claims. We recorded the liability at the low end of the range as we believed that no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. Our key assumptions underlying the estimated asbestos-related liabilities included the number of people occupationally exposed and likely to develop asbestos-related diseases such as mesothelioma and lung cancer, the number of people likely to file an asbestos-related personal injury claim against us, the average settlement and resolution of each claim and the percentage of claims resolved with no payment. Asbestos-related defense costs were excluded from the asbestos claims liability and were recorded separately as services were incurred. None of our existing or previously-owned businesses were a producer or manufacturer of asbestos. We recorded certain income and expenses associated with our asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries within Discontinued operations, net of tax, as they related to previously divested businesses, except for amounts associated with asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries of Murray and its predecessors, which were recorded within continuing operations. 45 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II • Revenue recognition – Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. A majority of our revenues are recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of our revenues are recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives control as we perform work under a contract. For these arrangements, the cost-to-cost input method is used as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as we incur costs. The transaction price allocated to performance obligations reflects our expectations about the consideration we will be entitled to receive from a customer. To determine the transaction price, variable and noncash consideration are assessed as well as whether a significant financing component exists. We include variable consideration in the estimated transaction price when it is probable that significant reversal of revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated with variable consideration is subsequently resolved. We consider historical data in determining our best estimates of variable consideration, and the related accruals are recorded using the expected value method. We enter into sales arrangements that contain multiple goods and services. For these arrangements, each good or service is evaluated to determine whether it represents a distinct performance obligation and whether the sales price for each obligation is representative of standalone selling price. If available, we utilize observable prices for goods or services sold separately to similar customers in similar circumstances to evaluate relative standalone selling price. List prices are used if they are determined to be representative of standalone selling prices. Where necessary, we ensure that the total transaction price is then allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the determination of their relative standalone selling price at the inception of the arrangement. We recognize revenue for delivered goods or services when the delivered good or service is distinct, control of the good or service has transferred to the customer, and only customary refund or return rights related to the goods or services exist. For extended warranties and long-term service agreements, revenue for these distinct performance obligations are recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the respective contract term. • Income taxes – Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in our judgment to be more likely than not. We regularly review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets considering our historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, we record a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit. The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income, and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by us. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by us and can raise issues regarding our filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which we operate. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. We believe that we have adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of these matters. We will adjust our estimate if significant events so dictate. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from our original or adjusted estimates, the effect will be recorded in the provision for income taxes in the period that the matter is finally resolved. • Employee benefit plans – We provide a range of benefits to eligible employees and retirees, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, mortality, turnover rates and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuarial valuations are performed to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated and amortized into earnings over future periods. We review our actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. The discount rate, 46 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II the rate of compensation increase and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets are determined as of each measurement date. We believe that the assumptions utilized in recording our obligations under our plans are reasonable based on input from our actuaries, outside investment advisors and information as to assumptions used by plan sponsors. Changes in any of the assumptions can have an impact on the net periodic pension cost or postretirement benefit cost. Estimated sensitivities to the expected 2022 net periodic pension cost of a 0.25% rate decline in the two basic assumptions are as follows: the decline in the discount rate would increase expense by approximately $4.2 million and the decline in the estimated return on assets would increase expense by approximately $7.2 million. A 0.25% rate decrease in the discount rate for postretirement benefits would increase expected 2022 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $0.5 million. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices which could impact our results of operations and financial condition. FOREIGN CURRENCY EXPOSURES We have operations throughout the world that manufacture and sell products in various international markets. As a result, we are exposed to movements in exchange rates of various currencies against the U.S. dollar as well as against other currencies throughout the world. Many of our non-U.S. operations have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, and their results are translated into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Therefore, our reported results will be higher or lower depending on the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency. Our largest concentration of revenues from non-U.S. operations as of December 31, 2021 are in Euros and Chinese Yuan. A hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in the average exchange rate used to translate Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 from either Euros or Chinese Yuan-based operations into U.S. dollars would result in a decline of approximately $135 million and $70 million, respectively. We use derivative instruments to hedge those material exposures that cannot be naturally offset. The instruments utilized are viewed as risk management tools, primarily involve little complexity and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counterparty non-performance, derivative instrument agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such derivative instruments. We evaluate our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates on our foreign currency derivatives using a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis is a measurement of the potential loss in fair value based on a percentage change in exchange rates. Based on the currency derivative instruments in place at December 31, 2021, a hypothetical change in fair value of those derivative instruments assuming a 10% adverse change in exchange rates would result in an unrealized loss of approximately $18.1 million, as compared with $22.3 million at December 31, 2020. These amounts, when realized, would be offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying transactions. COMMODITY PRICE EXPOSURES We are exposed to volatility in the prices of commodities used in some of our products and we use commodity hedge contracts in the financial derivatives market and fixed price purchase contracts to manage this exposure. Commodity risks are systematically managed pursuant to policy guidelines. As a cash flow hedge, gains and losses resulting from the hedging instruments mitigate a portion of our exposures to changes in commodity prices. The maturities of the commodity hedge contracts coincide with the expected purchase of the commodities. Based on the commodity derivative instruments in place at December 31, 2021, a hypothetical change in fair value of those derivative instruments assuming a 10% decrease in commodity prices would result in an unrealized loss of approximately $7.5 million. These amounts, when realized, would be offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying commodity purchases. 47 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II INTEREST RATE EXPOSURE Our debt portfolio mainly consists of fixed-rate instruments, and therefore any fluctuation in market interest rates is not expected to have a material effect on our results of operations. Item 8. Financial Statements (a) The following Consolidated Financial Statements and the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP dated February 7, 2022, are presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1. Consolidated Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure None. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures (a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded as of December 31, 2021, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act has been recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. (b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. 48 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART II Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making its assessment, management has utilized the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Management concluded that based on its assessment, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein. (c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information None. Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections Not Applicable. 49 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance The information regarding our executive officers is included in Part I under the caption “Executive Officers of Registrant.” The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Item 1. Election of Directors”, “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2022 annual general meeting of shareholders (2022 Proxy Statement). Item 11. Executive Compensation The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our 2022 Proxy Statement. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2022 Proxy Statement. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence The other information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” in our 2022 Proxy Statement. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information contained under the caption “Fees of the Independent Auditors” in our 2022 Proxy Statement. 50 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) 1. 2. 3. Financial Statements See Item 8. Financial Statement Schedules Schedules have been omitted because the required information is not applicable or because the required information is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibits The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 51 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part IV PART IV TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC INDEX TO EXHIBITS (Item 15(a)) DESCRIPTION Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Trane Technologies plc (the “Company”) has filed certain agreements as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other party or parties to such agreements and (i) may have been qualified by disclosures made to such other party or parties, (ii) were made only as of the date of such agreements or such other date(s) as may be specified in such agreements and are subject to more recent developments, which may not be fully reflected in our public disclosure, (iii) may reflect the allocation of risk among the parties to such agreements and (iv) may apply materiality standards different from what may be viewed as material to investors. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe our actual state of affairs at the date hereof and should not be relied upon. On July 1, 2009, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company, completed a reorganization to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the parent company from Bermuda to Ireland. As a result, Ingersoll-Rand plc replaced Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited as the ultimate parent company effective July 1, 2009. All references related to the Company prior to July 1, 2009 relate to Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited. On March 2, 2020, Ingersoll-Rand plc changed its name to Trane Technologies plc. (a) Exhibits EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING Separation and Distribution Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc, dated November 29, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 2, 2013. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and among the Company, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc. and Charm Merger Sub Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on May 6, 2019. Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2019, by and between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Ingersoll-Rand U.S. HoldCo, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on May 6, 2019). Constitution of the Company, as amended and restated on June 2, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2016. Amendment to the Constitution of the Company dated March 2, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to several long-term debt instruments under which, in each case, the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Pursuant to paragraph 4 (iii)(A) of Item 601 (b) of Regulation S-K, the Company agrees to furnish a copy of such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013. 2.1 2.2 2.3 3.1 3.2 4.1 52 2021 ANNUAL REPORT EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING PART IV 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2.875% Senior Notes due 2019. Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 4.250% Senior Notes due 2023. Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited and Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, as guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2043. Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2013, among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, a Bermuda company, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, a Bermuda company, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, a Bermuda company, Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, Ingersoll-Rand Company, a New Jersey corporation, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to the Indenture dated as of June 20, 2013. Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand Company, as co-obligor, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013. Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2015, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll- Rand Company, as co-obligor, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll- Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., and Ingersoll- Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013. Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2016, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand Company, as co-obligor, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll- Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., and Ingersoll- Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 26, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on November 26, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2015 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2016 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017. 53 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013. Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013. Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013. Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, to an indenture dated as of June 20, 2013. Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Trane Technologies Financing Limited and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Filed herewith. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 54 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING 4.15 4.16 4.17 4.18 4.19 4.20 4.21 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2.625% Senior Notes due 2020. Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll- Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll- Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 3.550% Senior Notes due 2024. Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2014, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company and Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 4.650% Senior Notes due 2044. Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 18, 2015, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as issuer, and Ingersoll- Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, and Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2016, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., as Issuer, and Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Ingersoll- Rand International Holding Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, as guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on October 29, 2014. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2015 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2016 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.20 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. 55 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC, and the Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., and Trane Technologies Company LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee. Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll- Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 2.900% Senior Notes due 2021. Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll-Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.750% Senior Notes due 2028. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Filed herewith. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018. 4.22 4.23 4.24 4.25 4.26 4.27 56 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING 4.28 4.29 4.30 4.31 4.32 4.33 Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2018, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll- Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048. Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll- Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.500% Senior Notes due 2026. Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll- Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 3.800% Senior Notes due 2029. Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2019, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, as issuer, Ingersoll-Rand plc, Ingersoll-Rand Luxembourg Finance S.A., Ingersoll- Rand Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Ingersoll-Rand Irish Holdings Unlimited Company and Ingersoll-Rand Company, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 4.500% Senior Notes due 2049. Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Ingersoll-Rand Company, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 26, 2018. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on March 26, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.30 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.31 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. 57 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2020, by and among Ingersoll-Rand Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee. Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Trane Technologies Company LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. Form of Ordinary Share Certificate of Ingersoll- Rand plc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.32 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.33 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Filed herewith. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Form S-3 (File No. 333-161334) filed with the SEC on August 13, 2009. Description of Registrant’s Securities Filed herewith. Form of Global Stock Option Award Agreement (February 2021). Form of Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (February 2021). Form of Global Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement (February 2021). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 24, 2021. Credit Agreement dated June 18, 2021 among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited and Trane Technologies Financing Limited, Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l., Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Company LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and BNP Paribas, as Sustainability Structuring Agents, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, MUFG Bank, Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association as Documentation Agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., BNP Securities Corp. and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto. 4.34 4.35 4.36 4.37 4.38 10.1* 10.2* 10.3* 10.4 58 2021 ANNUAL REPORT EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING PART IV 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10* 10.11* 10.12* 10.13* 10.14* 10.15* 10.16* Credit Agreement dated June 4, 2020 among Trane Technologies Holdco Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited and Trane Technologies Luxembourg Finance S.A., Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à r.l. (“TT Lux Holding Company”), Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company (“Irish Holdings”), Trane Technologies Company LLC (“TTC” and, together with TT Parent, Irish Holdings and TT Lux Holding Company, the “Guarantors”), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA and MUFG Bank, Ltd., as Documentation Agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Citibank, N.A., BofA Securities, Inc., BNP Securities Corp. and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and certain lending institutions from time to time parties thereto. First Amendment to 2020 Credit Agreement dated September 24, 2021. Deed Poll Indemnity of Ingersoll-Rand plc, an Irish public limited company, as to the directors, secretary and officers and senior executives of Ingersoll-Rand plc and the directors and officers of Ingersoll-Rand plc’s subsidiaries. Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2007, by and among American Standard Companies Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries and WABCO Holdings Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries. Tax Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc, dated November 30, 2013. Trane Technologies Incentive Stock Plan of 2013 (amended and restated as of March 2, 2020). Trane Technologies Incentive Stock Plan of 2018 (amended and restated as of March 2, 2020). Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 10, 2020. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on September 30, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on July 1, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Trane Inc.’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-11415) filed with the SEC on July 20, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 2, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Technologies Executive Deferred Compensation Plan II (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020). Filed herewith. Trane Technologies Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan (as amended and restated effective March 2, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Technologies Director Deferred Compensation and Stock Award Plan II (as amended and restated effective March 2, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan (amended and restated effective May 4, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. 59 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING 10.17* 10.18* 10.19* 10.20* 10.21* 10.22* 10.23* 10.24* 10.25* 10.26* Trane Technologies Supplemental Employee Savings Plan II (effective January 1, 2005 and amended and restated through May 4, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of May 4, 2020, except where otherwise stated). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan (Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2020). Trane Technologies Supplemental Pension Plan II (Amended and Restated Effective May 4, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Technologies Elected Officers Supplemental Plan (Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and Restated effective May 4, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. Trane Technologies Key Management Supplemental Program (Effective January 1, 2005 and Amended and Restated effective May 4, 2020). Filed herewith. Description of Annual Incentive Matrix Program. Filed herewith. Form of Tier 1 Change in Control Agreement (Officers before May 19, 2009). Form of Tier 2 Change in Control Agreement (Officers before May 19, 2009). Form of Tier 1 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009). 10.27* Form of Tier 2 Change in Control Agreement (New Officers on or after May 19, 2009). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on December 4, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on December 4, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on August 6, 2009. 10.28* Amended and Restated Major Restructuring Severance Plan (as amended and restated effective May 4, 2020). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s 2020 Form 10-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 9, 2021. 10.29* Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated December 24, 2003. 10.30* Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated June 4, 2008. 10.31* Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated February 4, 2009. 10.32* Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated February 3, 2010. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2003 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on February 27, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on June 10, 2008. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2008 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on March 2, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 5, 2010. 60 2021 ANNUAL REPORT EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING PART IV 10.33* Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated December 23, 2012. 10.34 Michael W. Lamach Letter, dated June 3, 2021. 10.35* Marcia J. Avedon Letter, dated January 8, 2007. 10.36* Marcia J. Avedon Letter, dated December 20, 2012. 10.37* Marcia J. Avedon Letter, dated January 5, 2022. 10.38* David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of September 1, 2017. 10.39* David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of December 9, 2019. 10.40* David S. Regnery Letter, dated as of June 3, 2021. Christopher J. Kuehn Letter, dated as of December 10, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2012 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 4, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-16831) filed with the SEC on March 1, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 2012 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 14, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on January 6, 2022. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on February 12, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 11, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Filed No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on June 4, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 10, 2019. Paul A. Camuti Letter, dated December 5, 2019. Filed herewith. Employee Matters Agreement between Ingersoll-Rand plc and Allegion plc, dated November 30, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-34400) filed with the SEC on December 2, 2013. List of Subsidiaries of Trane Technologies plc. List of Guarantors and Subsidiary Issuers of Guaranteed Securities. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Filed herewith. Filed herewith. Filed herewith. Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith. Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith. Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Furnished herewith. 61 10.41* 10.42* 10.43* 21 22.1 23.1 31.1 31.2 32 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION METHOD OF FILING 101 Furnished herewith. The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the iXBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101). Filed herewith. * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary Not applicable. 62 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Signatures Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. PART IV TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC (Registrant) By: /s/ David S. Regnery David S. Regnery Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Date: February 7, 2022 Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title /s/ David S. Regnery (David S. Regnery) Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Christopher J. Kuehn (Christopher J. Kuehn) Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) /s/ Heather R. Howlett (Heather R. Howlett) Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) /s/ Kirk E. Arnold (Kirk E. Arnold) /s/ Ann C. Berzin (Ann C. Berzin) /s/ April Miller Boise (April Miller Boise) /s/ John Bruton (John Bruton) /s/ Jared L. Cohon (Jared L. Cohon) /s/ Gary D. Forsee (Gary D. Forsee) /s/ Linda P. Hudson (Linda P. Hudson) /s/ Myles P. Lee (Myles P. Lee) /s/ Karen B. Peetz (Karen B. Peetz) /s/ John P. Surma (John P. Surma) /s/ Tony L. White (Tony L. White) Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Date February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 February 7, 2022 63 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part IV PART IV TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC Index to Consolidated Financial Statements Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238) Consolidated Statements of Earnings Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-2 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 F-1 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Trane Technologies plc OPINIONS ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trane Technologies plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, of comprehensive income, of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. BASIS FOR OPINIONS The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. DEFINITION AND LIMITATIONS OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations F-2 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. CRITICAL AUDIT MATTERS The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS OF THE CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION FOR FARRAR SCIENTIFIC CORPORATION ACQUISITION As described in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired 100% of Farrar Scientific Corporation’s (Farrar Scientific) assets. The purchase price for the acquisition was expected to be $349.9 million, comprised of the upfront cash consideration of $251.2 million and the fair value of the contingent consideration relating to an earnout payment at the time of closing the acquisition of $98.7 million. The contingent consideration is payable in 2025 based on the achievement of certain revenue targets by Farrar Scientific from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. Management determines the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration liability using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which runs many iterations based on comparable companies’ revenue growth rates and their implied revenue volatilities. The estimates used to determine the fair value of the contingent consideration liability are subject to significant judgment, specifically revenue growth rates and implied revenue volatilities. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the fair value measurement of the contingent consideration for the Farrar Scientific acquisition is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value of the contingent consideration; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to management’s Monte Carlo simulation model and significant assumptions related to revenue growth rates and implied revenue volatilities; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s fair value of the contingent consideration, including controls over the development of significant assumptions related to revenue growth rates and implied revenue volatilities. These procedures also included, among others, (i) reading the purchase agreement, (ii) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate of the contingent consideration, (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the Monte Carlo simulation model, (iv) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the model, and (v) evaluating the significant assumptions used by management related to revenue growth rates and implied revenue volatilities. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to revenue growth rates involved assessing whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering current and past performance of the acquired business, consistency with external market data, and whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of the Monte Carlo simulation model and evaluating the appropriateness of the implied revenue volatilities assumption. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Charlotte, North Carolina February 7, 2022 We have served as the Company’s auditor since at least 1906. We have not been able to determine the specific year we began serving as auditor of the Company. F-3 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Trane Technologies plc Consolidated Statements of Earnings In millions, except per share amounts FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 2020 2019 PART IV Net revenues Products Services Costs and expenses Cost of products sold Cost of services sold Selling and administrative expenses Operating income Interest expense Other income/(expense), net Earnings before income taxes Provision for income taxes Earnings from continuing operations Discontinued operations, net of tax Net earnings Less: Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests Less: Net earnings from discontinuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests $ 9,498.8 $ 8,372.5 $ 8,968.1 4,637.6 4,082.2 4,107.8 14,136.4 12,454.7 13,075.9 (6,843.1) (6,146.3) (6,541.7) (2,823.7) (2,505.0) (2,543.8) (2,446.3) (2,270.6) (2,320.3) 2,023.3 1,532.8 1,670.1 (233.7) (248.7) 1.1 4.1 (242.8) (28.4) 1,790.7 1,288.2 1,398.9 (333.5) 1,457.2 (20.6) 1,436.6 (296.8) 991.4 (121.4) 870.0 (238.6) 1,160.3 268.2 1,428.5 (13.2) (14.2) (15.2) — (0.9) (2.4) Net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc $ 1,423.4 $ 854.9 $ 1,410.9 Amounts attributable to Trane Technologies plc ordinary shareholders: Continuing operations Discontinued operations Net earnings Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Trane Technologies plc ordinary shareholders: Basic: Continuing operations Discontinued operations Net earnings Diluted: Continuing operations Discontinued operations Net earnings See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. $ 1,444.0 $ 977.2 $ 1,145.1 (20.6) (122.3) 265.8 $ 1,423.4 $ 854.9 $ 1,410.9 $ $ $ $ 6.05 $ 4.07 $ (0.09) (0.51) 5.96 $ 3.56 $ 5.96 $ 4.02 $ (0.09) (0.50) 5.87 $ 3.52 $ 4.74 1.10 5.84 4.69 1.08 5.77 F-4 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Trane Technologies plc Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income In millions FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, Net earnings Other comprehensive income (loss): Currency translation Cash flow hedges Unrealized net gains (losses) arising during period Net (gains) losses reclassified into earnings Tax (expense) benefit Total cash flow hedges, net of tax Pension and OPEB adjustments: Prior service costs for the period Net actuarial gains (losses) for the period Amortization reclassified into earnings Net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses reclassified to earnings Currency translation and other Tax (expense) benefit Total pension and OPEB adjustments, net of tax Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 2021 2020 2019 $ 1,436.6 $ 870.0 $ 1,428.5 (122.7) 261.5 (37.1) 1.6 (6.4) 1.1 (3.7) 0.3 111.4 38.6 8.0 5.2 (43.7) 119.8 (6.6) 3.3 1.9 — 5.2 (1.9) (52.5) 43.4 (1.8) (10.4) (0.7) (23.9) (2.7) 0.7 0.9 (1.1) (5.7) (41.9) 48.1 2.2 (1.4) (4.7) (3.4) 242.8 (41.6) Comprehensive income, net of tax $ 1,430.0 $ 1,112.8 $ 1,386.9 Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests (12.7) (17.8) (18.5) Comprehensive income attributable to Trane Technologies plc $ 1,417.3 $ 1,095.0 $ 1,368.4 See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. F-5 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Trane Technologies plc Consolidated Balance Sheets In millions, except share amounts DECEMBER 31, ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts and notes receivable, net Inventories Other current assets Total current assets Property, plant and equipment, net Goodwill Intangible assets, net Other noncurrent assets Total assets LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Current liabilities: Accounts payable Accrued compensation and benefits Accrued expenses and other current liabilities Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt Total current liabilities Long-term debt Postemployment and other benefit liabilities Deferred and noncurrent income taxes Other noncurrent liabilities Total liabilities Equity: Trane Technologies plc shareholders’ equity Ordinary shares, $1.00 par value (259,695,768 and 263,309,250 shares issued at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Ordinary shares held in treasury, at cost (24,500,935 and 24,500,862 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively) Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Total Trane Technologies plc shareholders’ equity Noncontrolling interest Total equity Total liabilities and equity See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. PART IV 2021 2020 $ 2,159.2 $ 3,289.9 2,429.4 1,530.8 351.5 6,470.9 1,398.8 5,504.8 3,305.6 1,379.7 2,202.1 1,189.2 224.4 6,905.6 1,349.5 5,342.8 3,286.4 1,272.4 $ 18,059.8 $ 18,156.7 $ 1,787.3 $ 1,520.2 544.8 2,069.9 350.4 4,752.4 4,491.7 810.9 581.5 1,150.2 11,786.7 451.1 1,592.0 775.6 4,338.9 4,496.5 1,024.6 578.5 1,291.1 11,729.6 259.7 263.3 (1,719.4) (1,719.4) 8,353.2 (637.6) 6,255.9 17.2 6,273.1 8,495.3 (631.5) 6,407.7 19.4 6,427.1 $ 18,059.8 $ 18,156.7 F-6 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Trane Technologies plc Consolidated Statements of Equity IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS TOTAL EQUITY TRANE TECHNOLOGIES PLC SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY ORDINARY SHARES ORDINARY SHARES HELD IN TREASURY, AT COST AMOUNT AT PAR VALUE SHARES CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR VALUE RETAINED EARNINGS ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) NONCONTROLLING INTEREST Balance at December 31, 2018 $ 7,064.8 $ 266.4 266.4 $ (1,719.4) $ — $ 9,439.8 $ (964.1) $ Net earnings 1,428.5 Other comprehensive income (loss) Shares issued under incentive stock plans Repurchase of ordinary shares Share-based compensation Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest Cash dividends declared ($2.12 per share) Other (41.6) 72.5 (750.1) 63.5 (15.8) (509.5) 0.1 — — — — 2.8 (6.4) 2.8 (6.4) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1,410.9 — 69.7 — — (136.1) (607.6) 66.4 (2.9) — — — — (509.5) 0.1 — (42.5) — — — — — — Balance at December 31, 2019 $ 7,312.4 $ 262.8 262.8 $ (1,719.4) $ — $ 9,730.8 $ (1,006.6) $ Net earnings Other comprehensive income (loss) Shares issued under incentive stock plans Repurchase of ordinary shares Share-based compensation Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest Investment by joint venture partner Cash dividends declared ($2.12 per share) Separation of Ingersoll Rand Industrial 870.0 242.8 64.5 (250.0) 66.3 (18.3) 7.0 (507.7) (1,359.9) — — — — 2.3 (1.8) 2.3 (1.8) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 62.2 854.9 — — (135.6) (112.6) 69.5 (3.2) — 3.9 — — — (507.7) — 240.1 — — — — — — — (1,466.9) 135.0 Balance at December 31, 2020 $ 6,427.1 $ 263.3 263.3 $ (1,719.4) $ — $ 8,495.3 $ (631.5) $ Net earnings Other comprehensive income (loss) Shares issued under incentive stock plans 1,436.6 (6.6) 78.3 Repurchase of ordinary shares (1,100.3) — — — — 2.3 (5.9) 2.3 (5.9) Share-based compensation Dividends declared to noncontrolling interest Cash dividends declared ($2.36 per share) Separation of Ingersoll Rand Industrial Other 63.6 (14.9) (561.8) (49.0) 0.1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1,423.4 — 76.0 — — (142.5) (951.9) 66.4 (2.8) — — — 0.1 — (561.8) (49.0) — — (6.1) — — — — — — — 42.1 17.6 0.9 — — — (15.8) — — 44.8 15.1 2.7 — — — (18.3) 3.1 — (28.0) 19.4 13.2 (0.5) — — — (14.9) — — — Balance at December 31, 2021 $ 6,273.1 $ 259.7 259.7 $ (1,719.4) $ — $ 8,353.2 $ (637.6) $ 17.2 See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. F-7 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Trane Technologies plc Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows In millions FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, Cash flows from operating activities: Net earnings Discontinued operations, net of tax Adjustments for non-cash transactions: Depreciation and amortization Pension and other postretirement benefits Stock settled share-based compensation Other non-cash items, net Changes in other assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions: Accounts and notes receivable Inventories Other current and noncurrent assets Accounts payable Other current and noncurrent liabilities Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operating activities Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operating activities Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Capital expenditures Acquisitions and equity method investments, net of cash acquired Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11 Other investing activities, net Net cash provided by (used in) continuing investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from long-term debt Payments of long-term debt Net proceeds from (payments of) debt Debt issuance costs Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests Proceeds (payments) from shares issued under incentive plans, net Repurchase of ordinary shares Receipt of / (Settlement related to) special cash payment Other financing activities, net Net cash provided by (used in) continuing financing activities Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued financing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents – end of period Cash paid during the year for: Interest Income taxes, net of refunds See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. PART IV 2021 2020 2019 $ 1,436.6 20.6 $ 870.0 121.4 $ 1,428.5 (268.2) 299.4 50.8 66.5 (36.4) (265.4) (348.8) (153.8) 275.3 249.6 1,594.4 (6.1) 1,588.3 (223.0) (269.2) 15.1 — (68.6) (545.7) — (545.7) 294.3 68.8 69.5 (1.5) 5.9 109.0 29.7 75.8 123.3 1,766.2 (331.2) 1,435.0 (146.2) (182.8) 0.1 (10.8) 1.2 (338.5) (37.7) (376.2) 288.8 96.3 66.4 (17.8) (77.8) 3.9 (245.8) 93.2 156.2 1,523.7 395.8 1,919.5 (205.4) (83.4) 2.2 — 4.8 (281.8) (1,498.2) (1,780.0) — (432.5) (432.5) (2.7) (561.1) (14.9) 78.3 (1,100.3) (49.5) (44.9) (2,127.6) — (2,127.6) (45.7) (1,130.7) 3,289.9 $ 2,159.2 — (307.5) (307.5) (3.6) (507.3) (18.3) 64.5 (250.0) 1,900.0 6.5 884.3 — 884.3 68.2 2,011.3 1,278.6 $ 3,289.9 1,497.9 (7.5) 1,490.4 (13.1) (510.1) (15.8) 72.5 (750.1) — (1.8) 272.0 (1.5) 270.5 (9.8) 400.2 878.4 $ 1,278.6 $ $ 234.9 356.9 $ $ 243.5 151.6 $ $ 220.9 425.3 F-8 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY Trane Technologies, public limited company (plc), incorporated in Ireland in 2009, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively we, our, the Company) is a global climate innovator. The Company brings sustainable and efficient solutions to buildings, homes and transportation through the Company’s strategic brands, Trane® and Thermo King®, and its environmentally responsible portfolio of products, services and connected intelligent controls. The Company generates revenue and cash primarily through the design, manufacture, sales and service of solutions for Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) and transport refrigeration. As an industry leader with an extensive global install base, the Company’s growth strategy includes expanding recurring revenue through services and rental options. COVID-19 GLOBAL PANDEMIC In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. During the first half of 2020, the COVID-19 global pandemic adversely impacted the Company’s business globally including, but not limited to, lower end customer demand, certain supply chain delays, temporary facility closures and limitations of the Company’s workforce to essential crews only. In response, the Company proactively initiated cost cutting actions and actively managed its supply chain in an effort to mitigate the impact of the global pandemic on its business. Despite the challenges set forth by the COVID-19 global pandemic, the Company continued to sell, install and service its products, invest in its businesses, develop and launch new products and deliver innovative customer solutions for electrification of heating, cooling and transport, enhanced indoor air quality, and precise temperature control along the full vaccine cold chain. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company experienced significant increases in end market demand, executed price increases to cover rapidly increasing material, component and logistics costs and realized strong earnings growth as a result of strong execution across its organization. In addition, to meet the Company’s increased customer demand, the Company is proactively managing industry-wide supply chain and resource constraints and is working closely with its suppliers, customers and logistics providers to mitigate the impacts on its business as the Company continues to sell, install and service its products. The Company will continue to monitor the ongoing COVID-19 global pandemic as it evolves and will assess any potential impacts to its business and financial statements as necessary. COMPLETION OF REVERSE MORRIS TRUST TRANSACTION On February 29, 2020 (Distribution Date), the Company completed its Reverse Morris Trust transaction (the Transaction) with Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (Gardner Denver) whereby the Company separated its former Industrial segment (Ingersoll Rand Industrial) through a pro rata distribution to shareholders of record as of February 24, 2020. Ingersoll Rand Industrial then merged into a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gardner Denver, which changed its name to Ingersoll Rand Inc. (Ingersoll Rand). Upon close of the Transaction, the Company’s existing shareholders received 50.1% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock on a fully-diluted basis and Gardner Denver stockholders retained 49.9% of the shares of Ingersoll Rand on a fully diluted basis. As a result, the Company’s shareholders received .8824 shares of Ingersoll Rand common stock with respect to each share owned as of February 24, 2020. In connection with the Transaction, the Company received a special cash payment of $1.9 billion. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the the Company paid Ingersoll Rand $49.5 million to settle certain items related to the Transaction. This payment was related to working capital, cash and indebtedness amounts as of the Distribution Date, as well as funding levels related to pension plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and retiree health benefits. The Company recorded the settlement as a reduction to Retained earnings during the first quarter of 2021. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS After the Distribution Date, the Company does not beneficially own any Ingersoll Rand Industrial shares of common stock and no longer consolidates Ingersoll Rand Industrial in its financial statements. The historical results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial are presented as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. F-9 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV REORGANIZATION OF ALDRICH AND MURRAY On May 1, 2020, certain subsidiaries of the Company underwent an internal corporate restructuring that was effectuated through a series of transactions (2020 Corporate Restructuring). As a result, Aldrich Pump LLC (Aldrich) and Murray Boiler LLC (Murray), indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Trane Technologies plc, became solely responsible for the asbestos-related liabilities, and the beneficiaries of the asbestos-related insurance assets, of Trane Technologies Company LLC and Trane U.S. Inc, respectively. On a consolidated basis, the 2020 Corporate Restructuring did not have an impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. In connection with the 2020 Corporate Restructuring, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into funding agreements with Aldrich and Murray (collectively the Funding Agreements), pursuant to which those subsidiaries are obligated, among other things, to pay the costs and expenses of Aldrich and Murray during the pendency of the Chapter 11 cases to the extent distributions from their respective subsidiaries are insufficient to do so and to provide an amount for the funding for a trust established pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent that the other assets of Aldrich and Murray are insufficient to provide the requisite trust funding. On June 18, 2020 (Petition Date), Aldrich and Murray filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the Bankruptcy Code) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina (the Bankruptcy Court) to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray. As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed due to the imposition of a statutory automatic stay applicable in Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases. Only Aldrich and Murray have filed for Chapter 11 relief. Neither Aldrich’s wholly-owned subsidiary, 200 Park, Inc. (200 Park), Murray’s wholly-owned subsidiary, ClimateLabs LLC (ClimateLabs), Trane Technologies plc nor its other subsidiaries (the Trane Companies) are part of the Chapter 11 filings. The Trane Companies are expected to continue to operate as usual, with no disruption to their employees, suppliers, or customers globally. However, as of the Petition Date, Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park and Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs were deconsolidated and their respective assets and liabilities were derecognized from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for more information regarding the Chapter 11 bankruptcy and asbestos-related matters. NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements follows: Basis of Presentation: The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The results of operations and cash flows of all discontinued operations have been separately reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Net revenues and cost of goods sold reported on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings have been revised for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 to separately present net revenues of products and services and cost of products and services. These presentation adjustments had no impact on Earnings from continuing operations or Net earnings. The Consolidated Financial Statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries of the Company. A noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is considered an ownership interest in a majority-owned subsidiary that is not attributable to the parent. The Company includes Noncontrolling interest as a component of Total equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are presented as an adjustment from Net earnings used to arrive at Net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probable future outcome. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period that they are determined. F-10 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Currency Translation: Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, have been translated at year-end exchange rates, and income and expense accounts have been translated using average exchange rates throughout the year. Adjustments resulting from the process of translating an entity’s financial statements into the U.S. dollar have been recorded in the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are subject to changes in exchange rates with the resulting gains and losses recorded within Other income/(expense), net. Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less. The Company maintains amounts on deposit at various financial institutions, which may at times exceed federally insured limits. However, management periodically evaluates the credit-worthiness of those institutions and has not experienced any losses on such deposits. Allowance for Credit Losses: The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses which represents the best estimate of expected loss inherent in the Company’s accounts receivable portfolio. This estimate is based upon a two-step policy that results in the total recorded allowance for credit losses. The first step is to record a portfolio reserve based on the aging of the outstanding accounts receivable portfolio and the Company’s historical experience with the Company’s end markets, customer base and products. The second step is to create a specific reserve for significant accounts as to which the customer’s ability to satisfy their financial obligation to the Company is in doubt due to circumstances such as bankruptcy, deteriorating operating results or financial position. In these circumstances, management uses its judgment to record an allowance based on the best estimate of expected loss, factoring in such considerations as the market value of collateral, if applicable. Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the period that they are determined. The Company’s allowance for credit losses was $39.9 million and $40.0 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Inventories: Depending on the business, U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method or the lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV) using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Non-U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost and NRV using the FIFO method. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, approximately 54% and 60%, respectively, of all inventory utilized the LIFO method. Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset except for leasehold improvements, which are depreciated over the shorter of their economic useful life or their lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property, plant and equipment is as follows: Buildings Machinery and equipment Software 10 to 50 years 2 to 12 years 2 to 7 years Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are also capitalized. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected within current earnings. The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Goodwill and Intangible Assets: The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. Measurement period adjustments may be recorded once a final valuation has been performed. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for F-11 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset is more likely than not less than the carrying amount of the asset. In addition, an interim impairment test is completed upon a triggering event or when there is a reorganization of reporting structure or disposal of all or a portion of a reporting unit. Impairment of goodwill is assessed at the reporting unit level and begins with an optional qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the goodwill impairment test. For those reporting units that bypass or fail the qualitative assessment, the test compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill in that reporting unit. Intangible assets such as customer-related intangible assets and other intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following: Customer relationships Other 16 years 8 years The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its intangible assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset group, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Business Combinations: Acquisitions that meet the definition of a business combination are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company includes the operating results of acquired entities from their respective dates of acquisition. The Company recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration relating to earnout provisions, and any non-controlling interest as of the acquisition date fair value. The excess, if any, of total consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest is recognized as goodwill. Costs incurred as a result of a business combination other than costs related to the issuance of debt or equity securities are recorded in the period the costs are incurred. Additionally, at each reporting period, contingent consideration is remeasured to fair value, with changes recorded in Selling and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Equity Investments: Partially-owned equity affiliates generally represent 20-50% ownership interests in equity investments where the Company demonstrates significant influence, but does not have a controlling financial interest. Partially-owned equity affiliates are accounted for under the equity method. The Company invests in companies that complement existing products and services further enhancing its product portfolio. The Company records equity investments for which it does not have significant influence and without a readily determinable fair value at cost with adjustments for observable changes in price or impairment as permitted by the measurement alternative. Investments for which the measurement alternative has been elected are assessed for impairment upon a triggering event. Equity investments without a readily determinable fair value were $115.6 million and $54.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Employee Benefit Plans: The Company provides a range of benefits, including pensions, postretirement and postemployment benefits to eligible current and former employees. Determining the cost associated with such benefits is dependent on various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, expected return on plan assets, compensation increases, mortality, turnover rates, and healthcare cost trend rates. Actuaries perform the required calculations to determine expense in accordance with GAAP. Actual results may differ from the actuarial assumptions and are generally accumulated into Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized into Net earnings over future periods. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions at each measurement date and makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends, if appropriate. F-12 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Loss Contingencies: Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in the normal course of business. The Company has recorded reserves in the financial statements related to these matters, which are developed using input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the reserve, and in certain instances with consultation of legal counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for these types of liabilities, the Company believes its estimated reserves are reasonable and does not believe the final determination of the liabilities with respect to these matters would have a material effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company for any year. Environmental Costs: The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to protecting the environment. Environmental expenditures relating to current operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures relating to existing conditions caused by past operations, which do not contribute to current or future revenues, are expensed. Liabilities for remediation costs are recorded when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated, generally no later than the completion of feasibility studies or the Company’s commitment to a plan of action. The assessment of this liability, which is calculated based on existing remediation technology, does not reflect any offset for possible recoveries from insurance companies, and is not discounted. Asbestos Matters: Prior to the Petition Date, certain of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and former companies were named as defendants in asbestos-related lawsuits in state and federal courts. The Company recorded a liability for actual and anticipated future claims as well as an asset for anticipated insurance settlements. Asbestos-related defense costs were excluded from the asbestos claims liability and were recorded separately as services were incurred. None of the Company’s existing or previously-owned businesses were a producer or manufacturer of asbestos. The Company recorded certain income and expenses associated with asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries within Discontinued operations, net of tax, as they related to previously divested businesses, except for amounts associated with the predecessor of Murray’s asbestos liabilities and corresponding insurance recoveries, which were recorded within continuing operations. Product Warranties: Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available. The Company’s extended warranty liability represents the deferred revenue associated with its extended warranty contracts and is amortized into revenue on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of the costs incurred. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liability by evaluating the expected costs under its existing contracts to ensure these expected costs do not exceed the extended warranty liability. Income Taxes: Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering its historic profitability, projected future taxable income, timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the feasibility of its tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, the Company records a valuation allowance with respect to a future tax benefit. Revenue Recognition: Revenue is recognized when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. A majority of the Company’s revenues are recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of the Company’s revenues are recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives control as the Company performs work under a contract. For these arrangements, the cost-to-cost input method is used as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as the Company incurs costs. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding revenue recognition. Research and Development Costs: The Company conducts research and development activities focused on product and system sustainability improvements such as increasing energy efficiency, developing products that allow for use of lower global warming potential refrigerants, reducing material content in products, and designing products for circularity. These expenditures are expensed when incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, these expenditures amounted to $193.5 million, $165.0 million and $174.2 million, respectively. F-13 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS The FASB ASC is the sole source of authoritative GAAP other than the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued rules and regulations that apply only to SEC registrants. The FASB issues an Accounting Standard Update (ASU) to communicate changes to the codification. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASU’s. ASU’s not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (ASU 2021-08), which requires contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination to be recognized and measured by the acquirer on the acquisition date in accordance with ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (ASC 606). ASU 2021-08 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 including interim periods therein with early adoption permitted. The Company early adopted this standard during the fourth quarter of 2021 and applied it retrospectively to all business combinations for which the acquisition date occurred on or after January 1, 2021 resulting in no material impact on its financial statements. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (ASU 2019-12), which simplifies certain aspects of income tax accounting guidance in ASC 740, reducing the complexity of its application. Certain exceptions to ASC 740 presented within the ASU include: intraperiod tax allocation, deferred tax liabilities related to outside basis differences, year-to-date loss in interim periods, among others. ASU 2019-12 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020 including interim periods therein with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2021 with no material impact on its financial statements. In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-09, “Debt (Topic 470): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762” (ASU 2020-09), which amends Topic 470 and certain other topics to conform to disclosure rules on guaranteed debt offerings in SEC Release No.33-10762. The SEC adopted amendments to the financial disclosure requirements for guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered in Rule 3-10 of Regulations S-X, and affiliates whose securities registered or being registered in Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X. The amended rules aim to improve disclosure, reduce compliance burdens for issuers and increase investor protection. ASU 2020-09 is effective on January 4, 2021, pursuant to SEC Release No. 33-10762 with early application permitted. The Company early adopted this standard during the first quarter of 2020 and elected to disclose summarized financial information of the issuers and guarantors on a combined basis within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract” (ASU 2018-15), which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in a cloud-computing arrangement service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. In addition, the guidance also clarifies the presentation requirements for reporting such costs in the financial statements. ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis with no material impact on its financial statements. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, which changes the impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments from an incurred loss model to an expected loss model. In addition, the guidance also requires incremental disclosures regarding allowances and credit quality indicators. ASU 2016-13 was adopted using the modified- retrospective approach and is effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 with no material impact on its financial statements. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In November 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-10, “Government Assistance (Topic 832): Disclosures by Business Entities about Government Assistance” (ASU 2021-10), which requires additional disclosures regarding government grants and cash contributions. The additional disclosures required by this update include information about the nature of the transactions and the related accounting policy used to account for the transaction, the financial statement line items affected by the transactions and the amounts applicable to each financial statement line item and significant terms and conditions of the transactions, including commitments and contingencies. ASU 2021-10 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on its financial statements. F-14 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 3. INVENTORIES At December 31, the major classes of inventory were as follows: IN MILLIONS Raw materials Work-in-process Finished goods LIFO reserve Total 2021 2020 $ $ 404.6 215.9 982.9 305.0 163.9 761.4 1,603.4 1,230.3 (72.6) (41.1) $ 1,530.8 $ 1,189.2 The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to the lower of cost and NRV. Reserve balances, primarily related to obsolete and slow-moving inventories, were $79.0 million and $85.6 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. NOTE 4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT At December 31, the major classes of property, plant and equipment were as follows: IN MILLIONS Land Buildings Machinery and equipment Software Accumulated depreciation Total 2021 2020 $ 35.1 $ 708.0 1,824.9 648.1 3,216.1 40.7 676.7 1,749.3 638.0 3,104.7 (1,817.3) (1,755.2) $ 1,398.8 $ 1,349.5 Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $170.5 million, $172.8 million and $167.2 million, which include amounts for software amortization of $45.7 million, $50.2 million and $55.4 million, respectively. NOTE 5. GOODWILL The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows: IN MILLIONS Net balance as of December 31, 2019 Acquisitions(1) Deconsolidation of certain entities under Chapter 11(2) Currency translation Net balance as of December 31, 2020 Acquisitions(1) Currency translation AMERICAS EMEA ASIA PACIFIC TOTAL $ 3,858.8 $ 731.1 $ 535.8 $ 5,125.7 130.1 (9.2) 0.3 3,980.0 206.3 (1.1) — — 62.4 793.5 4.6 (57.3) — — 33.5 569.3 — 9.5 130.1 (9.2) 96.2 5,342.8 210.9 (48.9) Net balance as of December 31, 2021 $ 4,185.2 $ 740.8 $ 578.8 $ 5,504.8 (1) Refer to Note 18, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information regarding acquisitions. (2) Refer to Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies” for more information regarding the Chapter 11 bankruptcy and asbestos- related matters. The net goodwill balances at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 include $2,496.0 million of accumulated impairment, primarily related to the Americas segment. The accumulated impairment relates entirely to a charge recorded in 2008. F-15 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS The following table sets forth the gross amount and related accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 31: IN MILLIONS 2021 2020 GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION NET CARRYING AMOUNT GROSS CARRYING AMOUNT ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION NET CARRYING AMOUNT Customer relationships $ 2,110.8 $ (1,475.3) $ 635.5 $ 2,010.2 $ (1,362.4) $ 647.8 Other 245.5 (201.3) 44.2 210.7 (199.4) 11.3 Total finite-lived intangible assets $ 2,356.3 $ (1,676.6) $ 679.7 $ 2,220.9 $ (1,561.8) $ 659.1 Trademarks (indefinite-lived) 2,625.9 — 2,625.9 2,627.3 — 2,627.3 Total $ 4,982.2 $ (1,676.6) $ 3,305.6 $ 4,848.2 $ (1,561.8) $ 3,286.4 Intangible asset amortization expense for 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $123.6 million, $115.7 million and $116.7 million, respectively. Future estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets in the next five years as of December 31, 2021 amounts to approximately: IN MILLIONS 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 $ 137.0 135.0 134.0 103.0 49.0 NOTE 7. DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES At December 31, Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt consisted of the following: IN MILLIONS Debentures with put feature 2.900% Senior notes due 2021(1) 9.000% Debentures due 2021(2) Other current maturities of long-term debt Total (1) The 2.900% Senior notes were repaid in February 2021. (2) The 9.000% Debentures were repaid in August 2021. 2021 2020 $ 342.9 $ 342.9 — — 7.5 299.9 125.0 7.8 $ 350.4 $ 775.6 The Company’s short-term obligations primarily consist of debentures with put features and current maturities of long-term debt. The weighted-average interest rate for Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 6.3% and 5.4%, respectively. COMMERCIAL PAPER PROGRAM The Company uses borrowings under its commercial paper program for general corporate purposes. The maximum aggregate amount of unsecured commercial paper notes available to be issued, on a private placement basis, under the commercial paper program is $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2021. Under the commercial paper program, the Company may issue notes from time to time through Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. or Trane Technologies Financing Limited. Each of Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited, Trane Technologies Company LLC, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc. and Trane Technologies Financing Limited provided irrevocable and unconditional guarantees for any notes issued under the commercial paper program. The Company had no outstanding balance under its commercial paper program as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. F-16 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV DEBENTURES WITH PUT FEATURE At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had $342.9 million of fixed rate debentures outstanding which contain a put feature that the holders may exercise on each anniversary of the issuance date. If exercised, the Company is obligated to repay in whole or in part, at the holder’s option, the outstanding principal amount of the debentures plus accrued interest. If these options are not exercised, the final contractual maturity dates would range between 2027 and 2028. Holders of these debentures had the option to exercise the put feature on each of the outstanding debentures in 2021, subject to the notice requirement. No material exercises were made in 2021 or 2020. At December 31, long-term debt excluding current maturities consisted of: IN MILLIONS 4.250% Senior notes due 2023 7.200% Debentures due 2022-2025 3.550% Senior notes due 2024 6.480% Debentures due 2025 3.500% Senior notes due 2026 3.750% Senior notes due 2028 3.800% Senior notes due 2029 5.750% Senior notes due 2043 4.650% Senior notes due 2044 4.300% Senior notes due 2048 4.500% Senior notes due 2049 Other loans and notes Total 2021 2020 699.1 22.4 498.0 149.7 397.8 546.2 745.0 495.0 296.3 296.3 345.9 — 698.4 29.9 497.3 149.7 397.3 545.6 744.4 494.7 296.1 296.2 345.7 1.2 $ 4,491.7 $ 4,496.5 Scheduled maturities of long-term debt, including current maturities, as of December 31, 2021 are as follows: IN MILLIONS 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total $ 350.4 706.6 505.5 157.1 397.8 2,724.7 $ 4,842.1 OTHER CREDIT FACILITIES On June 18, 2021, the Company entered into a new $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility which matures in June 2026 (2026 Credit Facility) and terminated its $1.0 billion facility set to expire in March 2022. On September 24, 2021, the Company amended its other $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility which matures in April 2023 (2023 Credit Facility) primarily to conform the interest rate provisions in the 2023 Credit Facility to the terms included in the 2026 Credit Facility. As a result, the Company maintains two $1.0 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facilities (collectively, the Facilities) through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Trane Technologies HoldCo Inc., Trane Technologies Global Holding Company Limited and Trane Technologies Financing Limited (collectively, the Borrowers). The covenants under the 2026 Credit Facility are substantially the same as the covenants under the 2023 Credit Facility. The terms of the 2026 Credit Facility include Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) metrics related to two of the Company’s sustainability commitments: a reduction in greenhouse gas intensity and an increase in the percentage of women in management. The Company’s annual performance against these ESG metrics may result in price adjustments to the commitment fee and applicable interest rate. F-17 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Each senior unsecured credit facility provides support for the Company’s commercial paper program and can be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Trane Technologies plc, Trane Technologies Irish Holdings Unlimited Company, Trane Technologies Lux International Holding Company S.à.r.l. and Trane Technologies Company LLC each provide irrevocable and unconditional guarantees for these Facilities. In addition, each Borrower will guarantee the obligations under the Facilities of the other Borrower. Total commitments of $2.0 billion were unused at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. FAIR VALUE OF DEBT The fair value of the Company’s debt instruments at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $5.6 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively. The Company measures the fair value of its long-term debt instruments for disclosure purposes based upon observable market prices quoted on public exchanges for similar assets. These fair value inputs are considered Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. NOTE 8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors. These fluctuations can increase the cost of financing, investing and operating the business. The Company uses various financial instruments, including derivative instruments, to manage the risks associated with interest rate, commodity price and foreign currency exposures. These financial instruments are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The Company recognizes all derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative instrument as a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction or as an undesignated derivative. The Company formally documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. This process includes linking derivative instruments that are designated as hedges to specific assets, liabilities or forecasted transactions. The Company assesses at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives used in cash flow hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the cash flows of the hedged item. To the extent the derivative is deemed to be a highly effective hedge, the fair market value changes of the instrument are recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI). If the hedging relationship ceases to be highly effective, or it becomes probable that a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the hedging relationship will be undesignated and any future gains and losses on the derivative instrument will be recorded in Net earnings. The fair values of derivative instruments included within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Derivatives designated as hedges: Currency derivatives Commodity derivatives Derivatives not designated as hedges: Currency derivatives Total derivatives DERIVATIVE ASSETS DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES 2021 2020 2021 2020 $ 0.1 $ 0.7 $ 2.7 $ 1.7 4.9 — 0.2 — 10.5 1.5 14.0 4.8 $ 15.5 $ 2.2 $ 16.9 $ 6.5 Asset and liability derivatives included in the table above are recorded within Other current assets and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, respectively. F-18 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV CURRENCY DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS The notional amount of the Company’s currency derivatives was $0.5 billion at both December 31, 2021 and 2020. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, a net loss of $2.2 million and $0.7 million, net of tax, respectively, was included in AOCI related to the fair value of the Company’s currency derivatives designated as accounting hedges. The amount expected to be reclassified into Net earnings over the next twelve months is a loss of $2.2 million. The actual amounts that will be reclassified to Net earnings may vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions. Gains and losses associated with the Company’s currency derivatives not designated as hedges are recorded in Net earnings as changes in fair value occur. At December 31, 2021, the maximum term of the Company’s currency derivatives was approximately 12 months. COMMODITY DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS At December 31, 2021, a net gain of $3.5 million, net of tax, was included in AOCI related to the fair market value of the Company’s commodity derivatives designated as accounting hedges. A change in fair value of commodity derivative instruments deemed highly effective is included in AOCI and is reclassified to Cost of goods sold in the period the purchase of the commodity impacts Net earnings. The amount expected to be reclassified into Net earnings over the next twelve months is a gain of $3.5 million. The actual amounts that will be reclassified to Net earnings may vary from this amount as a result of changes in market conditions. At December 31, 2021, the Company has commodity contracts to hedge certain forecasted purchases over the next 12 months. The Company had the following outstanding contracts to hedge forecasted commodity purchases: COMMODITY Aluminum Copper OTHER DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS VOLUME OUTSTANDING AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2021 DECEMBER 31, 2020 16,488 metric tons 4,035,000 pounds — — Prior to 2015, the Company utilized forward-starting interest rate swaps and interest rate locks to manage interest rate exposure in periods prior to the anticipated issuance of certain fixed-rate debt. These instruments were designated as cash flow hedges and had a notional amount of $1.3 billion. Consequently, when the contracts were settled upon the issuance of the underlying debt, any realized gains or losses in the fair values of the instruments were deferred into AOCI. These deferred gains or losses are subsequently recognized in Interest expense over the term of the related notes. The net unrecognized gain in AOCI was $4.7 million and $5.3 million at December 31, 2021 and at December 31, 2020. The net deferred gain at December 31, 2021 will continue to be amortized over the term of notes with maturities ranging from 2023 to 2044. The amount expected to be amortized over the next twelve months is a net gain of $0.7 million. The Company has no forward-starting interest rate swaps or interest rate lock contracts outstanding at December 31, 2021 or 2020. The following table represents the amounts associated with derivatives designated as hedges affecting Net earnings and AOCI for the years ended December 31: IN MILLIONS AMOUNT OF GAIN (LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN AOCI 2021 2020 2019 LOCATION OF GAIN (LOSS) RECLASSIFIED FROM AOCI AND RECOGNIZED INTO NET EARNINGS AMOUNT OF GAIN (LOSS) RECLASSIFIED FROM AOCI AND RECOGNIZED INTO NET EARNINGS 2021 2020 2019 Currency derivatives - continuing(1) $ (4.1) $ 3.3 $ (2.5) Cost of goods sold $ 3.7 $ (2.6) $ (1.5) Currency derivatives - discontinued Commodity derivatives Interest rate swaps & locks — 5.7 — — — — (0.2) Discontinued operations — Cost of goods sold — Interest expense Total $ 1.6 $ 3.3 $ (2.7) — 2.0 0.7 6.4 $ — — 0.7 0.1 — 0.7 $ (1.9) $ (0.7) (1) Amounts excluded from effectiveness testing and recognized into Cost of goods sold based on changes in fair value and amortization was a loss of $0.7 million, $2.1 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. F-19 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV The following table represents the amounts associated with derivatives not designated as hedges affecting Net earnings for the years ended December 31: IN MILLIONS LOCATION OF GAIN (LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN NET EARNINGS Currency derivatives - continuing Other income (expense), net Currency derivatives - discontinued Discontinued operations Total AMOUNT OF GAIN (LOSS) RECOGNIZED IN NET EARNINGS 2021 2020 2019 $ $ 7.9 — 7.9 $ $ 7.5 $ (5.2) (0.4) (1.2) 7.1 $ (6.4) The gains and losses associated with the Company’s undesignated currency derivatives are materially offset in Net earnings by changes in the fair value of the underlying transactions. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK The counterparties to the Company’s forward contracts consist of a number of investment grade major international financial institutions. The Company could be exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties. However, the credit ratings and the concentration of risk in these financial institutions are monitored on a continuous basis and present no significant credit risk to the Company. NOTE 9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” (ASC 820) defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes information used in developing assumptions when pricing an asset or liability as follows: • Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; • Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and • Level 3: Unobservable inputs where there is little or no market data, which requires the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions. ASC 820 requires the use of observable market data, when available, in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table presents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021: IN MILLIONS Assets: Derivative instruments Liabilities: Derivative instruments Earnout payment FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS FAIR VALUE LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 $ 15.5 $ — $ 15.5 $ — $ 16.9 $ — $ 16.9 $ — 96.2 — — 96.2 F-20 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV The following table presents the Company’s fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020: IN MILLIONS Assets: Derivative instruments Liabilities: Derivative instruments FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS FAIR VALUE LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 $ 2.2 $ — $ 2.2 $ — $ 6.5 $ — $ 6.5 $ — Derivative instruments include forward foreign currency contracts and instruments related to non-functional currency balance sheet exposures. The fair value of the derivative instruments are determined based on a pricing model that uses spot rates and forward prices from actively quoted currency markets that are readily accessible and observable. The fair value of the commodity derivatives is valued under a market approach using publicized prices, where applicable, or dealer quotes. Earnout payments related to acquisitions are measured at fair value each reporting period using Level 3 unobservable inputs. The changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 liabilities during the year ended December 31, 2021 are as follows: IN MILLIONS Balance at beginning of period Fair value of earnout payment recorded in connection with acquisition Change in fair value of earnout Balance at end of period $ 2021 — 98.7 (2.5) $ 96.2 The fair value of the earnout payment is measured on a recurring basis at each reporting date. The following inputs and assumptions were used in the Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of the earnout payment at December 31, 2021: Discount rate Volatility 2021 8.00 % 20.00 % Refer to Note 18, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information regarding the earnout payment. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are a reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. There have been no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy. NOTE 10. LEASES The Company’s lease portfolio includes various contracts for real estate, vehicles, information technology and other equipment. At contract inception, the Company determines a lease exists if the contract conveys the right to control an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Control is considered to exist when the lessee has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of an identified asset as well as the right to direct the use of that asset. If a contract is considered to be a lease, the Company recognizes a lease liability based on the present value of the future lease payments, with an offsetting entry to recognize a right-of-use asset. Options to extend or terminate a lease are included when it is reasonably certain an option will be exercised. As a majority of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate within the lease, an incremental borrowing rate is used which is based on information available at the commencement date. F-21 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV The following table includes a summary of the Company’s lease portfolio and Balance Sheet classification: IN MILLIONS Assets CLASSIFICATION DECEMBER 31, 2021 DECEMBER 31, 2020 Operating lease right-of-use assets(1) Other noncurrent assets $ 436.8 $ 409.0 Liabilities Operating lease current Other current liabilities Operating lease noncurrent Other noncurrent liabilities Weighted average remaining lease term Weighted average discount rate 147.3 296.0 138.8 276.5 3.9 years 4.0 years 2.3% 3.3% (1) Prepaid lease payments and lease incentives are recorded as part of the right-of-use asset. The net impact was $6.5 million and $6.3 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The Company accounts for each separate lease component of a contract and its associated non-lease component as a single lease component. In addition, the Company utilizes a portfolio approach for the vehicle, information technology and equipment asset classes as the application of the lease model to the portfolio would not differ materially from the application of the lease model to the individual leases within the portfolio. The following table includes lease costs and related cash flow information for the year ended December 31: IN MILLIONS Operating lease expense Variable lease expense Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 2021 2020 $ 168.3 $ 173.0 24.5 24.9 167.9 163.2 172.2 114.6 Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In addition, the Company has certain leases that contain variable lease payments which are based on an index, a rate referenced in the lease or on the actual usage of the leased asset. These payments are not included in the right-of-use asset or lease liability and are expensed as incurred as variable lease expense. Maturities of lease obligations were as follows: IN MILLIONS Operating leases: 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 After 2026 Total lease payments Less: Interest Present value of lease liabilities DECEMBER 31, 2021 $ 159.2 125.2 87.9 53.7 33.9 35.3 $ 495.2 (51.9) $ 443.3 NOTE 11. PENSIONS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS The Company sponsors several U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering substantially all of the Company’s U.S. employees. Additionally, the Company has many non-U.S. defined benefit and defined contribution plans covering eligible non-U.S. employees. Postretirement benefits other than pensions (OPEB) provide healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits for certain eligible employees. F-22 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV PENSION PLANS The noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering non-collectively bargained U.S. employees provide benefits on a final average pay formula while plans for most collectively bargained U.S. employees provide benefits on a flat dollar benefit formula or a percentage of pay formula. The non-U.S. pension plans generally provide benefits based on earnings and years of service. The Company also maintains additional other supplemental plans for officers and other key or highly compensated employees. In connection with completion of the Transaction, the Company transferred certain pension obligations for current and former employees of Ingersoll Rand Industrial to Ingersoll Rand. The transfer of these obligations reduced pension liabilities by $486.2 million, pension assets by $351.7 million and AOCI by $111.3 million. The following table details information regarding the Company’s pension plans at December 31: IN MILLIONS Change in benefit obligations: 2021 2020 Benefit obligation at beginning of year $ 3,662.8 $ 3,851.2 Service cost Interest cost Employee contributions Amendments Actuarial (gains) losses(1) Benefits paid Currency translation Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits Impact of the Transaction Other, including expenses paid Benefit obligation at end of year Change in plan assets: Fair value at beginning of year Actual return on assets Company contributions Employee contributions Benefits paid Currency translation Settlements Impact of the Transaction Other, including expenses paid Fair value of assets end of year Net unfunded liability Amounts included in the balance sheet: Other noncurrent assets Accrued compensation and benefits Postemployment and other benefit liabilities Net amount recognized (1) Actuarial (gains) losses primarily resulted from changes in discount rates F-23 50.9 58.6 0.9 (0.3) (121.9) (200.6) (28.4 ) (20.0) — (7.5) 58.3 83.8 1.0 1.9 317.7 (189.2) 43.8 (7.8) (486.2) (11.7) $ 3,394.5 $ 3,662.8 $ 3,114.6 $ 3,136.8 73.5 55.9 0.9 395.6 99.7 1.0 (200.6) (189.2) (21.8) (20.5) — (8.2) 39.5 (7.8) (351.7) (9.3) $ 2,993.8 $ 3,114.6 $ $ (400.7) $ (548.2) 82.2 $ 72.8 (56.4) (426.5) (22.9) (598.1) $ (400.7) $ (548.2) 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV It is the Company’s objective to contribute to the pension plans to ensure adequate funds, and no less than required by law, are available in the plans to make benefit payments to plan participants and beneficiaries when required. However, certain plans are not or cannot be funded due to either legal, accounting, or tax requirements in certain jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2021, approximately seven percent of the Company’s projected benefit obligation relates to plans that cannot be funded. The pretax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows: IN MILLIONS December 31, 2020 Current year changes recorded to AOCI Amortization reclassified to earnings Settlements/curtailments reclassified to earnings Currency translation and other December 31, 2021 PRIOR SERVICE BENEFIT (COST) NET ACTUARIAL GAINS (LOSSES) TOTAL $ (28.3) $ (701.3) $ (729.6) 0.3 5.0 (0.2) (3.1) 89.2 35.6 8.2 8.5 89.5 40.6 8.0 5.4 $ (26.3) $ (559.8) $ (586.1) Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation at December 31 were as follows: Discount rate: U.S. plans Non-U.S. plans Rate of compensation increase: U.S. plans Non-U.S. plans 2021 2020 2.88 % 2.52 % 1.74 % 1.27 % 4.00 % 4.00 % 4.00 % 3.75 % The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $3,311.0 million and $3,566.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations more than plan assets were $2,906.5 million, $2,831.5 million and $2,424.6 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021, and $3,128.7 million, $3,043.9 million and $2,510.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020. Pension benefit payments are expected to be paid as follows: IN MILLIONS 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027-2031 $ 243.3 213.3 203.8 193.9 193.3 949.5 F-24 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV The components of the Company’s net periodic pension benefit costs for the years ended December 31 include the following: IN MILLIONS Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Net amortization of: Prior service costs (benefits) Plan net actuarial (gains) losses Net periodic pension benefit cost Net curtailment, settlement, and special termination benefits (gains) losses Net periodic pension benefit cost after net curtailment and settlement (gains) losses Amounts recorded in continuing operations: Operating income Other income/(expense), net Amounts recorded in discontinued operations Total 2021 2020 2019 $ 50.9 $ 58.3 $ 73.6 58.6 83.8 119.1 (106.2) (121.1) (138.5) 5.0 35.6 43.9 8.0 51.9 47.1 (0.9) 5.7 $ $ 5.3 43.7 70.0 (1.8) 5.0 54.3 113.5 4.5 68.2 $ 118.0 51.7 $ 58.8 11.7 4.8 31.8 27.4 $ $ $ 51.9 $ 68.2 $ 118.0 Pension benefit cost for 2022 is projected to be approximately $57 million. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows: Discount rate: U.S. plans Service cost Interest cost Non-U.S. plans Service cost Interest cost Rate of compensation increase: U.S. plans Non-U.S. plans Expected return on plan assets: U.S. plans Non-U.S. plans 2021 2020 2019 2.75% 3.36% 4.24% 1.82% 2.78% 3.88% 1.56% 1.87% 2.81% 1.09% 1.51% 2.83% 4.00% 4.00% 4.00% 4.00% 3.75% 4.00% 4.00% 4.75% 5.75% 2.25% 2.75% 3.25% The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets reflects the average rate of returns expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on what is achievable given the plan’s investment policy, the types of assets held and target asset allocations. The expected long-term rate of return is determined as of the measurement date. The Company reviews each plan and its historical returns and target asset allocations to determine the appropriate expected long-term rate of return on plan assets to be used. The Company’s objective in managing its defined benefit plan assets is to ensure that all present and future benefit obligations are met as they come due. It seeks to achieve this goal while trying to mitigate volatility in plan funded status, contribution, and expense by better matching the characteristics of the plan assets to that of the plan liabilities. The Company utilizes a dynamic approach to asset allocation whereby a plan’s allocation to fixed income assets increases as the plan’s funded status improves. The Company monitors plan funded status and asset allocation regularly in addition to investment manager performance. F-25 2021 ANNUAL REPORT Part IV PART IV The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2021 by asset category were as follows: IN MILLIONS Cash and cash equivalents Equity investments: Registered mutual funds – equity specialty Commingled funds – equity specialty Fixed income investments: U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate and non-U.S. bonds(a) Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities Registered mutual funds – fixed income specialty Commingled funds – fixed income specialty Other fixed income(b) Derivatives Real estate(c) Other(d) Total assets at fair value Receivables and payables, net Net assets available for benefits FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 NET ASSET VALUE TOTAL FAIR VALUE $ 1.6 $ 50.5 $ — $ — $ 52.1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 551.4 1,453.6 63.7 — — — 2,068.7 (0.5) — — — — — — — — — — 32.0 32.0 — 2.1 106.1 107.5 362.5 470.0 — — — 191.4 77.7 — 107.5 362.5 470.0 551.4 1,453.6 63.7 191.4 77.7 32.0 269.1 2,369.8 — — — (0.5) 2.1 106.1 $ 1.6 $ 2,118.7 $ 140.2 $ 739.1 $ 2,999.6 (5.8) $ 2,993.8 The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2020 by asset category were as follows: IN MILLIONS Cash and cash equivalents Equity investments: Registered mutual funds – equity specialty Commingled funds – equity specialty Fixed income investments: U.S. government and agency obligations Corporate and non-U.S. bonds(a) Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities Registered mutual funds – fixed income specialty Commingled funds – fixed income specialty Other fixed income(b) Derivatives Real estate(c) Other(d) Total assets at fair value Receivables and payables, net Net assets available for benefits FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 NET ASSET VALUE TOTAL FAIR VALUE $ 3.1 $ 34.2 $ — $ — $ 37.3 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 504.7 1,424.2 48.4 — — — 1,977.3 0.3 — — — — — — — — — — 28.3 28.3 — 2.8 112.3 65.1 622.0 687.1 — — — 118.3 153.3 — 65.1 622.0 687.1 504.7 1,424.2 48.4 118.3 153.3 28.3 271.6 2,277.2 — — — 0.3 2.8 112.3 $ 3.1 $ 2,011.8 $ 143.4 $ 958.7 $ 3,117.0 (2.4) $ 3,114.6 F-26 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV (a) This class includes state and municipal bonds. (b) This class includes group annuity and guaranteed interest contracts. (c) This class includes a private equity fund that invests in real estate. (d) This investment comprises the Company’s non-significant, non-US pension plan assets. It primarily includes insurance contracts. Cash equivalents are valued using a market approach with inputs including quoted market prices for either identical or similar instruments. Fixed income securities are valued through a market approach with inputs including, but not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker quotes and issuer spreads. Commingled funds are valued at their daily net asset value (NAV) per share or the equivalent. NAV per share or the equivalent is used for fair value purposes as a practical expedient. NAVs are calculated by the investment manager or sponsor of the fund. Private real estate fund values are reported by the fund manager and are based on valuation or appraisal of the underlying investments. Refer to Note 9, “Fair Value Measurements” for additional information related to the fair value hierarchy defined by ASC 820. There have been no significant transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy. The Company made required and discretionary contributions to its pension plans of $55.9 million in 2021, $99.7 million in 2020, and $83.1 million in 2019 and currently projects that it will contribute approximately $82 million to its plans worldwide in 2022. The contribution in 2020 included $24.4 million to fund Ingersoll Rand Industrial plans prior to the completion of the Transaction. The Company’s policy allows it to fund an amount, which could be in excess of or less than the pension cost expensed, subject to the limitations imposed by current tax regulations. However, the Company anticipates funding the plans in 2022 in accordance with contributions required by funding regulations or the laws of each jurisdiction. Most of the Company’s U.S. employees are covered by defined contribution plans. Employer contributions are determined based on criteria specific to the individual plans and amounted to approximately $125.8 million, $111.0 million and $140.2 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company’s contributions relating to non-U.S. defined contribution plans and other non-U.S. benefit plans were $34.9 million, $19.2 million and $56.7 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. MULTIEMPLOYER PENSION PLANS The Company also participates in a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans related to collectively bargained U.S. employees of Trane. The Company’s contributions, and the administration of the fixed retirement payments, are determined by the terms of the related collective-bargaining agreements. These multiemployer plans pose different risks to the Company than single-employer plans, including: 1. The Company’s contributions to multiemployer plans may be used to provide benefits to all participating employees of the program, including employees of other employers. 2. 3. In the event that another participating employer ceases contributions to a plan, the Company may be responsible for any unfunded obligations along with the remaining participating employers. If the Company chooses to withdraw from any of the multiemployer plans, the Company may be required to pay a withdrawal liability, based on the underfunded status of the plan. As of December 31, 2021, the Company does not participate in any plans that are individually significant, nor is the Company an individually significant participant to any of these plans. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS The Company sponsors several postretirement plans that provide for healthcare benefits, and in some instances, life insurance benefits that cover certain eligible employees. These plans are unfunded and have no plan assets, but are instead funded by the Company on a pay-as-you-go basis in the form of direct benefit payments. Generally, postretirement health benefits are contributory with contributions adjusted annually. Life insurance plans for retirees are primarily noncontributory. In connection with the completion of the Transaction, the Company transferred certain postretirement benefit obligations for current and former employees of Ingersoll Rand Industrial to Ingersoll Rand. The transfer of these obligations reduced postretirement plan liabilities by $28.7 million and increased AOCI by $5.5 million. F-27 2021 ANNUAL REPORT The following table details changes in the Company’s postretirement plan benefit obligations for the years ended December 31: PART IV IN MILLIONS Benefit obligation at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Plan participants’ contributions Actuarial (gains) losses(1) Benefits paid, net of Medicare Part D subsidy(2) Impact of the Transaction Other Benefit obligations at end of year 2021 2020 $ 389.1 $ 428.8 2.1 5.5 5.6 (22.2) (37.8) — (0.1) 2.4 9.7 8.2 9.3 (39.9) (28.7) (0.7) $ 342.2 $ 389.1 (1) Net actuarial losses primarily resulted from losses driven by changes in discount rates offset by gains driven by changes in per capita cost assumptions. (2) Amounts are net of Medicare Part D subsidy of $0.5 million and $0.7 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The benefit plan obligations are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows: IN MILLIONS Accrued compensation and benefits Postemployment and other benefit liabilities Total DECEMBER 31, 2021 DECEMBER 31, 2020 $ (33.8) $ (37.1) (308.4) (352.0) $ (342.2) $ (389.1) The pre-tax amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows: IN MILLIONS Balance at December 31, 2020 Gain (loss) in current period Amortization reclassified to earnings Currency translation and other Balance at December 31, 2021 NET ACTUARIAL GAINS (LOSSES) $ 52.4 22.2 (2.0) (0.2) $ 72.4 The components of net periodic postretirement benefit (income) cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Service cost Interest cost Net amortization of: Prior service costs (benefits) Net actuarial (gains) losses Net periodic postretirement benefit cost Amounts recorded in continuing operations: Operating income Other income/(expense), net Amounts recorded in discontinued operations Total 2021 2020 2019 2.1 5.5 $ 2.4 9.7 $ 2.6 14.8 — (2.0) — (0.3) (5.6) (10.9) 5.6 $ 6.5 $ 6.2 2.1 2.5 1.0 5.6 $ $ 2.4 3.0 1.1 6.5 $ $ 2.5 3.1 0.6 6.2 $ $ $ $ F-28 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Postretirement cost for 2022 is projected to be approximately $3 million. The amount expected to be recognized in net periodic postretirement benefits cost in 2022 for net actuarial gains is approximately $6 million. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows: Discount rate: Benefit obligations at December 31 Net periodic benefit cost Service cost Interest cost Assumed health-care cost trend rates at December 31: Current year medical inflation Ultimate inflation rate Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate 2021 2020 2019 2.73% 2.25% 2.99% 2.40% 3.18% 1.84% 2.73% 4.13% 3.67% 6.25% 6.50% 4.75% 4.75% 6.75% 4.75% 2028 2028 2028 Benefit payments for postretirement benefits, which are net of expected plan participant contributions and Medicare Part D subsidy, are expected to be paid as follows: IN MILLIONS 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 — 2031 $ 33.9 32.5 30.8 29.1 27.5 112.1 NOTE 12. REVENUE The Company recognizes revenue when control of a good or service promised in a contract (i.e., performance obligation) is transferred to a customer. Control is obtained when a customer has the ability to direct the use of and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good or service. A majority of the Company’s revenues are recognized at a point-in-time as control is transferred at a distinct point in time per the terms of a contract. However, a portion of the Company’s revenues are recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives control as the Company performs work under a contract. For these arrangements, the cost-to-cost input method is used as it best depicts the transfer of control to the customer that occurs as the Company incurs costs. PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS A performance obligation is a distinct good, service or a bundle of goods and services promised in a contract. The Company identifies performance obligations at the inception of a contract and allocates the transaction price to individual performance obligations to faithfully depict the Company’s performance in transferring control of the promised goods or services to the customer. The following are the primary performance obligations identified by the Company: Equipment. The Company principally generates revenue from the sale of equipment to customers and recognizes revenue at a point in time when control transfers to the customer. Transfer of control is generally determined based on the shipping terms of the contract. F-29 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Contracting and Installation. The Company enters into various construction-type contracts to design, deliver and build integrated solutions to meet customer specifications. These transactions provide services that range from the development and installation of new HVAC systems to the design and integration of critical building systems to optimize energy efficiency and overall performance. These contracts have a typical term of less than one year and are considered a single performance obligation as multiple combined goods and services promised in the contract represent a single output delivered to the customer. Revenues associated with contracting and installation contracts are recognized over time with progress towards completion measured using an input method as the basis to recognize revenue and an estimated profit. To-date efforts for work performed corresponds with and faithfully depicts transfer of control to the customer. Services and Maintenance. The Company provides various levels of preventative and/or repair and maintenance type service agreements for its customers. The typical length of a contract is 12 months but can be as long as 60 months. Revenues associated with these performance obligations are primarily recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit provided by the Company. However, if historical evidence indicates that the cost of providing these services on a straight-line basis is not appropriate, revenue is recognized over the contract period in proportion to the costs expected to be incurred while performing the service. Revenues for certain repair services that do not meet the criteria for over time revenue recognition and sales of parts are recognized at a point in time. Extended warranties. The Company enters into various warranty contracts with customers related to its products. A standard warranty generally warrants that a product is free from defects in workmanship and materials under normal use and conditions for a certain period of time. The Company’s standard warranty is not considered a distinct performance obligation as it does not provide services to customers beyond assurance that the covered product is free of initial defects. An extended warranty provides a customer with additional time that the Company is liable for covered incidents associated with its products. Extended warranties are purchased separately and can last up to five years. As a result, they are considered separate performance obligations for the Company. Revenue associated with these performance obligations is primarily recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit provided by the Company. However, if historical evidence indicates that the cost of providing these services on a straight-line basis is not appropriate, revenue is recognized over the contract period in proportion to the costs expected to be incurred while performing the service. Refer to Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for more information related to product warranties. The transaction price allocated to performance obligations reflects the Company’s expectations about the consideration it will be entitled to receive from a customer. To determine the transaction price, variable and noncash consideration are assessed as well as whether a significant financing component exists. The Company includes variable consideration in the estimated transaction price when it is probable that significant reversal of revenue recognized would not occur when the uncertainty associated with variable consideration is subsequently resolved. The Company considers historical data in determining its best estimates of variable consideration, and the related accruals are recorded using the expected value method. The Company has performance guarantees related to energy savings contracts that are provided under the maintenance portion of contracting and installation agreements extending from 2022-2048. These performance guarantees represent variable consideration and are estimated as part of the overall transaction price. The Company has not recognized any significant adjustments to the transaction price due to variable consideration. The Company enters into sales arrangements that contain multiple goods and services. For these arrangements, each good or service is evaluated to determine whether it represents a distinct performance obligation and whether the sales price for each obligation is representative of standalone selling price. If available, the Company utilizes observable prices for goods or services sold separately to similar customers in similar circumstances to evaluate relative standalone selling price. List prices are used if they are determined to be representative of standalone selling prices. Where necessary, the Company ensures that the total transaction price is then allocated to the distinct performance obligations based on the determination of their relative standalone selling price at the inception of the arrangement. The Company recognizes revenue for delivered goods or services when the delivered good or service is distinct, control of the good or service has transferred to the customer, and only customary refund or return rights related to the goods or services exist. The Company excludes from revenues taxes it collects from a customer that are assessed by a government authority. F-30 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV DISAGGREGATED REVENUE Net revenues by geography and major type of good or service for the year ended at December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Americas Equipment Services Total Americas EMEA Equipment Services Total EMEA Asia Pacific Equipment Services Total Asia Pacific Total Net revenues 2021 2020 2019 $ 7,319.8 $ 6,479.0 $ 6,880.4 3,637.3 3,206.9 3,179.1 $ 10,957.1 $ 9,685.9 $ 10,059.5 $ 1,328.0 $ 1,119.9 $ 1,208.0 616.9 528.2 554.6 $ 1,944.9 $ 1,648.1 $ 1,762.6 $ 851.0 $ 773.6 $ 383.4 347.1 879.7 374.1 $ 1,234.4 $ 1,120.7 $ 1,253.8 $ 14,136.4 $ 12,454.7 $ 13,075.9 Revenue from goods and services transferred to customers at a point in time accounted for approximately 82%, 81% and 82% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. CONTRACT BALANCES The opening and closing balances of contract assets and contract liabilities arising from contracts with customers for the period ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were as follows: IN MILLIONS LOCATION ON CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 2021 2020 Contract assets – current Other current assets Contract assets – noncurrent Other noncurrent assets Contract liabilities – current Accrued expenses and other current liabilities Contract liabilities – noncurrent Other noncurrent liabilities $ 164.8 $ 92.5 218.5 805.4 446.6 162.9 643.0 434.0 The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in accounts receivable, contract assets, and customer advances and deposits (contract liabilities) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In general, the Company receives payments from customers based on a billing schedule established in its contracts. Contract assets relate to the conditional right to consideration for any completed performance under the contract when costs are incurred in excess of billings under the percentage-of-completion methodology. Accounts receivable are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Contract liabilities relate to payments received in advance of performance under the contract or when the Company has a right to consideration that is unconditional before it transfers a good or service to the customer. Contract liabilities are recognized as revenue as (or when) the Company performs under the contract. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, changes in contract asset and liability balances were not materially impacted by any other factors. Approximately 49% of the contract liability balance at December 31, 2020 was recognized as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2021. Additionally, approximately 36% of the contract liability balance at December 31, 2021 was classified as noncurrent and not expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months. F-31 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 13. EQUITY The authorized share capital of Trane Technologies plc is 1,185,040,000 shares, consisting of (1) 1,175,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, (2) 40,000 ordinary shares, par value EUR 1.00 and (3) 10,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.001 per share. There were no preference shares or Euro-denominated ordinary shares outstanding at December 31, 2021 or 2020. The changes in ordinary shares and treasury shares for the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows: IN MILLIONS December 31, 2020 Shares issued under incentive plans Repurchase of ordinary shares December 31, 2021 ORDINARY SHARES ISSUED ORDINARY SHARES HELD IN TREASURY 263.3 2.3 (5.9) 259.7 24.5 — — 24.5 Share repurchases are made from time to time in accordance with management’s capital allocation strategy, subject to market conditions and regulatory requirements. Shares acquired and canceled upon repurchase are accounted for as a reduction of Ordinary Shares and Capital in excess of par value, or Retained earnings to the extent Capital in excess of par value is exhausted. Shares acquired and held in treasury are presented separately on the balance sheet as a reduction to Equity and recognized at cost. In February 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $2.0 billion of its ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program (2021 Authorization) upon completion of the prior share repurchase program which authorized the repurchase of up to $1.5 billion of its ordinary shares (2018 Authorization). During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased and canceled $1.1 billion of its ordinary shares thus completing the 2018 Authorization and initiated repurchases under the 2021 Authorization of $600.2 million of its ordinary shares leaving approximately $1.4 billion remaining under the 2021 Authorization as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, through January 31, 2022, we repurchased approximately $350 million of our ordinary shares under the 2021 Authorization. In February 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 billion of its ordinary shares under a new share repurchase program (2022 Authorization) upon completion of the 2021 Authorization. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The changes in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows: IN MILLIONS December 31, 2019 Separation of Ingersoll Rand Industrial, net of tax Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Trane Technologies plc December 31, 2020 Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Trane Technologies plc December 31, 2021 DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS PENSION AND OPEB ITEMS FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION TOTAL $ 5.6 $ (457.4) $ (554.8) $ (1,006.6) — 5.2 64.8 70.2 135.0 (23.9) 258.8 240.1 $10.8 $ (416.5) $ (225.8) $ (631.5) (3.7) 118.6 (121.0) (6.1) $ 7.1 $ (297.9) $ (346.8) $ (637.6) The amounts of Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $(1.7) million, $2.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related to currency translation. Additionally, Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests for 2021 includes $1.2 million related to pension and postretirement obligation adjustments. F-32 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 14. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION The Company accounts for stock-based compensation plans under the fair-value based method. Fair value is measured once at the date of grant and is not adjusted for subsequent changes. The Company’s share-based compensation plans include programs for stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs), performance share units (PSUs), and deferred compensation. Under the Company’s incentive stock plan, the total number of ordinary shares authorized by the shareholders is 23.0 million, of which 13.7 million remains available as of December 31, 2021 for future incentive awards. In connection with the completion of the Transaction, the provisions of the Company’s existing share-based compensation plans required adjustment to the terms of outstanding awards in order to preserve the intrinsic value of the awards immediately before and after the separation. The outstanding awards will continue to vest over the original vesting period, which is generally three years from the grant date. At the Distribution Date, the Company incurred less than $0.1 million of incremental compensation costs related to the preservation of the stock-based compensation intrinsic value post-separation. COMPENSATION EXPENSE Share-based compensation expense related to continuing operations is included in Selling and administrative expenses. The following table summarizes the expenses recognized: IN MILLIONS Stock options RSUs PSUs Deferred compensation Other(1) Pre-tax expense Tax benefit After-tax expense Amounts recorded in continuing operations Amounts recorded in discontinued operations Total (1) Includes certain plans that have a market-based component. Grants issued during the year ended December 31 were as follows: 2021 2020 2019 $ 16.7 $ 17.9 $ 20.2 21.9 26.1 3.0 4.4 72.1 23.3 26.7 3.9 3.3 75.1 26.5 17.9 3.1 3.5 71.2 (17.4) (18.2) (17.3) $ 54.7 $ 56.9 $ 53.9 54.7 — 55.2 1.7 46.5 7.4 $ 54.7 $ 56.9 $ 53.9 2021 2020 2019 WEIGHTED- AVERAGE FAIR VALUE PER AWARD NUMBER GRANTED WEIGHTED- AVERAGE FAIR VALUE PER AWARD NUMBER GRANTED WEIGHTED- AVERAGE FAIR VALUE PER AWARD $ 29.62 1,021,628 $ 16.75 1,286,857 $ 154.33 213,142 $ 104.76 268,465 $ 181.84 278,468 $ 140.72 312,362 $ 17.17 $ 102.98 $ 111.12 NUMBER GRANTED 589,417 153,806 284,300 Stock options RSUs Performance shares(1) (1) The number of performance shares represents the maximum award level. F-33 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV STOCK OPTIONS / RSUs Eligible participants may receive (i) stock options, (ii) RSUs or (iii) a combination of both stock options and RSUs. The fair value of each of the Company’s stock option and RSU awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the required service period, which is generally the 3-year vesting period. However, for stock options and RSUs granted to retirement eligible employees, the Company recognizes expense for the fair value at the grant date. The average fair value of the stock options granted is determined using the Black Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used during the year ended December 31: Dividend yield Volatility Risk-free rate of return Expected life in years 2021 2020 2019 1.60% 2.01% 2.06% 27.90% 24.33% 21.46% 0.45% 0.56% 2.46% 4.8 4.8 4.8 A description of the significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the stock option awards is as follows: • Dividend yield - The Company determines the dividend yield based upon the expected quarterly dividend payments as of the grant date and the current fair market value of the Company’s stock. • Volatility - The expected volatility is based on a weighted average of the Company’s implied volatility and the most recent historical volatility of the Company’s stock commensurate with the expected life. • Risk-free rate of return -The Company applies a yield curve of continuous risk-free rates based upon the published US Treasury spot rates on the grant date. • Expected life in years - The expected life of the Company’s stock option awards represents the weighted-average of the actual period since the grant date for all exercised or canceled options and an expected period for all outstanding options. Changes in options outstanding under the plans for the years 2021, 2020 and 2019 were as follows: December 31, 2018 Granted Exercised Cancelled December 31, 2019 Granted Exercised Cancelled Adjustment due to the Transaction December 31, 2020 Granted Exercised Cancelled Outstanding December 31, 2021 Exercisable December 31, 2021 SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION WEIGHTED- AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE AGGREGATE INTRINSIC VALUE (MILLIONS) WEIGHTED- AVERAGE REMAINING LIFE (YEARS) 6,285,351 $ 66.95 1,286,857 101.42 (2,076,338) (76,624) 5,419,246 1,021,628 (1,767,782) (49,539) 1,095,805 5,719,358 589,417 (1,872,069) (25,706) 4,411,000 2,748,061 56.17 92.38 78.91 105.29 58.27 88.12 n/a 70.53 150.34 64.74 115.33 $ $ 83.39 64.86 $ 523.3 $ 377.0 5.7 4.5 F-34 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable options: OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICE $ 25.01 — $ 50.00 50.01 — 75.01 — 100.01 — 125.01 — 150.01 — 175.01 — 75.00 100.00 125.00 150.00 175.00 200.00 639,441 1,434,031 897,717 858,516 554,261 3,900 23,134 NUMBER OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2021 WEIGHTED- AVERAGE REMAINING LIFE (YEARS) NUMBER EXERCISABLE AT DECEMBER 31, 2021 WEIGHTED- AVERAGE REMAINING LIFE (YEARS) WEIGHTED- AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE $ 39.56 65.24 79.32 105.25 148.71 166.50 186.90 2.8 4.5 6.0 7.5 8.4 9.3 9.6 5.7 639,441 1,380,815 513,773 213,475 557 — — WEIGHTED- AVERAGE EXERCISE PRICE $ 39.56 65.01 79.04 105.28 145.95 — — $ 64.86 2.8 4.4 5.9 7.3 6.8 0.0 0.0 4.5 $ 25.28 — $ 190.56 4,411,000 $ 83.39 2,748,061 At December 31, 2021, there was $8.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from stock option arrangements granted under the plan, which is primarily related to unvested shares of non-retirement eligible employees. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $212.6 million and $120.5 million, respectively. Generally, stock options expire ten years from their date of grant. The following table summarizes RSU activity for the years 2021, 2020 and 2019: Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Cancelled Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Cancelled Adjustment due to the Transaction Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2020 Granted Vested Cancelled Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2021 WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE RSUs 721,639 $ 78.40 268,465 102.98 (364,817) (20,947) 70.26 89.64 604,340 $ 93.56 213,142 104.76 (338,952) (11,356) 22,348 86.62 84.38 n/a 489,522 $ 87.75 153,806 (266,041) (6,257) 154.33 82.18 115.11 371,030 $ 118.88 At December 31, 2021, there was $12.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from RSU arrangements granted under the plan, which is related to unvested shares of non-retirement eligible employees. F-35 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV PERFORMANCE SHARES The Company has a Performance Share Program (PSP) for key employees. The program provides awards in the form of PSUs based on performance against pre-established objectives. The annual target award level is expressed as a number of the Company’s ordinary shares based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. All PSUs are settled in the form of ordinary shares. Beginning with the 2018 grant year, PSU awards are earned based 50% upon a performance condition, measured by relative Cash Flow Return on Invested Capital (CROIC) to the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a 3-year performance period, and 50% upon a market condition, measured by the Company’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) as compared to the TSR of the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a 3-year performance period. The fair value of the market condition is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model in a risk-neutral framework based upon historical volatility, risk-free rates and correlation matrix. Awards granted prior to 2018 were earned based 50% upon a performance condition, measured by relative earnings-per-share (EPS) growth to the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a 3-year performance period, and 50% upon a market condition measured by the Company’s relative TSR as compared to the TSR of the S&P 500 Industrials Index over a 3-year performance period. The following table summarizes PSU activity for the maximum number of shares that may be issued for the years 2021, 2020 and 2019: Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Adjustment due to the Transaction Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2020 Granted Vested Forfeited Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2021 WEIGHTED- AVERAGE GRANT DATE FAIR VALUE PSUs 1,246,164 $ 79.83 312,362 (539,402) (34,194) 984,930 278,468 (340,400) (56,430) 151,904 111.12 53.76 106.14 $ 103.12 140.72 93.63 89.94 n/a 1,018,472 $ 99.53 284,300 (419,088) (81,728) 801,956 181.84 82.93 160.86 $ 131.14 At December 31, 2021, there was $17.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost from PSU arrangements based on current performance, which is related to unvested shares. This compensation will be recognized over the required service period, which is generally the three-year vesting period. DEFERRED COMPENSATION The Company allows key employees to defer a portion of their eligible compensation into a number of investment choices, including its ordinary share equivalents. Any amounts invested in ordinary share equivalents will be settled in ordinary shares of the Company at the time of distribution. F-36 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 15. RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES The Company incurs costs associated with restructuring initiatives intended to result in improved operating performance, profitability and working capital levels. Actions associated with these initiatives include workforce reduction, improving manufacturing productivity, realignment of management structures and rationalizing certain assets. Restructuring charges recorded during the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Corporate and Other Total Cost of goods sold Selling and administrative expenses Total The changes in the restructuring reserve were as follows: 2021 2020 2019 $ 6.8 $ 35.3 $ 39.0 2.6 1.4 7.4 5.1 16.2 27.9 5.1 6.7 1.8 $ 27.0 $ 75.7 $ 52.6 $ 7.5 $ 24.1 $ 37.3 19.5 51.6 15.3 $ 27.0 $ 75.7 $ 52.6 IN MILLIONS December 31, 2019 Additions, net of reversals(1) Cash paid/Other December 31, 2020 Additions, net of reversals(2) Cash paid/Other December 31, 2021 AMERICAS EMEA ASIA PACIFIC CORPORATE AND OTHER TOTAL $ 11.9 31.3 (30.6) 12.6 6.2 (12.2) $ 2.8 7.4 $ 9.1 5.1 (5.9) (12.2) 4.3 1.9 (3.1) 2.0 1.4 (2.4) $ 1.6 $ 25.4 27.9 (18.9) 10.6 16.2 71.7 (67.6) 29.5 25.7 (20.8) (38.5) $ 6.6 $ 3.1 $ 1.0 $ 6.0 $ 16.7 (1) Excludes the accelerated depreciation on equipment ($4.0 million). (2) Excludes the accelerated depreciation on buildings and equipment and other non-cash charges ($1.3 million). During the year ended December 31, 2021, costs associated with announced restructuring actions primarily included the following: • costs related to workforce reductions and the reorganization of resources in an effort to improve the Company’s cost structure and other functional transformation initiatives; • the plan to close a U.S. manufacturing facility and relocate production to another existing U.S. facility announced in 2018; and • costs related to the reorganization of resources and facilities in response to the completion of the Transaction and separation of Ingersoll Rand Industrial. Amounts recognized primarily relate to severance and exit costs. In addition, the Company also includes costs that are directly attributable to the restructuring activity but do not fall into the severance, exit or disposal categories. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $16.7 million accrued for costs associated with its ongoing restructuring actions, of which a majority is expected to be paid within one year. F-37 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 16. OTHER INCOME/(EXPENSE), NET The components of Other income/(expense), net for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Interest income Foreign currency exchange loss Other components of net periodic benefit credit/(cost) Other activity, net Other income/(expense), net 2021 2020 2019 $ 4.0 $ 4.5 $ 0.6 (10.7) (1.6) 9.4 1.1 $ (10.0) (14.7) 24.3 (9.5) (34.9) 15.4 $ 4.1 $ (28.4) Other income/(expense), net includes the results from activities other than normal business operations such as interest income and foreign currency gains and losses on transactions that are denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency. In addition, the Company includes the components of net periodic benefit credit/(cost) for pension and post retirement obligations other than the service cost component. Other activity, net primarily includes items associated with certain legal matters, as well as asbestos-related activities. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a gain of $12.8 million related to the release of a pension indemnification liability, partially offset by a charge of $7.2 million to increase its Funding Agreement liability from asbestos-related activities of Murray within other activity, net. Other activity, net for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily includes a $17.4 million adjustment to correct an overstatement of a legacy legal liability that originated in prior years and a gain of $0.9 million related to the deconsolidation of Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs within other activity, net. Refer to Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for more information regarding asbestos-related matters. NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES CURRENT AND DEFERRED PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES Earnings before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were taxed within the following jurisdictions: IN MILLIONS United States Non-U.S. Total 2021 2020 2019 $ 995.5 $ 653.9 $ 795.2 634.3 837.4 561.5 $ 1,790.7 $ 1,288.2 $ 1,398.9 The components of the Provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Current tax expense (benefit): United States Non-U.S. Total Deferred tax expense (benefit): United States Non-U.S. Total Total tax expense (benefit): United States Non-U.S. Total 2021 2020 2019 $ 247.0 $ 168.3 $ 181.8 111.7 358.7 106.3 274.6 77.4 259.2 (42.5) 17.3 (25.2) 11.2 11.0 22.2 2.2 (22.8) (20.6) 204.5 129.0 179.5 117.3 184.0 54.6 $ 333.5 $ 296.8 $ 238.6 F-38 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV The Provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory income tax rate to pretax income, as a result of the following differences: Statutory U.S. rate Increase (decrease) in rates resulting from: Non-U.S. tax rate differential Tax on U.S. subsidiaries on non-U.S. earnings(a) State and local income taxes(b) Valuation allowances(c) Stock based compensation Expiration of carryforward tax attributes Reserves for uncertain tax positions Provision to return and other true-up adjustments Other adjustments Effective tax rate (a) Net of foreign tax credits (b) Net of changes in state valuation allowances (c) Primarily federal and non-U.S., excludes state valuation allowances PERCENT OF PRETAX INCOME 2021 2020 2019 21.0 % 21.0 % 21.0 % (2.8) (0.3) 2.0 (1.1) (1.8) — 0.1 (0.2) 1.7 (1.1) 0.3 4.3 (1.1) (1.7) 1.1 (0.1) (0.2) 0.5 18.6% 23.0% (2.8) (0.2) 3.0 (2.9) (1.7) — (0.5) 0.1 1.1 17.1% Tax incentives, in the form of tax holidays, have been granted to the Company in certain jurisdictions to encourage industrial development. The expiration of these tax holidays varies by country. The tax holidays are conditional on the Company meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The most significant tax holidays relate to the Company’s qualifying locations in China, Puerto Rico and Panama. The benefit for the tax holidays for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $32.6 million, $24.6 million and $28.3 million, respectively. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES A summary of the deferred tax accounts at December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Deferred tax assets: Inventory and accounts receivable Fixed assets and intangibles Operating lease liabilities Postemployment and other benefit liabilities Product liability Funding liability Other reserves and accruals Net operating losses and credit carryforwards Other Gross deferred tax assets Less: deferred tax valuation allowances Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowances Deferred tax liabilities: Inventory and accounts receivable Fixed assets and intangibles Operating lease right-of-use assets Postemployment and other benefit liabilities Other reserves and accruals Product liability Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries Other Gross deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) F-39 2021 2020 $ $ $ $ 11.0 5.6 106.0 285.7 4.6 73.7 171.2 453.3 29.0 1,140.1 (258.6) 881.5 (18.6) (1,135.4) (104.4) (21.3) (5.2) — (27.8) (6.9) (1,319.6) (438.1) $ $ $ $ 11.7 9.5 101.0 323.5 4.8 71.8 164.8 509.0 58.5 1,254.6 (320.5) 934.1 (22.3) (1,186.0) (99.5) (14.1) (7.2) (0.2) (22.4) (3.2) (1,354.9) (420.8) 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV At December 31, 2021, no deferred taxes have been provided for earnings of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, since these earnings have been and under current plans will continue to be permanently reinvested in these subsidiaries. These earnings amount to approximately $2.5 billion which if distributed would result in additional taxes, which may be payable upon distribution, of approximately $300.0 million. At December 31, 2021, the Company had the following operating loss, capital loss and tax credit carryforwards available to offset taxable income in prior and future years: IN MILLIONS U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards U.S. Federal credit carryforwards U.S. State net operating loss carryforwards U.S. State credit carryforwards Non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards Non-U.S. credit carryforwards AMOUNT EXPIRATION PERIOD $ 611.0 2022-2036 119.8 2022-2030 2,776.3 2022-Unlimited 29.4 2022-Unlimited 530.7 2022-Unlimited 11.0 Unlimited The U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards were incurred in various jurisdictions. The non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards were incurred in various jurisdictions, predominantly in Belgium, Brazil, India, Luxembourg, Spain and the United Kingdom. Activity associated with the Company’s valuation allowance is as follows: IN MILLIONS Beginning balance Increase to valuation allowance Decrease to valuation allowance Other deductions Write off against valuation allowance Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Ending balance 2021 2020 2019 $ 320.5 $ 309.4 $ 310.3 86.5 38.9 44.0 (113.5) (22.8) (43.6) — (33.0) (1.9) (0.1) (3.7) (1.2) — — (1.3) $ 258.6 $ 320.5 $ 309.4 During 2021, the Company recorded a $21.4 million reduction in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets primarily related to foreign tax credits as a result of an increase in current year foreign source income. During 2020, the Company recorded a $22.3 million increase in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets primarily related to certain state net deferred tax assets as a result of the Transaction. In addition, the Company recorded a $16.0 million reduction in valuation allowances related to non-U.S. net operating losses, primarily as a result of a planned restructuring in a non-U.S. tax jurisdiction, and foreign tax credits as a result of revised projections of future foreign source income. During 2019, the Company recorded a $43.6 million reduction in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets primarily related to non-U.S. net operating losses. In addition, the Company recorded a $19.3 million increase in a valuation allowance for certain state net deferred tax assets as a result of revised projections of future state taxable income during the carryforward period. F-40 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV UNRECOGNIZED TAX BENEFITS The Company has total unrecognized tax benefits of $65.2 million and $65.4 million as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the continuing operations effective tax rate are $39.1 million as of December 31, 2021. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: IN MILLIONS Beginning balance Additions based on tax positions related to the current year Additions based on tax positions related to prior years Reductions based on tax positions related to prior years Reductions related to settlements with tax authorities Reductions related to lapses of statute of limitations Translation (gain) loss Ending balance 2021 2020 2019 $ 65.4 $ 63.7 $ 68.7 1.0 5.1 (2.4) (0.1) (1.0) (2.8) 1.0 2.1 (1.5) (0.7) (1.7) 2.5 1.2 9.3 (13.1) (0.9) (0.6) (0.9) $ 65.2 $ 65.4 $ 63.7 The Company records interest and penalties associated with the uncertain tax positions within its Provision for income taxes. The Company had reserves associated with interest and penalties, net of tax, of $7.1 million and $14.6 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company recognized a $0.7 million and $0.1 million tax expense, respectively, in interest and penalties, net of tax in continuing operations related to these uncertain tax positions. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to the Company’s tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, the settlements of ongoing audits and/or the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Although the outcomes and timing of such events are highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, could potentially be reduced by up to approximately $3.2 million during the next 12 months. The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company. In addition, tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by the Company and can raise issues regarding its filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions, and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including such major jurisdictions as Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Mexico, Spain, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States. These examinations on their own, or any subsequent litigation related to the examinations, may result in additional taxes or penalties against the Company. If the ultimate result of these audits differ from original or adjusted estimates, they could have a material impact on the Company’s tax provision. In general, the examination of the Company’s U.S. federal tax returns is complete or effectively settled for years prior to 2016. In general, the examination of the Company’s material non-U.S. tax returns is complete or effectively settled for the years prior to 2013, with certain matters prior to 2013 being resolved through appeals and litigation and also unilateral procedures as provided for under double tax treaties. In connection with the Transaction, the Company and Ingersoll Rand entered into a tax sharing agreement for the allocation of taxes. The Company has an indemnity payable to Ingersoll Rand, included within other non-current liabilities, in the amount of $8.0 million of tax and interest primarily related to open audit years in non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. F-41 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 18. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES ACQUISITIONS On October 15, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of Farrar Scientific Corporation’s (Farrar Scientific) assets, including its patented ultra-low temperature control technologies, a development and assembly operation in Marietta, Ohio, and a specialized team of engineers, sales engineers, operators, and technicians. Farrar Scientific is a leader in ultra-low temperature control for biopharmaceutical and other life science applications. The results of Farrar Scientific are reported within the Americas segment from the date of acquisition. The Company paid $251.2 million in initial cash consideration, financed through cash on hand, and agreed to contingent consideration relating to an earnout payment of up to $115.0 million to be paid in 2025, tied to the attainment of key revenue targets during the period of January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024. This additional payment, to the extent earned, will be payable in cash. The purchase price for the acquisition was expected to be $349.9 million, comprised of the upfront cash consideration of $251.2 million paid on October 15, 2021 and the fair value of the earnout payment at the time of closing the acquisition of $98.7 million. The fair value of the earnout payment is determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model based on projections of revenues for Farrar Scientific during the period of January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2024, implied revenue volatility and a risk adjusted discount rate. Each quarter the Company is required to remeasure the fair value of the liability as assumptions change and such adjustments will be recorded in Selling and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of the earnout payment was $96.2 million. The aggregate purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimate of fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets associated with the acquisition totaled $140.7 million and primarily relate to customer relationships. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired was recognized as goodwill and totaled $203.6 million. The Company recorded intangible assets based on their preliminary estimate of fair value, which consisted of the following: IN MILLIONS Customer relationships Other Total intangible assets WEIGHTED-AVERAGE USEFUL LIFE (IN YEARS) OCTOBER 15, 2021 14 6 $ 105.2 35.5 $ 140.7 The valuation of intangible assets was determined using an income approach methodology. The fair values of the customer relationship intangible assets were determined using the multi-period excess earnings method based on discounted projected net cash flows associated with the net earnings attributable to the acquired customer relationships. These projected cash flows are estimated over the remaining economic life of the intangible asset and are considered from a market participant perspective. Key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included projected revenue growth rates and customer attrition rates. The projected future cash flows are discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets was recognized as goodwill. The goodwill is primarily attributable to the fair value of market share and revenue growth from Farrar Scientific. The benefit of access to the workforce is an additional element of goodwill. For income tax purposes, the acquisition was an asset purchase and the goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes. The Company has not included pro forma financial information as the pro forma impact was deemed not material. F-42 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV During 2020, the Company acquired two independent dealers, reported within the Americas segment, to support the Company’s ongoing strategy to expand its distribution network and service area. The aggregate cash paid, net of cash acquired, totaled $182.8 million and was financed through cash on hand. Intangible assets associated with these acquisitions totaled $76.9 million and primarily relate to customer relationships. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired was recognized as goodwill and totaled $131.8 million. The fair values of the customer relationship intangible assets were determined using the multi-period excess earnings method based on discounted projected net cash flows associated with the net earnings attributable to the acquired customer relationships. These projected cash flows are estimated over the remaining economic life of the intangible asset and are considered from a market participant perspective. Key assumptions used in estimating future cash flows included projected revenue growth rates and customer attrition rates. The projected future cash flows are discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. The customer relationships had a weighted-average useful life of 16 years. The Company has not included pro forma financial information as the pro forma impact was deemed not material. During 2019, the Company acquired several businesses including independent dealers to support its ongoing strategy to expand its distribution network and service area as well as other businesses that strengthen the Company’s product portfolios. The aggregate cash paid, net of cash acquired, totaled $83.4 million and was funded through cash on hand. Intangible assets associated with these acquisitions totaled $25.5 million and primarily relate to trademarks and customer relationships. The excess purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired was recognized as goodwill and totaled $45.3 million. These acquisitions were not material to the Company’s financial statements and were reported in the Americas segment. DIVESTITURES The components of Discontinued operations, net of tax for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Net revenues Cost of goods sold Selling and administrative expenses Operating income (loss) Other income/ (expense), net Pre-tax earnings (loss) from discontinued operations Tax benefit (expense) Discontinued operations, net of tax 2021 2020 2019 $ — — (3.0) (3.0) (36.3) (39.3) 18.7 $ 469.8 $ 3,523.0 (315.8) (234.4) (80.4) (55.9) (136.3) 14.9 (2,366.0) (809.5) 347.5 50.0 397.5 (129.3) $ (20.6) $ (121.4) $ 268.2 The table above presents the financial statement line items that support amounts included in Discontinued operations, net of tax. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Other income/(expense), net included a charge of $14.0 million to increase the Company’s Funding Agreement liability from asbestos-related activities of Aldrich as well as pension and post retirement obligations and environmental costs related to businesses formerly owned by the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Selling and administrative expenses included pre-tax Ingersoll Rand Industrial separation costs of $114.2 million, which are primarily related to legal, consulting and advisory fees. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2020, Other income/(expense), net included a loss of $25.8 million related to the deconsolidation of Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park. The year ended December 31, 2019 included $94.6 million of pre-tax Ingersoll Rand Industrial separation costs within Selling and administrative expenses. SEPARATION OF INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT BUSINESSES On February 29, 2020, the Company completed the Transaction with Ingersoll Rand whereby the Company separated Ingersoll Rand Industrial which then merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingersoll Rand. In accordance with GAAP, the historical results of Ingersoll Rand Industrial are presented as a discontinued operation in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. F-43 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Net revenues and earnings from operations, net of tax of Ingersoll Rand Industrial for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Net revenues Earnings (loss) attributable to Trane Technologies plc Earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests Earnings (loss) from operations, net of tax 2021 2020 2019 $ — $ 469.8 $ 3,523.0 0.1 — 0.1 $ (85.8) 225.2 0.9 2.4 $ (84.9) $ 227.6 Earnings (loss) attributable to Trane Technologies plc includes Ingersoll Rand Industrial separation costs, net of tax primarily related to legal, consulting and advisory fees of $96.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. In addition, the year ended December 31, 2019 includes $89.4 million of Ingersoll Rand Industrial separation costs, net of tax. OTHER DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS Other discontinued operations, net of tax related to retained obligations from previously sold businesses that primarily include ongoing expenses for postretirement benefits, product liability and legal costs. In addition, the Company includes asbestos-related activities of Aldrich. The components of Discontinued operations, net of tax for the years ended December 31 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Ingersoll Rand Industrial, net of tax Asbestos-related activities of Aldrich (post-Petition Date) Other discontinued operations, net of tax Discontinued operations, net of tax 2021 2020 2019 $ 0.1 $ (84.9) $ 227.6 (13.3) (19.1) — (7.4) (17.4) 40.6 $ (20.6) $ (121.4) $ 268.2 Refer to Note 21, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for more information regarding the deconsolidation and asbestos- related matters. NOTE 19. EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS) Basic EPS is calculated by dividing Net earnings attributable to Trane Technologies plc by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted EPS is calculated after adjusting the denominator of the basic EPS calculation for the effect of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares, which in the Company’s case, includes shares issuable under share-based compensation plans. The following table summarizes the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations: IN MILLIONS Weighted-average number of basic shares outstanding Shares issuable under incentive stock plans Weighted-average number of diluted shares outstanding Anti-dilutive shares Dividends declared per ordinary share 2021 2020 2019 238.7 240.1 241.6 3.6 3.0 2.8 242.3 243.1 244.4 — 0.6 — $ 2.36 $ 2.12 $ 2.12 F-44 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 20. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION The Company operates under three regional operating segments designed to create deep customer focus and relevance in markets around the world. Intercompany sales between segments are immaterial. • The Company’s Americas segment innovates for customers in North America and Latin America. The Americas segment encompasses commercial heating and cooling systems, building controls, and energy services and solutions; residential heating and cooling; and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. • The Company’s EMEA segment innovates for customers in the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The EMEA segment encompasses heating and cooling systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings and industrial processing, and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. • The Company’s Asia Pacific segment innovates for customers throughout the Asia Pacific region. The Asia Pacific segment encompasses heating and cooling systems, services and solutions for commercial buildings and transport refrigeration systems and solutions. Management measures operating performance based on net earnings excluding interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring, unallocated corporate expenses and discontinued operations (Segment Adjusted EBITDA). Segment Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered a substitute for net earnings or other results reported in accordance with GAAP. The Company believes Segment Adjusted EBITDA provides the most relevant measure of profitability as well as earnings power and the ability to generate cash. This measure is a useful financial metric to assess the Company’s operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that it believes are not representative of its core business and the Company uses this measure for business planning purposes. Segment Adjusted EBITDA also provides a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods and the Company’s ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates non-cash charges such as depreciation and amortization expense. F-45 2021 ANNUAL REPORT A summary of operations by reportable segment for the years ended December 31 were as follows: PART IV IN MILLIONS Net revenues Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total Net revenues Segment Adjusted EBITDA Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to earnings before income taxes Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA Interest expense Depreciation and amortization Restructuring costs Unallocated corporate expenses Earnings before income taxes Depreciation and Amortization Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Depreciation and amortization from reportable segments Unallocated depreciation and amortization Total depreciation and amortization Capital Expenditures Americas EMEA Asia Pacific Capital expenditures from reportable segments Corporate capital expenditures Total capital expenditures 2021 2020 2019 $ 10,957.1 $ 9,685.9 $ 10,059.5 1,944.9 1,234.4 1,648.1 1,120.7 1,762.6 1,253.8 $ 14,136.4 $ 12,454.7 $ 13,075.9 $ 2,008.8 $ 1,677.7 $ 1,742.1 359.2 228.5 265.7 188.8 267.7 182.8 $ 2,596.5 $ 2,132.2 $ 2,192.6 $ 2,596.5 $ 2,132.2 $ 2,192.6 (233.7) (299.4) (27.0) (245.7) (248.7) (294.3) (75.7) (225.3) (242.8) (288.8) (52.6) (209.5) $ 1,790.7 $ 1,288.2 $ 1,398.9 $ 227.6 $ 224.0 $ 213.6 33.3 16.5 277.4 22.0 299.4 148.7 23.6 20.6 192.9 30.1 223.0 $ $ $ $ $ 32.6 11.6 268.2 26.1 294.3 98.2 24.7 7.7 130.6 15.6 146.2 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 31.0 13.4 258.0 30.8 288.8 146.8 30.0 11.3 188.1 17.3 205.4 At December 31, a summary of long-lived assets by geographic area were as follows: IN MILLIONS United States Non-U.S. Total 2021 2020 $ 1,287.5 $ 1,219.4 548.1 539.1 $ 1,835.6 $ 1,758.5 F-46 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV NOTE 21. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company is involved in various litigation, claims and administrative proceedings, including those related to the bankruptcy proceedings for Aldrich and Murray and environmental and product liability matters. The Company records accruals for loss contingencies when it is both probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Amounts recorded for identified contingent liabilities are estimates, which are reviewed periodically and adjusted to reflect additional information when it becomes available. Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs for contingent liabilities, except as expressly set forth in this note, management believes that any liability which may result from these legal matters would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows of the Company. ASBESTOS-RELATED MATTERS Certain wholly-owned subsidiaries and former companies of the Company were named as defendants in asbestos- related lawsuits in state and federal courts. In virtually all of the suits, a large number of other companies have also been named as defendants. The vast majority of those claims were filed against predecessors of Aldrich and Murray and generally allege injury caused by exposure to asbestos contained in certain historical products sold by predecessors of Aldrich or Murray, primarily pumps, boilers and railroad brake shoes. None of the Company’s existing or previously-owned businesses were a producer or manufacturer of asbestos. On June 18, 2020, Aldrich and Murray filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray. As a result of the Chapter 11 filings, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich and Murray have been stayed due to the imposition of a statutory automatic stay applicable in Chapter 11 bankruptcy cases. In addition, at the request of Aldrich and Murray, the Bankruptcy Court has entered an order temporarily staying all asbestos-related claims against the Trane Companies that relate to claims against Aldrich or Murray (except for asbestos-related claims for which the exclusive remedy is provided under workers’ compensation statutes or similar laws). On August 23, 2021, the Bankruptcy Court entered its findings of facts and conclusions of law and order declaring that the automatic stay applies to certain asbestos related claims against the Trane Companies and enjoining such actions. As a result, all asbestos-related lawsuits against Aldrich, Murray and the Trane Companies remain stayed. The goal of these Chapter 11 filings is to resolve equitably and permanently all current and future asbestos-related claims in a manner beneficial to claimants, Aldrich and Murray through court approval of a plan of reorganization that would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future asbestos-related claims against Aldrich and Murray and channel such claims to the trust for resolution in accordance with those procedures. Aldrich and Murray intend to seek an agreement with representatives of the asbestos claimants on the terms of a plan for the establishment of such a trust. Prior to the Petition Date, predecessors of each of Aldrich and Murray had been litigating asbestos-related claims brought against them. No such claims have been paid since the Petition Date, and it is not contemplated that any such claims will be paid until the end of the Chapter 11 cases. From an accounting perspective, the Company no longer has control over Aldrich and Murray as of the Petition Date as their activities are subject to review and oversight by the Bankruptcy Court. Therefore, Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park and Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs were deconsolidated as of the Petition Date and their respective assets and liabilities were derecognized from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Amounts derecognized in 2020 primarily related to the legacy asbestos-related liabilities and asbestos-related insurance recoveries and $41.7 million of cash. F-47 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV ACCOUNTING TREATMENT PRIOR TO THE PETITION DATE Historically, the Company performed a detailed analysis and projected an estimated range of the Company’s total liability for pending and unasserted future asbestos-related claims. The Company recorded the liability at the low end of the range as it believed that no amount within the range was a better estimate than any other amount. Asbestos-related defense costs were excluded from the liability and were recorded separately as services were incurred. The methodology used to prepare estimates relied upon and included the following factors, among others: • the interpretation of a widely accepted forecast of the population likely to have been occupationally exposed to asbestos; • epidemiological studies estimating the number of people likely to develop asbestos-related diseases such as mesothelioma and lung cancer; • the Company’s historical experience with the filing of non-malignancy claims and claims alleging other types of malignant diseases filed against the Company relative to the number of lung cancer claims filed against the Company; • the analysis of the number of people likely to file an asbestos-related personal injury claim against the Company based on such epidemiological and historical data and the Company’s claims history; • an analysis of the Company’s pending cases, by type of disease claimed and by year filed; • an analysis of the Company’s history to determine the average settlement and resolution value of claims, by type of disease claimed; • an adjustment for inflation in the future average settlement value of claims, at a 2.5% annual inflation rate, adjusted downward to 1.0% to take account of the declining value of claims resulting from the aging of the claimant population; and • an analysis of the period over which the Company has and is likely to resolve asbestos-related claims against it in the future (currently projected through 2053). Prior to the Petition Date, over 73 percent of the open and active claims against the Company were non-malignant or unspecified disease claims. In addition, the Company had a number of claims which had been placed on inactive or deferred dockets and expected to have little or no settlement value against the Company. Prior to the Petition Date, the costs associated with the settlement and defense of asbestos-related claims, insurance settlements on asbestos-related matters and the revaluation of the Company’s liability for potential future claims and recoveries were included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings within continuing operations or discontinued operations depending on the business to which they relate. Income and expenses associated with asbestos-related matters of Aldrich and its predecessors were recorded within discontinued operations as they related to previously divested businesses, primarily Ingersoll-Dresser Pump, which was sold by the Company in 2000. Income and expenses associated with asbestos-related matters for Murray and its predecessors were recorded within continuing operations. The year ended December 31, 2020 includes a $17.4 million adjustment to correct an overstatement of a legacy legal liability that originated in prior years. The net income (expense) associated with these pre-Petition Date transactions for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows: IN MILLIONS Continuing operations Discontinued operations Total 2020 2019 $ 14.8 $ 7.0 (11.2) 68.2 $ 3.6 $ 75.2 The amounts recorded by the Company for asbestos-related liabilities and insurance-related assets are based on currently available information. Key assumptions underlying the estimated asbestos-related liabilities include the number of people occupationally exposed and likely to develop asbestos-related diseases such as mesothelioma and lung cancer, the number of people likely to file an asbestos-related personal injury claim against the Company, the average settlement and resolution of each claim and the percentage of claims resolved with no payment. Furthermore, predictions with respect to estimates of the liability are subject to greater uncertainty as the projection period lengthens. F-48 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV Other factors that may affect the Company’s liability include uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, reforms that may be made by state and federal courts, and the passage of state or federal tort reform legislation. The aggregate amount of the stated limits in insurance policies available to Aldrich and Murray for asbestos-related claims acquired, over many years and from many different carriers, is substantial. However, as a result of limitations in that coverage, the projected total liability to claimants substantially exceeds the probable insurance recovery. ACCOUNTING TREATMENT AFTER THE PETITION DATE Upon deconsolidation in 2020, the Company recorded its retained interest in Aldrich and Murray at fair value within Other noncurrent assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In determining the fair value of its equity investment, the Company used a market-adjusted multiple of earnings valuation technique. As a result, the Company recorded an aggregate equity investment of $53.6 million as of the Petition Date. Simultaneously, the Company recognized a liability of $248.8 million within Other noncurrent liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet related to its obligation under the Funding Agreements. The liability was based on asbestos-related liabilities and insurance-related assets balances previously recorded by the Company prior to the Petition Date. As a result of the deconsolidation, the Company recognized an aggregate loss of $24.9 million in its Consolidated Statements of Earnings during the year ended December 31, 2020. A gain of $0.9 million related to Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs was recorded within Other income/(expense), net and a loss of $25.8 million related to Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park was recorded within Discontinued operations, net of tax. Additionally, the deconsolidation resulted in an investing cash outflow of $41.7 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, of which $10.8 million was recorded within continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2020. On August 26, 2021, the Company announced that Aldrich and Murray reached an agreement in principle with the court-appointed legal representative of future asbestos claimants (the FCR) in the bankruptcy proceedings. The agreement in principle includes the key terms for the permanent resolution of all current and future asbestos claims against Aldrich and Murray pursuant to a plan of reorganization (the Plan). Under the agreed terms, the Plan would create a trust pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code and establish claims resolution procedures for all current and future claims against Aldrich and Murray (Asbestos Claims). On the effective date of the Plan, Aldrich and Murray would fund the trust with $545.0 million, comprised of $540.0 million in cash and a promissory note to be issued by Aldrich and Murray to the trust in the principal amount of $5.0 million, and the Asbestos Claims would be channeled to the trust for resolution in accordance with the claims resolution procedures. Following the effective date of the Plan, Aldrich and Murray, would have no further obligations with respect to the Asbestos Claims. The FCR has agreed to support such Plan. The agreement in principle with the FCR is subject to final documentation and is conditioned on arrangements acceptable to Aldrich and Murray with respect to their asbestos insurance assets. It is currently contemplated that the asbestos insurance assets of Aldrich and Murray would be contributed to the trust, and that, in consideration of their cash contribution to the trust, Aldrich and Murray would have the exclusive right to pursue, collect and retain all insurance reimbursements available in connection with the resolution of Asbestos Claims by the trust. The committee representing current asbestos claimants (the ACC) is not a party to the agreement in principle. Any settlement and its implementation in a plan of reorganization is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will approve the agreement on the terms proposed. On September 24, 2021, Aldrich and Murray filed the Plan with the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan is supported by, and reflects the agreement in principle reached with the FCR. In connection with the Plan, Aldrich and Murray filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to create a $270.0 million trust intended to constitute a “qualified settlement fund” within the meaning of the Treasury Regulations under Section 468B of the Internal Revenue Code (QSF). The funds held in the QSF would be available to provide funding for the Section 524(g) Trust upon effectiveness of the Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2021, in connection with the agreement in principle reached by Aldrich and Murray with the FCR and the motion to create a $270.0 million QSF, the Company recorded a charge of $21.2 million to increase its Funding Agreement liability to $270.0 million. The corresponding charge was bifurcated between Other income/(expense), net of $7.2 million relating to Murray and discontinued operations of $14.0 million relating to Aldrich. F-49 2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV On January 27, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court granted the request to fund the QSF. The QSF is expected to be funded in the first quarter of 2022 shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters an order reflecting such approval and such order becomes final and non-appealable. Therefore, as the Company expects to fund the QSF shortly after the Bankruptcy Court enters the order reflecting its approval, the Company reclassified its $270.0 million Funding Agreement liability to Accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2021. At this point in the Chapter 11 cases of Aldrich and Murray, it is not possible to predict whether the Bankruptcy Court will approve the terms of the Plan, what the extent of the asbestos liability will be or how long the Chapter 11 cases will last. The Chapter 11 cases remain pending as of February 7, 2022. Furthermore, in connection with the 2020 Corporate Restructuring, Aldrich, Murray and their respective subsidiaries entered into several agreements with subsidiaries of the Company to ensure they each have access to services necessary for the effective operation of their respective businesses and access to capital to address any liquidity needs that arise as a result of working capital requirements or timing issues. In addition, the Company regularly transacts business with Aldrich and its wholly-owned subsidiary 200 Park and Murray and its wholly-owned subsidiary ClimateLabs. As of the Petition Date, these entities are considered related parties and post deconsolidation activity between the Company and them are reported as third party transactions and are reflected within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Since the Petition Date, there were no material transactions between the Company and these entities. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The Company continues to be dedicated to environmental and sustainability programs to minimize the use of natural resources, and reduce the utilization and generation of hazardous materials from our manufacturing processes and to remediate identified environmental concerns. As to the latter, the Company is currently engaged in site investigations and remediation activities to address environmental cleanup from past operations at current and former manufacturing facilities and off-site waste disposal facilities. It is the Company’s policy to establish environmental reserves for investigation and remediation activities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of the liability can be made. Estimated liabilities are determined based upon existing remediation laws and technologies. Inherent uncertainties exist in such evaluations due to unknown environmental conditions, changes in government laws and regulations, and changes in cleanup technologies. The environmental reserves are updated on a routine basis as remediation efforts progress and new information becomes available. The Company is sometimes a party to environmental lawsuits and claims and has received notices of potential violations of environmental laws and regulations from the Environmental Protection Agency and similar state and international authorities. It has also been identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) for cleanup costs associated with off-site waste disposal at federal Superfund and state remediation sites. In most instances at multi-party sites, the Company’s share of the liability is not material. In estimating its liability at multi-party sites, the Company has assumed it will not bear the entire cost of remediation of any site to the exclusion of other PRPs who may be jointly and severally liable. The ability of other PRPs to participate has been taken into account, based on the Company’s understanding of the parties’ financial condition and probable contributions on a per site basis. Reserves for environmental matters are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities or Other noncurrent liabilities based on their expected term. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has recorded reserves for environmental matters of $39.6 million and $39.9 million, respectively. Of these amounts, $36.3 million and $37.5 million, respectively, relate to investigation and remediation of properties and multi-waste disposal sites related to businesses formerly owned by the Company. F-50 2021 Annual Report2021 ANNUAL REPORT PART IV WARRANTY LIABILITY Standard product warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are estimated based upon product warranty terms and historical experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities and will make adjustments as necessary based on known or anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes available. The changes in the standard product warranty liability for the year ended December 31, were as follows: IN MILLIONS Balance at beginning of period Reductions for payments Accruals for warranties issued during the current period Changes to accruals related to preexisting warranties Translation Balance at end of period 2021 2020 $ 282.7 $ 251.4 (119.7) (130.5) 133.7 144.6 1.3 (1.8) 14.9 2.3 $ 296.2 $ 282.7 Standard product warranty liabilities are classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, or Other noncurrent liabilities based on their expected term. The Company’s total current standard product warranty reserve at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $106.6 million and $127.7 million, respectively. WARRANTY DEFERRED REVENUE The Company’s extended warranty liability represents the deferred revenue associated with its extended warranty contracts and is amortized into Net revenues on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless another method is more representative of the costs incurred. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liability by evaluating the expected costs under its existing contracts to ensure these expected costs do not exceed the extended warranty liability. The changes in the extended warranty liability for the year ended December 31, were as follows: IN MILLIONS Balance at beginning of period Amortization of deferred revenue for the period Additions for extended warranties issued during the period Changes to accruals related to preexisting warranties Translation Balance at end of period 2021 2020 $ 304.4 $ 302.8 (121.5) (123.6) 119.4 10.7 (1.3) 123.7 — 1.5 $ 311.7 $ 304.4 The extended warranty liability is classified as Accrued expenses and other current liabilities or Other noncurrent liabilities based on the timing of when the deferred revenue is expected to be amortized into Net revenues. The Company’s total current extended warranty liability at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was $115.4 million and $108.6 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred costs of $58.5 million, $61.0 million and $62.8 million, respectively, related to extended warranties. F-51 2021 ANNUAL REPORT This integrated annual report and the 2021 online ESG Report at www.tranetechnologies.com/sustainability-reports is produced in accordance with the G4 framework established by the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and reports on our financial and non-financial performance for the 2021 fiscal year. For more information on GRI, please visit www.globalreporting.org. To ensure the quality of our environmental, health and safety data, we assure selected data with a third-party provider. The results of this assurance can be found in our 2021 ESG Report at www.tranetechnologies.com/sustainability-reports. At the time of publication, assurance of our environmental and safety data from operations was not yet complete and the data presented in this document is subject to change. This annual report, including the letter to shareholders, contains “forward-looking statements,” which are statements that are not historical facts, including our ability to address environmental and social challenges, the future success of our operational excellence initiatives, our future financial performance, our growth, market opportunities and our positioning in and the performance of the markets in which we operate. These statements are based on currently available information and our current assumptions, expectations and projections about future events. While we believe that our assumptions, expectations and projections are reasonable in view of the currently available information, you are cautioned not to place undue dependence on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and are not guarantees of future performance. They are subject to future events, risks and uncertainties—many of which are beyond our control— as well as potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and projections. You are advised to review the factors described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, and any further disclosures we make on related subjects in materials we file with or furnish to the SEC. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements. Annual General Meeting The company’s 2021 Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, and other company information, is available through Trane Technologies’ website, www.tranetechnologies.com. Securities analysts, portfolio managers and representatives of institutional investors seeking information about the company should contact: Zac Nagle Vice President - Investor Relations 1-704-990-3913 DATE AND TIME Thursday, June 2, 2022 at 2:30 p.m. local time LOCATION Adare Manor Hotel, Adare, County Limerick, Ireland See “Information Concerning Voting and Solicitation” of the proxy statement for further information on participating in the Annual General Meeting. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR Computershare Telephone Inquiries: 866-229-8405 Website: www.computershare.com/Investor Address shareholder inquiries with standard priority: Computershare PO BOX 505000 Louisville, KY 40233-5000 Address shareholder inquiries with overnight priority: Computershare 462 South 4th Street Suite 1600 Louisville, KY 40202 Trane Technologies 2020 Annual Report 2021 Notice and Proxy Statement Bold Action for a Sustainable Future2020 Annual Report2021 Notice and Proxy Statement We are committed to using environmentally conscious print practices.©2021 Trane TechnologiesAbout Trane TechnologiesTrane Technologies is a global climate innovator. Through our strategic brands Trane and Thermo King, and our environmentally responsible portfolio of products and services, we bring efficient and sustainable climate solutions to buildings, homes and transportation.www.tranetechnologies.com381892_TT_2020AR_Cover_8.25x10.75_FINAL2_040621.indd 1-34/7/21 3:13 AMTrane Technologies 2021 Annual Report 2022 Notice and Proxy Statement